BUKHARIN IS ALERT AND LUCID AT HIS TRIAL AND DENIES SOME ACCUSATIONS

 

            During the trial's dozens of hours, Bukharin was perfectly lucid and alert, discussing, contesting, sometimes humorous, vehemently denying certain accusations.

Martens, Ludo.  Another View of Stalin. Antwerp, Belgium: EPO, Lange Pastoorstraat 25-27  2600, p. 161 [p. 142 on the NET]

 

 

SOLZHENITSYN WORKED WITH REACTIONARIES AND SUPPORTED TRAITOROUS GENERALS

 

            We would like to open a brief parenthesis for Solzhenitsyn.  This man became the official voice for the five per cent of Tsarists, bourgeois, speculators, kulaks, pimps, maffiosi and Vlasovites, all justifiably repressed by the socialist state.

            Solzhenitsyn the literary hack lived through a cruel dilemna during the Nazi occupation.  Chauvinist, he hated the German invaders.  But he hated socialism even more passionately.  So he had a soft spot for General Vlasov, the most famous of the Nazi collaborators.  Although Solzhenitsyn did not approve of Vlasov's flirt with Hitler, he was laudatory about his hatred of Bolshevism.

Martens, Ludo.  Another View of Stalin. Antwerp, Belgium: EPO, Lange Pastoorstraat 25-27  2600, p. 178-179 [p. 156 on the NET]

 

            Solzhenitsyn's politics are those of the extreme right in the West.  He is opposed to detente, to wars of national liberation, to multiparty parliamentary forms.  He advocates an active and aggressive Western offensive against the Soviet Union and the abandonment of detente.

Szymanski, Albert. Human Rights in the Soviet Union. London: Zed Books, 1984, p. 288

 

SOME PEOPLE ARE EXPELLED AND READMITTED MANY TIMES

 

            Riz, lieutenant-captain in the navy, was the head of the clandestine movement in the Black Sea flottila.  Expelled from the Party four times, he was reintegrated four times.

Martens, Ludo.  Another View of Stalin. Antwerp, Belgium: EPO, Lange Pastoorstraat 25-27  2600, p. 180 [p. 160 on the NET]

 

            [Footnote]: Frumkin.  Vice-Commissar for Foreign Trade since 1928, having also held that post from 1924 to 1926.  An old Bolshevik and member of the armed underground in 1906, he was accused by Stalin of "opportunist, right-wing deviations" at the November 1928 Plenum of the Communist Party Central Committee.  Removed from Office in 1930, he was again appointed to the Commissariat for Foreign Trade two years later.

Litvinov, Maksim Maksimovich. Notes for a Journal. New York: Morrow, 1955, p. 145

 

            [Footnote]: Serebryakov.  Former Secretary of the Central Committee of the Communist Party, 1919-20 and later Commissar for Communications.  Expelled from the party in 1927; reinstated in 1930; tried and executed in 1937.

Litvinov, Maksim Maksimovich. Notes for a Journal. New York: Morrow, 1955, p. 233

 

            Radek: He returned to Russia in 1920 and rose to the leadership of the Comintern, but having associated with the Trotsky opposition he was expelled from the party in 1925.  Readmitted in 1930, he again rose to prominence as a journalist, propagandist, and official Communist spokesman and in 1935 he was a member of the Constitutional Commission designated by the Seventh All-Union Congress of Soviets to draft the text of the new "Stalin" Constitution....  But in 1937 he was charged with treason and conspiracy and, after repudiating his former political associates at a public trial, he was sentenced to 10 years imprisonment.

Litvinov, Maksim Maksimovich. Notes for a Journal. New York: Morrow, 1955, p. 327

 

            It was logical that sooner or later the factional activities of the opposition which in themselves endangered the revolution by attempting to undermine the party's authority--would lead to open counter-revolutionary acts.  This was the case on Nov. 7, 1927, on the occasion of the Tenth Anniversary of the Revolution.

            On this date the leaders of the opposition attempted to organize a demonstration against the Central Committee of the Party and the Soviet Government.  After such an act the question of their expulsion was unavoidable.

            On December 18, 1927, 75 leading members of the opposition were expelled from the Party.  Later Zinoviev and Kamenev again "recanted," and were readmitted to the Party, only to be again expelled in 1932 for duplicity and deceiving the Party.

            Once more, in 1933, Zinoviev and Kamenev publicly renounced their views, and just prior to the Seventeenth Party Congress, in 1934, were readmitted to the Party--at a time when, as subsequent events showed, they were organizing the murder of Kirov and plotting the murder of Stalin and others....

            All their "recantations" and "pledges" turned out to be double-faced dealing.  Events proved that they never gave up their struggle.  Their thirst for power took them along the path to terrorism.

Shepherd, W. G. The Moscow Trial. London: Communist Party of Great Britain, 1936, p. 12

 

            He [Zinoviev] was nominal head of the Troika in 1924.  In 1925, he joined with Trotsky's Left Opposition and was expelled from the CPSU by the 15th Party Congress in December 1927.  Sent to Siberia, he recanted, was reinstated in 1928; he was again exiled and repeated the recantment and was again reinstated in 1932.  In 1935, after the Kirov murder, he was sentenced for "complicity."  In the first Moscow trial of August 1936 he was, in Trotsky's absence, the leading target and was executed after he "confessed."

 

            He [Kamenev] was a member of the Troika with Zinoviev and Stalin but was expelled from the CPSU in 1927.  He recanted, was readmitted, and like Zinoviev, he again was expelled, recanted, and was readmitted in 1932.

Bazhanov, Boris. Bazhanov and the Damnation of Stalin. Athens, Ohio: Ohio University Press, c1990, p. 244

 

Kamenev--Soviet revisionist politician; USSR Commissar Of Trade (1926-27); Minister to Italy (1927); leader of Trotskyist opposition (1926-28); expelled from CPSU (1927); readmitted (1928); Chairman, Main Concessions Committee (1929); again expelled from party (1932); again readmitted (1933); expelled from party for third time (1934); sentenced to imprisonment for terrorism (1935); sentenced to death for treason and executed (1936).

 

            In 1921 he [Radek] was made secretary of the Comintern.  In December 1927, at the 15th Party Congress, he was expelled from the CPSU for "Left Oppositionism" and was banished to the Urals but soon recanted and was reinstated.  In 19­32 he was the Comintern representative in Germany.  In the late 1930s he was the senior foreign correspondent for many Moscow publications.

 

            From 1921-26 he [Sokolnikov] was deputy, then chairman, of Narkomfin, but his descent began in 1925 when he joined with Zinoviev, Kamenev, and Krupskaya in opposition to Stalin.  He was sent to the United Kingdom as ambassador in 1929, lost his Central Committee seat in 1933, was reinstated as a candidate in 1934, but was demoted to deputy peoples' commissar for forestry in 1935.  He was purged in the 1937 "trial of the 17," and was sentenced to 10 years in jail, where he died.

Bazhanov, Boris. Bazhanov and the Damnation of Stalin. Athens, Ohio: Ohio University Press, c1990, p. 257

 

            In 1925 he [Evdokimov] joined the Central Committee and was a strong supporter of Trotsky in 1927.  He was expelled from the Party in 1935, recanted and was readmitted to the Party, then was purged with Zinoviev and Kamenev and executed in 1936.

Bazhanov, Boris. Bazhanov and the Damnation of Stalin. Athens, Ohio: Ohio University Press, c1990, p. 264

 

            Uglanov--Commissar of Labor (1928-30): expelled from Party (1932); reinstated in the Party (1934): re-expelled from the Party, arrested, tried for and found guilty of anti-Soviet activity, and sentenced to imprisonment (1936)

 

            Bukharin--Editor of Pravda (1918-29); editor of Bolshevik (1924-29); editor of Izvestia (1934-37); Member of Politburo (1924-29); President of Communist International (1926-29); expelled from Party to (1929); readmitted to Party (1934); arrested (1937)

 

            Kamenev--member of Politburo (1919-25); expelled from Party (1927); readmitted to Party (1928); re-expelled from the Party (1932); arrested (1935); sentenced for being guilty of moral complicity in the murder of Kirov (1935); found guilty of actual complicity in the murder of Kirov (1936)

 

            Ryutin--expelled from the Party (1930); acquitted of counter-revolutionary activity and readmitted to the Party (1931); published the Ryutin Manifesto for the Opposition (1932); re-expelled from the Party (1932); arrested and imprisoned (1932); retried for, and found guilty of, treason (1937)

 

            Zinoviev--President of Communist International (1919-26); member of Politburo (1921-26); expelled from the Party (1927); readmitted to the Party (1928); re-expelled (1932); readmitted (1933); re-expelled (1934); arrested (1935) and tried for, and found guilty of moral complicity in the murder of Kirov; tried for and found guilty of actual complicity in murder of Kirov (1936)

 

Zinoviev-- Soviet revisionist politician; Member, Politburo, Central Committee of the CPSU (1925); headed Leningrad opposition (1926); expelled from CPSU (1927); readmitted (1928); again expelled from Party (1932); again readmitted (1933); imprisoned for terrorism (1935); sentenced to death and executed for treason (1936).

 

 

            Lominadze--Secretary of Communist Youth International (1925-26); expelled from Party for factionalism (1927); reinstated in Party and again expelled (1936); found guilty of treason (193

 

            Throughout [until] 1937, ex-Party leaders who had been demoted, expelled, or sent into exile, were routinely brought back into leadership positions.  Once they criticized their past practices they were released from banishment (for example, many of Trotsky's supporters, including numerous former supporters of the United Opposition of 1926-27, were released in 1928, after they had endorsed the new rapid industrialization line of the Party) and restored to a high level positions in the Party and state.  For example, Bukharin, Zinoviev, Kamenev, Rykov, Tomsky, leaders of the various oppositional factions in the Party in the 1924-29 period, were restored to leadership positions-- although never to the powerful positions they once held.  Bukharin, for example, lost his important posts in 1929 including membership on the Politburo, the editorship of Pravda and the chairmanship of the Comintern for actively opposing the collectivization and rapid industrialization campaign.  In the relatively tolerant climate during 1932-34, however, he was first made director of the research department of heavy industry and then given the responsible post of editor of Izvestia, which he held from 1934 to 1937.  Tomsky, although he lost his position as leader of the trade unions and his seat on the Politburo (for the same reasons that Bukharin lost his position), remained on the Central Committee of the Party, and was re-elected at the 16th Party Congress in 1930.  At the 17th Party Congress in 1934 both Tomsky & Bukharin were elected as candidate members of the Central Committee, as were other prominent, past opponents of the prevailing party policies (for example, Rykov), and one of them, Pyatakov, was elected as a full member.  Zinoviev and Kamenev who, together with Stalin, had represented the maximal leadership of the Party in 1924-26, were removed from the Politburo and other leading positions, and in 1927 they were expelled from the Party for active opposition, including organizing street demonstrations to oppose the Party's continuing endorsement of the moderate New Economic Policy.  In 1928, when most of their earlier critique was finally incorporated into the Party's new program of rapid industrialization and collectivization, they were both re-admitted and assigned relatively minor official posts.  In 1932, they were once again expelled (and arrested) for oppositional activities, but again in the tolerant atmosphere prior to the Kirov assassination were re-admitted and again assigned Party work.

Szymanski, Albert. Human Rights in the Soviet Union. London: Zed Books, 1984, p. 228

 

            Bukharin was expelled from the Politburo in 1929, and although appointed editor of Izvestia, the official government newspaper, in 1934, he never regained his previous power or influence....

Richardson, Rosamond.  Stalin’s Shadow. New York: St. Martin’s Press, 1994, p. 83

 

Mdivani-- Georgian nationalist politician; expelled from party for Trotskyism (1928); reinstated (1931); again expelled (1936); sentenced to death for treason and executed (1937).

 

[At the closed joint meeting of the ECCI party organization and the ECCI Komsomol organization on 28 December 1934]

            HECKERT :  But Zinoviev is very well known.  For many years he duped the Comintern with his theory of two perspectives.  He was expelled from the party three times, and three times he appealed [for readmission].  Three times he betrayed the friends to whom he was tied.  And such an educated man as Magyar considered Zinoviev a distinguished personality, from whom he received advice.  I am completely unable to understand it.

Chase, William J., Enemies Within the Gates?, translated by Vadim A. Staklo, New Haven: Yale University Press, c2001, p. 73.

 

            The pair [Zinoviev and Kamenev] had been expelled from the party in 1927 and readmitted in 1928, only to be re-expelled, and exiled within the Soviet Union, in 1932 on charges that they failed to report what they knew about the Ryutin platform.  But in harmony with the relaxation of 1933 they again were pardoned and appeared at the party Congress of early 1934 as repentants.  But on 16 December 1934 following the death of Kirov, they were arrested once again along with several associates on suspicion of involvement in the Kirov case.

McNeal, Robert, Stalin: Man and Ruler. New York: New York University Press, 1988, p. 175

 

INCOMPETENT PARTY LEADERS ARE EXPELLING AND PURGING THE WRONG PEOPLE

 

            In January 1938, the Central Committee published a resolution on how the purge was taking place.  It reaffirmed the necessity of vigilance and repression against enemies and spies.  But it most criticized the “false vigilance” of some Party Secretaries who were attacking the base to protect their own position.  It starts as follows:

            “The VKP(b) Central Committee plenum considers it necessary to direct the attention of party organizations and their leaders to the fact that while carrying out their major effort to purge their ranks of Trotskyite-rightist agents of fascism they are committing serious errors and perversions which interfere with the business of purging the party of double dealers, spies, and wreckers.  Despite the frequent directives and warnings of the VKP(b) Central Committee, in many cases the party organizations adopt a completely incorrect approach and expel Communists from the party in a criminally frivolous way.”

            Robert H. McNeal, editor, Resolutions and Decisions of the Communist Party of the Soviet Union. Volume 3, The Stalin Years: 1929--1953 (Toronto: University of Toronto Press, 1974), p. 188.

Martens, Ludo.  Another View of Stalin. Antwerp, Belgium: EPO, Lange Pastoorstraat 25-27  2600, p. 189 [p. 165 on the NET]

 

            ...Yes, some Communists were unjustly hit, and crimes were committed during the purge.  But, with great foresight, Stalin had already denounced these problems when the operation had only been running for six months.  Eighteen years later, Khrushchev would use as a pretext the criminal activities of these provocateurs and careerists, denounced at the time by Stalin, to denigrate the purge itself and to insult Stalin!

Martens, Ludo.  Another View of Stalin. Antwerp, Belgium: EPO, Lange Pastoorstraat 25-27  2600, p. 190 [p. 166 on the NET]

 

            Shortly before the Central Committee Plenum of January 1938, the press attacked the "false vigilance" of party secretaries who had victimized rank-and-file members to cover themselves.  The January 1938 plenum produced a resolution that took a hard line against "certain careerist Communists who are striving to become prominent and to be promoted by recommending expulsions from the party through the repression of party members, who are striving to insure themselves against possible charges of inadequate vigilance through the indiscriminate repression of party members."  This type of person "feels it unnecessary to make an objective evaluation of the accusations submitted against the Communist," "indiscriminately spreads panic about enemies of the people" and "is willing to expel dozens of members from the party on false grounds just to appear vigilant himself."

            According to the resolution, such persons adopt "a completely incorrect approach, and expel Communists from the party in a criminally frivolous way."  The resolution states, "There have been many instances of party organizations, without any verification and thus without any basis, expelling Communists from the party, depriving them of their jobs, frequently even declaring them enemies of the people without any foundation, acting lawlessly and arbitrarily toward party members....

            It is time to understand that Bolshevik vigilance consists essentially in the ability to unmask an enemy regardless of how clever and artful he may be, regardless of how he decks himself out, and not in indiscriminate or “on the off-chance’ expulsions, by the tens and hundreds, of everyone who comes within reach."

            ...The resolution gave several examples in which many expulsions from 1935-36 had been reversed by the higher party bodies or the Party Control Commission.  The "heartless, bureaucratic attitude" on the part of the local party leaders allowed this to take place.  Leaders were not considering their people on a "careful individual basis" and instead were "acting in an intolerably arbitrary manner."

Getty, A. Origins of the Great Purges. Cambridge, N. Y.: Cambridge Univ. Press, 1985, p. 186

 

            In his final comment on the mistakes of the cleaning operations, Zhdanov cited the decisions of the February 1937 plenum and the January 1938 plenum,...

            It might seem that such righteous indignation [at these plenums] after the operation was at least hypocritical and that, by speaking out at this late date, the leadership was trying to shift the blame for the repression that they themselves had encouraged or tolerated.  This is the general explanation for these remarks given by most students of the period.  Its flaw, however, is that these criticisms had been voiced many times before, even during the cleaning operations themselves.  The Central Committee had taken a stand on these errors at least as early as March 1936 (when, according to Khrushchev-era party histories, the first complaints from party members reached Pravda and the Central Committee).  Indirect evidence even suggests that the matter was discussed in the Central Committee as early as December 1935, in connection with Yezhov's report on the proverka.  Stalin associated his name with the criticism as early as June 1936 and strongly condemned the "outrageous practices," including even indiscriminate approaches to Trotskyists, in his speech to the February plenum in 1937.  An attack on the local leaders responsible for these mistakes was the main topic at the January 1938 plenum, whose resolution finally led to a reversal of many of the errors.  It was not that the Central Committee had been silent all the time, but rather that its admonitions had been ignored by local secretaries.

Getty, A. Origins of the Great Purges. Cambridge, N. Y.: Cambridge Univ. Press, 1985, p. 193

 

 

PEOPLE UNJUSTLY EXPELLED AND PURGED APPEALED AND WERE READMITTED

 

            Even before the 1938 Plenum, there were 53,700 appeals against expulsions.  In August 1938, there were 101,233 appeals.  At that time, out of a total of 154,933 appeals, the Party committees had already examined 85,273, of which 54 per cent were readmitted.

            J. Arch Getty, Origins of the Great Purges: The Soviet Communist Party Reconsidered, 1933--1938 (New York: Cambridge University Press, 1985), p. 190.

Martens, Ludo.  Another View of Stalin. Antwerp, Belgium: EPO, Lange Pastoorstraat 25-27  2600, p. 192 [p. 168 on the NET]

 

            It [Pravda] noted that, before the January 1938 plenum, there had been 53,700 appeals under consideration.  Since the plenum, an additional 101,233 had been submitted, making a total of 154,933.  Of these, party committees had so far examined 85,273, and 54 percent (46,047) of those appealing had been readmitted.

Getty, A. Origins of the Great Purges. Cambridge, N. Y.: Cambridge Univ. Press, 1985, p. 190

 

 

PURGES WERE NECESSARY AND SAVED THE SU FROM THE FIFTH COLUMNISTS AND DEFEAT

 

            It is precisely because of the purge and the education campaign that accompanied it that the Soviet people found the strength to resist.  If that steadfast will to oppose the Nazis by all means had not existed, it is obvious that the fascists would have taken Stalingrad, Leningrad and Moscow.  If the Nazi Fifth Column had succeeded in maintaining itself, it would have found support among the defeatists and the capitulationists in the Party.  If the Stalin leadership had been overthrown, the Soviet Union would have capitulated, as did France.  A victory of the Nazis in the Soviet Union would have immediately helped the pro-Nazi tendency in the British bourgeoisie, still powerful after Chamberlain's departure, take the upper hand from Churchill's group.  The Nazis would probably have gone on to dominate the whole world.

Martens, Ludo.  Another View of Stalin. Antwerp, Belgium: EPO, Lange Pastoorstraat 25-27  2600, p. 194 [p. 171 on the NET]

 

            Footnote: In his book Only the Stars Are Neutral, written after ten weeks in Russia in 1941, Quentin Reynolds said: "Today there is not one Fifth Columnist, not one Quisling at liberty in Soviet Russia.  The Germans tried desperately to set up local tribunals with local citizens as nominal heads of the tribunals when they captured cities like Odessa, Kiev, and others which fell to them during their successful march through the south last autumn.  But in no case were they successful.  Potential Quislings were all in the work camps of the far north.  Stalin knew what he was doing back in 1938.  Russia's magnificent unity today and her completely unbroken spirit after the dreadful tragedy of that German advance is proof of the fact that Russia accepted the purge and approved of Stalin's "You can't make an omelette without breaking eggs" policy.

Knightley, Phillip. The First Casualty. New York: Harcourt Brace Jovanovich, 1975, p. 264

 

BEFORE HITLER BRITAIN LED THE ANTI-SOVIET CRUSADE

 

            Until Hitler's coming to power, Great Britain had led the crusade against the Soviet Union.  In 1918, Churchill was the main instigator of the military invervention that mobilized fourteen countries.  In 1927, Great Britain broke diplomatic relations with the Soviet Union and imposed an embargo on its exports.

Martens, Ludo.  Another View of Stalin. Antwerp, Belgium: EPO, Lange Pastoorstraat 25-27  2600, p. 196 [p. 184 on the NET]

 

STALIN DISTRUSTS REPORTS OF GERMAN AGGRESSIVE ACTS

 

            On June 13, Marshal Timoshenko phoned Stalin to place the troops on alert.  “We will think it over,” Stalin replied.  The next day, Timoshenko and Zhukov came back.  Stalin told them.

            “You propose carrying out mobilization, alerting the troops and moving them to the Western borders?  That means war!  Do you two understand that or not?!'

            Zhukov replied that, according to their intelligence services, the mobilization of the German divisions was complete.  Stalin replied:

            “You can't believe everything in intelligence reports.”

Martens, Ludo.  Another View of Stalin. Antwerp, Belgium: EPO, Lange Pastoorstraat 25-27  2600, p. 235 [p. 196 on the NET]

 

            Recalling and analyzing all of Stalin's conversations with people close to him I have come to the firm conclusion that all his thoughts and deeds were dictated by the desire to avoid war and the confidence that he would succeed in that.

            Today our attention is being concentrated, especially in popular mass publications, on the warnings received that preparations were being made for an attack on the USSR, that troops were being concentrated on our borders, and so on.  But at that time, as is evident from enemy archives captured after the defeat of Nazi Germany documents of a quite different nature probably found their way to Stalin's desk.  Here is an example.

            On February 15, 1941, acting on instructions from Hitler given at a conference on Feb. 3, 1941, Field Marshal Keitel, Chief of Staff of the Supreme High Command, issued a special "Directive for Misinforming the Enemy".  In order to conceal preparations for the Barbarossa operation, the intelligence and counter-intelligence division of the General Staff evolved and carried out numerous operations in spreading false rumors and information.  It was leaked out that the movement of troops to the East was part of the "greatest misinformation maneuver in history designed to distract attention from final preparation for the invasion of England."

            Maps of England were printed in vast quantities, English interpreters were attached to units, preparations were made for "sealing off" some areas along the coast of the English channel, the Strait of Dover and Norway.  Information was spread about an imaginary "airborne corps", make-believe "rocket batteries" were installed along the shore, and rumors were circulated among the troops-- some to the effect that they were being sent East for a "rest" before the invasion of England, and others that they would be allowed to pass through Soviet territory to attack India.  To add credibility to the version that a landing was to be made in England special operations were worked out under the code names "Shark" and "Harpoon", the flood of propaganda was turned against England and the usual diatribes against the Soviet Union stopped; diplomats lent a hand, and so on.

            Information of this kind along with the shortcomings in the general combat readiness of the Soviet armed forces explain the extreme caution Stalin displayed when it came to carrying out the basic measures contemplated in the operational-mobilization plans regarding preparations for repulsing possible aggression.

            While wishing to preserve peace as the decisive condition for building socialism in the USSR, Stalin saw that the governments of Britain and the United States were doing everything possible to incite Hitler to make war on the Soviet Union, that Britain and other Western countries, being in a critical military situation and striving to save themselves from catastrophe, were extremely interested in a German attack on the USSR.  That was why Stalin was so distrustful about information from Western governments that Germany was preparing to attack the Soviet Union.

Zhukov, Georgii. Memoirs of Marshal Zhukov. London: Cape, 1971, p. 222-223

 

            On June 13, Marshall Timoshenko phoned Stalin in my presence and asked permission to give orders for the troops of the border Districts to be alerted and the first echelons deployed according to the plans for protection.  "We will think it over," Stalin replied.

            The next day we again went to Stalin and informed him of the anxiety in the Districts and the necessity of putting the troops into full combat readiness.

            "You propose carrying out mobilization, alerting the troops and moving them to the Western borders?  That means war!  Do you two understand that or not?!"

            But then Stalin asked, nevertheless: "How many divisions have we got in the Baltic, Western, Kiev, and Odessa Military Districts?"

            We told him that by June 1 there would be 149 divisions....

            "Well, isn't that enough?"  Stalin said.  "According to our information the Germans do not have so many troops."

            I informed him that according to intelligence information the German divisions were manned and armed on a wartime footing.  The strength of a division came from 14 to 16,000 men.  Our divisions, even those of 8000 men, were actually only half as strong as the German divisions.

            Stalin remarked: "You can't believe everything in intelligence reports."

Zhukov, Georgii. Memoirs of Marshal Zhukov. London: Cape, 1971, p. 230

 

            We were categorically forbidden to move up any troops to the front line under the border protection plan without Stalin's personal permission.

            On June 21, in the evening, Lieutenant-General Purkayev, Chief of Staff of the Kiev Military District, telephoned to inform me that a German sergeant-major had crossed over to our frontier guards and declared that German troops were moving up to the departure areas for an attack which was to begin on the morning of June 22.

            I at once informed the Commissar for Defense and Stalin what Lieutenant-General Purkayev had reported.  Stalin said:

            "Come to the Kremlin with the Commissar."

            Taking with me a draft of the directive for the troops, I went to the Kremlin along with the Commissar and Lieutenant-General Vatutin.  On the way we agreed that at all costs we must get permission to alert the troops.

            Stalin was alone when he received us.  He was plainly worried.

            "But perhaps the German generals sent this deserter to provoke a conflict?"  He asked.

            "No," we replied.  "We think the deserter is telling the truth."

            At that moment members of the Politburo came in.

            "What are we to do?"  Stalin asked.

            No one answered.

            "A directive must immediately be given to alert all the troops of border Districts," the Commissar said.

            "Read it!"  Stalin replied.

            I read the draft directive.  Stalin said:

            "It's too soon to give such a directive--perhaps the question can still be settled peacefully.  We must give a short directive stating that an attack may begin with provocative actions by the German forces.  The troops of the border Districts must not be incited by any provocation, in order to avoid complications."

            Without losing time Vatutin and I went into the next room and quickly drew up a draft of the directive to be sent by the Commissar.

            We then went back to the office and asked for permission to read the directive.

            Stalin listened to the draft directive and then read it over again himself, making some amendments, and gave it to the Commissar to sign.

            Vatutin at once took this directive to the General Staff to have it immediately transmitted to the Districts.  Transmission to the Districts was completed at 00:30, June 22, 1941.  A copy of the directive was forwarded to the People's Commissar of the Naval Forces.

            Timoshenko and I were returning from Stalin with some odd feeling of duality.

            On the one hand, it seemed we had been doing everything we could to meet the imminent military threat with maximum preparedness: a number of large-scale organizational measures were carried out in the line of mobilization and strategy; everything possible was done to strengthen the western military districts which would have to be the first to engage the enemy; at last, we were authorized that day to issue a directive alerting the troops of the frontier military districts.

            On the other hand, the German troops could pass to the offensive the next morning, while we had not completed a number of most important measures.  This would seriously impede the struggle with the experienced and strong enemy.  The directive that the General Staff was transmitting to the military districts at that time could come too late.

            About midnight [on June 21] the commander of the Kiev District, Kirponos reported over the H. F. (high-frequency telephone) from his command post at Ternopol that another German soldier had appeared in our lines besides the deserter previously mentioned by Gen. Purkayev.  He was from the 222nd Infantry Regiment of the 74th Infantry Division.  Swimming across the river, he presented himself to our frontier guards and told them German forces were going to mount an offensive at 4 a.m..  Kirponos was ordered to speed up transmission to all units of the directive calling for alert status.

            Everything was now pointing to the fact that German forces were moving up to the frontier.  At 30 minutes past midnight we notified Stalin.  Stalin inquired whether the directive had been sent to all districts.  I replied in the affirmative.

            Various stories have appeared after Stalin's death to the effect that on the night of June 21 some commanders and their staffs had been either peacefully asleep or even making merry without an inkling of suspicion that anything was amiss.  This is not true in fact.  The ut three minutes later Stalin picked up the receiver.

            I reported the situation and requested permission to start retaliation.  Stalin was silent.  The only thing I could hear was the sound of his breathing.

            "Do you understand me?"

            Silence again.

            At last Stalin asked:

            "Where is the Commissar for Defense?"

            "Talking with the Kiev District on the H. F."

            "Go to the Kremlin with Timoshenko.  Tell Poskrebyshev to summon all Politburo members."

            At 4:30 a.m. all the Politburo members were assembled.  The Commissar for Defense and I were called in.  Stalin, his face white, was sitting at the table cradling a tobacco-filled pipe in his hand.  After some time he said:

            "We must immediately phone the German Embassy."

            The Embassy replied that Ambassador Schulenburg was anxious to deliver an urgent message.

            Molotov was authorized to receive the Ambassador.

            Meanwhile, the First Deputy Chief of Staff, General Vatutin, had passed word that following a strong artillery barrage on several sectors in the north-western and western directions German land forces had mounted an assault.

            A while later Molotov hastened into the office and said:

            "The German Government has declared war on us."

            Stalin sank down into his chair and lost himself in thought.

            There was a long and pregnant pause.

            ... "Issue a directive," said Stalin.

Zhukov, Georgii. Memoirs of Marshal Zhukov. London: Cape, 1971, p. 231-236

 

            Despite German efforts at concealment and disinformation, designed to lull Soviet intelligence into thinking that the military preparations were for the war with Britain, there came during the spring of 1941 an almost endless stream of intelligence information about imminent German invasion.  There were at least 84 such warnings, most probably a great many more.  They were passed through the office of the head of military intelligence, General Golikov.  His reports classified information as either "reliable" or "doubtful."  Most of the information on Barbarossa were placed in the second category.  He suggested that much of it was British misinformation, part of a conspiracy to drive a wedge between the two allies.  Warnings sent directly from the British Prime Minister, Churchill, which were culled from decryptions of German orders, were regarded as a particularly blatant attempt at provocation.  When Hitler's deputy, Rudolf Hess, made his "peace" flight to Scotland on May 10, 1941, Soviet officials regarded the whole episode as evidence that their mistrust of British motives had been right all along.

Overy, R. J. Russia's War: Blood Upon the Snow. New York: TV Books, c1997, p. 95

 

STALIN ORDERED THE ATTACK DIRECTIVE BE WRITTEN BUT THE ATTACK DID NOT HAPPEN

 

            Zhukov proposed that the enemy units should be attacked immediately.  Stalin told him to write up the directive, which was sent at 7:15.  But “considering the balance of forces and the situation obtaining it proved plainly unrealistic---and was therefore never carried out.”

            G. Zhukov, Reminiscences and Reflections (Moscow: Progress, 1985), vol. 2, p. 282

Martens, Ludo.  Another View of Stalin. Antwerp, Belgium: EPO, Lange Pastoorstraat 25-27  2600, p. 246 [p. 198 on the NET]

 

KHRUSHCHOV LIED WHEN HE SAID STALIN ORDERED NO RETURN FIRE

 

            Khrushchev's affirmation that Stalin had “issued the order that the German fire was not to be returned” is clearly false.

Martens, Ludo.  Another View of Stalin. Antwerp, Belgium: EPO, Lange Pastoorstraat 25-27  2600, p. 246 [p. 198 on the NET]

 

NAZIS VIEWED COMMUNISTS AND MARXISTS AS THE MAIN ENEMY

 

            Note that discussion refers to a “final solution,” but not against the Jews.  The first promises of a “war of annihilation” and of “physical destruction” were addressed to the Communists.  And, sure enough, the Bolsheviks, the Soviets, were the first victims of mass extermination. 

            General Nagel wrote in September 1941:

            “Unlike the diet for other prisoners (i.e. British and U.S.) we are under no obligation to feed the Bolshevik prisoners.”

            Alan Clark, La Guerre l'Est (Paris: Robert Laffont, 1966), p. 250.

Martens, Ludo.  Another View of Stalin. Antwerp, Belgium: EPO, Lange Pastoorstraat 25-27  2600, p. 250 [p. 225 on the NET]

 

            In the Auschwitz and Chemno extermination camps, “Soviet prisoners of war were the first, or among the first, to be deliberately killed by lethal injections and gassing.”

            Arno Mayer, Why Did the Heavens Not Darken? The “Final Solution’ in History. (New York: Pantheon Books, 1988), p. 349.

Martens, Ludo.  Another View of Stalin. Antwerp, Belgium: EPO, Lange Pastoorstraat 25-27  2600, p. 250 [p. 226 on the NET]

 

            There were 3,289,000 Soviet prisoners of war, dead in the concentration camps, “while travelling” or under “various circumstances”!  When epidemics took place in the barracks of Soviet prisoners, Nazi guards only entered with flame-throwing teams when, “for hygiene reasons,” the dying and dead were burned along with their lice-ridden beds.  There can easily have been 5,000,000 assassinated prisoners, if we take into account the Soviet soldiers who were “simply killed on the spot” when they surrendered.

            Alan Clark, La Guerre l'Est (Paris: Robert Laffont, 1966), p. 251.

Martens, Ludo.  Another View of Stalin. Antwerp, Belgium: EPO, Lange Pastoorstraat 25-27  2600, p. 250 [p. 226 on the NET]

 

            Therefore the first extermination campaigns, in fact the biggest, were against the Soviet peoples, including Soviet Jews.  The peoples of the USSR suffered the most and endured the greatest number of dead (23 million), but they also showed utter determination and amazing heroism.

            Until the invasion of the Soviet Union, there were no large massacres of Jewish populations.  At the time, the Nazis had not encountered any serious resistance.  But with their very first steps on Soviet soil, these noble Germans had to face adversaries who were fighting to the last man.  Right in the first weeks, the Germans suffered important losses, against an inferior race, the Slavs, worse even, against Bolsheviks!  The exterminating rage of the Nazis was born in their first massive losses.  When the fascist beast started to bleed under the Red Army's blows, it dreamed up the “final solution” for the Soviet people.

Martens, Ludo.  Another View of Stalin. Antwerp, Belgium: EPO, Lange Pastoorstraat 25-27  2600, p. 250 [p. 226 on the NET]

 

            This reality, of the unbelievable terror that the Nazis practiced in the Soviet Union, against the first socialist country, against the Communists, is almost systematically covered up or minimized in bourgeois literature.  This silence has a clear goal.  Those who do not know of the monstrous crimes committed against the Soviets are more likely to believe that Stalin was a “dictator” comparable to Hitler.  The bourgeoisie covers up the real anti-Communist genocide to better publicize what it has in common with Nazism: the irrational hatred of Communism, the class hatred of socialism.  And to better cover up the great genocide of the war, the bourgeoisie shines the light on another genocide, that of the Jews.

            In a remarkable book, Arno J. Mayer, whose father was left-Zionist, shows that the extermination of the Jews only began once the Nazis had, for the first time, suffered heavy losses.  It was in June--July 1941, against the Red Army.  The bestiality against the Communists, followed by the unexpected defeats that demolished the sentiment of invincibility of the Ubermenschen (Supermen), created the atmosphere that led to the Holocaust.

            “The Judeocide was forged in the fires of a stupendous war to conquer unlimited Lebensraum from Russia, to crush the Soviet regime, and to liquidate international bolshevism....  Without Operation Barbarossa there would and could have been no Jewish catastrophe, no “Final Solution’....”

            Arno Mayer, Why Did the Heavens Not Darken? The ``Final Solution'' in History (New York: Pantheon Books, 1988), p. 234.

Martens, Ludo.  Another View of Stalin. Antwerp, Belgium: EPO, Lange Pastoorstraat 25-27  2600, p. 253 [p. 228 on the NET]

 

            ...Once the Nazis had to face the defeats on the Russian front, they decided on a “global and final solution” of the “Jewish problem” during the Wannsee conference of January 20, 1942.

            For years, the Nazis had put forward their hatred of “Judeo-Bolshevism,” Bolshevism having been the worst invention of the Jews.  The determined resistance of the Bolsheviks prevented the Hitlerians from finishing off their principal enemy.  So the latter turned their frustations on the Jews, whom they exterminated with blind fury.

Martens, Ludo.  Another View of Stalin. Antwerp, Belgium: EPO, Lange Pastoorstraat 25-27  2600, p. 254 [p. 228 on the NET]

 

                the Nazis were the greatest enemy of world communism.

Service, Robert. Stalin. Cambridge, Mass.: Belknap Press of Harvard Univ. Press, 2005, p. 401

 

            In Germany as in Italy, the communists endured the severest political repression of all groups.

Parenti, Michael.  Blackshirts and Reds, San Francisco: City Light Books, 1997, p. 6

 

STALIN CONSULTED AND LISTENED TO OTHER GENERALS IN THE WAR

 

            During the entire war, General Shtemenko worked for the Chief of Staff, first as Chief of Operations, then as under-Chief of Staff.

            “I must say that Stalin did not decide and did not like to decide for himself important questions about the war.  He understood perfectly well the necessity of collective work in this complex area, he recognized those who were experts on such and such a military problem, took into account their opinion and gave each their due.”

            ChtEmenko, L'tat-Major gEnEral soviEtique en guerre (Moscow: ditions du ProgrŹs, 1976), vol. 2, p. 319.

Martens, Ludo.  Another View of Stalin. Antwerp, Belgium: EPO, Lange Pastoorstraat 25-27  2600, p. 254 [p. 231 on the NET]

 

            Zhukov wrote subsequently: "Today, after Stalin's death, the idea is current that he never heeded anybody's advice and decided questions of military policy all by himself.  I can't agree with it.  When he realized that the person reporting knew what he was talking about, he would listen, and I know cases when he reconsidered his own opinions and decisions.  This was the case in many operations.

Grey, Ian. Stalin, Man of History. London: Weidenfeld and Nicolson, 1979, p. 368

 

            But Stalin's independence was not tinged with smugness.  He had a large group of advisers, and he listened to them.  I personally had occasion to observe that he had great respect for technical experts, among others.

Tuominen, Arvo, The Bells of the Kremlin: Hanover: University Press of New England, 1983, p. 171

 

            He set great store by the work of the General Staff, and trusted it implicitly.  As a rule, he never adopted important decisions without first looking into the General Staff’s analytic situation report and its proposals.

Zhukov, Georgi. Reminiscences and Reflections Vol. 1. Moscow: Progress Pub., c1985, p. 349

 

            The activity of the Supreme Command is indissolubly associated with Stalin's name.  I met him often during the war.  Mostly, those were formal occasions at which issues related to the conduct of the war were dealt with.  But many important issues were decided at dinners to which Stalin invited his associates.  What I liked about Stalin was the complete absence of formalism.  Everything that he did in the framework of the Supreme Command or the State Defense Committee led to the immediate fulfillment of any decisions that these bodies may have taken.  And fulfillment was closely controlled by the Supreme Commander himself or, on his instructions, by one of his subordinates.

            True, such practice imposed a heavy physical burden on the members of the Supreme Command in the State Defense Committee, but people gave no heed to that during the war.  Everyone did his utmost and his best.  Everyone took the cue from Stalin, and the latter, despite his age, was always active and buoyant.  When the war ended and his day’s work became relatively routine, he seemed to grow old at once, to become less mobile, still more taciturn and thoughtful.  The past war and everything related to it had a strong and visible effect on him.

Zhukov, Georgi. Reminiscences and Reflections Vol. 1. Moscow: Progress Pub., c1985, p. 362

 

            After Stalin's death, the idea became current that he alone took decisions on questions of a military and strategic nature.  I cannot agree with this.  I have already mentioned above that when someone who had a good knowledge of the matter made a report to him, he would take notice of it.  I even know of cases when he changed his mind with respect to decisions previously taken.  This was the case in particular, to the schedule of many operations.

Zhukov, Georgi. Reminiscences and Reflections Vol. 2. Moscow: Progress Pub., c1985, p. 194

 

STALIN’S REASONS FOR NOT VISITING THE FRONT DURING THE WAR ARE JUSTIFIED

 

            As for General Shtemenko, he directly addressed Khrushchev's accusation that Stalin, not visiting the front, could not know the realities of war. 

            “The Supreme Commander could not, in our opinion, visit the fronts more frequently.  It would have been an unforgivably lightheaded act to abandon, even for a short period, the General Headquarters, to decide a partial question on a single front.”

            Chtemenko, L'Etat-Major general sovietique en guerre (Moscow: Editions du ProgrŹs, 1976), vol. 2, p. 354.

Martens, Ludo.  Another View of Stalin. Antwerp, Belgium: EPO, Lange Pastoorstraat 25-27  2600, p. 257 [p. 233 on the NET]

 

            Hitler issued an order that 'the Kremlin was to be blown up to signalize the overthrow of Bolshevism'....

            He [Stalin] was, incidentally, to remain thus voluntarily immured in the Kremlin throughout the war.  Not once, so it seems, did he seek direct personal contact with his troops in the field.  Trotsky in the civil war moved in his legendary train from front to front, exploring, sometimes under the enemy's fire, advanced positions and checking tactical arrangements.  Churchill mixed with his soldiers in the African desert and on the Normandy beaches, cheering them with his idiosyncrasies, with his solemn words, his comic hats, his cigars, and V-signs.  Hitler spent much of his time in his advanced field headquarters.  Stalin was not attracted by the physical reality of war.  Nor did he rely on the effect of his personal contact with his troops.  Yet there is no doubt that he was their real commander-in-chief.  His leadership was by no means confined to the taking of abstract strategic decisions, at which civilian politicians may excel.

Deutscher, Isaac. Stalin; A Political Biography. New York: Oxford Univ. Press, 1967, p. 469

 

            I have heard a variety of opinions about Stalin’s personal knowledge of life at the front.  In fact, as already mentioned, he visited the Western and the Kalinin Fronts in August 1943.  The journey by car took two days and certainly had an impact on the morale of the troops....

            In my view, Stalin as head of the Party and the country as a whole had no pressing need to make such trips.  The best thing for the front and the country was his presence in the Party Central Committee and the GHQ, to which led all telephone and telegraph communications and all manner of information.  Front commanders regularly reported to him on the situation at the front and on all substantial changes in that situation.  Thus, the Supreme high Commander had extensive information every day, and sometimes every hour on the course of the war, the needs and difficulties of front commands; and he could, while in Moscow, make decisions properly and with dispatch. 

Vasilevskii, Aleksandr M.  A Lifelong Cause. Moscow: Progress Publishers, 1981, p. 451

 

            Stalin has been criticized by some observers (not generals) for not visiting his troops on the battlefield.  General Shtemenko comments: 'It seems to me that Stalin could not visit the front lines more often than he did.  It would have been unpardonably negligent for the Supreme Commander to lay aside overall leadership even for a time so as to decide particular problems on one of the Fronts.  (In the summer of 1943 Stalin made a visit to the front lines, first to the command post of General Sokolovsky and then to that of General Eremenko.)

Axell, Albert. Stalin's War: Through the Eyes of His Commanders. London, Arms and Armour Press. 1997, p. 168

 

CHURCHILL BLASTS TROTSKY AND HIS IMMENSE EGO

 

            It is probable that Trotsky never comprehended the Marxian creed: but of its drill-book he was the incomparable master.  He possessed in his nature all the qualities requisite for the art of civic destruction--the organizing command of a Carnot, the cold detached intelligence of Machiavelli, the mob oratory of a Cleon, the ferocity of Jack the Ripper, the toughness of Titus Oates.  No trace of compassion, no sense of human kinship, no apprehension of the spiritual, weakened his high and tireless capacity for action.  Like the cancer bacillus he grew, he fed, he tortured, he slew in fulfillment of his nature.  He found a wife who shared the Communist faith.  She worked and plotted at his side.  She shared his first exile to Siberia in the days of the Czar.  She bore him children.  She aided his escape.  He deserted her.  He found another kindred mind in a girl of good family who had been expelled from a school at Kharkov for persuading the pupils to refuse to attend prayers and to read Communist literature instead of the Bible.  By her he had another family.  As one of his biographers (Max Eastman) put it: “If you have a perfectly legal mind, she is not Trotsky's wife, for Trotsky never divorced Alexandra Sokolovski who still uses the name of Bronstein.”  Of his mother he writes in cold and chilling terms.  His father--old Bronstein--died of typhus in 1920 at the age of 83.  The triumphs of his [Trotsky’s father] son brought no comfort to this honest hard-working and believing Jew.  Persecuted by the Reds because he was a bourgeoisie; by the Whites because he was Trotsky's father, and deserted by his son, he was left to sink or swim in the Russian deluge, and swam on steadfastly to the end.  What else was there for him to do?

            ... All the collectivism in the world could not rid him [Trotsky] of an egoism which amounted to a disease, and to a fatal disease.  He must not only ruin the State, he must rule the ruins thereafter.  Every system of government of which he was not the head or almost the head was odious to him.  The Dictatorship of the Proletariat to him meant that he was to be obeyed without question.  He was to do the dictating on behalf of the proletariat.  “The toiling masses,” the “Councils of Workmen, Peasants and Soldiers,” the gospel and revelation of Karl Marx, the Federal Union of Socialist Soviet Republics, etc., to him were all spelt in one word: Trotsky.

Churchill, Winston. Great Contemporaries. New York: Putnam, 1937, p. 170

 

            The Army must be remade; victory must be won; and Trotsky must do it and Trotsky must profit from it....  He used his exceptional prowess to the full.  The officers and soldiers of the new model army were fed, clothed and treated better than anyone else in Russia.  Officers of the old Czarist regime were wheedled back in thousands.  "To the devil with politics--let us save Russia."  The salute was reintroduced.  The badges of rank and privilege were restored.  The authority of commanders was reestablished.  The higher command found themselves treated by this Communist upstart with a deference they had never experienced from the Ministers of the Czar.

Churchill, Winston. Great Contemporaries. New York: Putnam, 1937, p. 171

 

REVOLUTIONARY INTELLECTUALS OFTEN PUT THEIR EGOS ABOVE THE CAUSE

 

            ...But the revolutionary intellectuals, time and again in moments of crisis, have shown their tendency to put personal prestige before everything else, and to fight to the bitter end against political opponents, even if this sacrifices the very principles that they were verbally accepting.

Pritt, Denis Nowell. The Moscow Trial was Fair. London: "Russia To-day," 1937, p. 10

 

            It a surely of such men that Mao was thinking when he wrote: "All wisdom comes from the masses.  I've always said that intellectuals are the most lacking in intellect.  The intellectuals cock their tails in the air, and they think, 'If I don't rank No. 1 in all the world, then I'm at least No. 2.'"

Spence, Jonathan D. Mao Zedong. New York: Viking, 1999, p. 159

 

1936 TRIAL WAS NO FRAME-UP

 

            And now as to the "frame up."  The actual question is: Why did 16 accused men all confess guilt, participate in a lively way in the court proceedings, and show all their old capacity for public speaking and repartee, and yet plead "Guilty"?

            It is not because they had been rotting in dungeons or anything of that kind.  Actually, the most recently arrested of the accused were at liberty in the USSR until May of this year.  And anyway, if they had been maltreated in prison, surely some signs of this would have been visible to the public, or at least one of them would have made some sort of a statement on the matter!

            No--the fact is this: The prisoners had four alternatives.  First, to plead innocent.  Second, to plead guilty--making political speeches against the Soviet government, the "Stalinist bureaucracy," and justifying their crime.  Third, to plead guilty and say no more.  Fourthly, to confess, and give a full account of their activities.  Besides these possibilities, there was no other way open to them--except suicide, the way chosen by Tomsky alone.

            To plead innocent was impossible because the proofs were overwhelming, and all these people knew this.  They knew what additional evidence could be brought against them if they tried to prove their innocence.

            To attack the Soviet government and the "Stalinist bureaucracy" was impossible--because for nearly 10 years now these people have had absolutely no political policy to oppose to that of Stalin.  The fact is that Stalin's policy is a success, and this has robbed his opponents of every excuse of a political attack.  This fact is openly admitted by the accused.

            And so, before all the men, against whom the proofs were overwhelming, who had no policy, there was the one possibility of pleading Guilty--with, or without, details of their crime.

Pritt, Denis Nowell. The Moscow Trial was Fair. London: "Russia To-day," 1937, p. 11-12

 

            The newspaper, the "Observer" of August 23, no lover of the Bolsheviks, "old guard" or new, was bound to conclude:--

            "Stalin is now the acknowledged leader of the unified party, whose prestige in the country is now unquestioned.

            "The defendants admitted frankly that they resorted to individual terror as a last resort, fully knowing that disaffection in the country now is not sufficiently strong to bring them into power by any other way....

            "It is futile to think the trial was staged and the charges trumped up.  The Government's case against the defendants is genuine."

Pritt, Denis Nowell. The Moscow Trial was Fair. London: "Russia To-day," 1937, p. 13

 

ALBANIAN ECONOMIC POLICY WAS SUCCESS WITHIN STALIN’S LINES

 

            The Editor [of this book, Jon Halliday] says, “Overall, Albanian economic policy has been a success, within rather rigid traditional Stalinist lines.  Food self-sufficiency, in particular, has allowed the state considerable political leeway.”

Hoxha, Enver. The Artful Albanian. London: Chatto & Windus, 1986, p. 13

 

VYSHINSKY TELLS HOXHA THAT TITOISM IS NOT SOCIALISM

 

            "The object of this meeting," said Vyshinsky in general outline, "is to exchange our experience and reveal our joint knowledge about the betrayal of the Yugoslav Titoites, about their undermining activity against our countries, parties and socialism, and to define the method of combating and unmasking their deviation which is dangerous for communism in general and for the Yugoslav Communist Party and socialism in Yugoslavia in particular."

Hoxha, Enver. The Artful Albanian. London: Chatto & Windus, 1986, p. 119

 

            [Vyshinsky said to Hoxha,] "...Their activity is identical with the activities of the Trotskyites, Bukharinites and agents of world capital whom we have unmasked in our trials."

Hoxha, Enver. The Artful Albanian. London: Chatto & Windus, 1986, p. 120

 

            "Stalin personally criticized Tito for this impermissible act which he wanted to commit against you," said Vyshinsky.

Hoxha, Enver. The Artful Albanian. London: Chatto & Windus, 1986, p. 122

 

STALIN DISCOUNTS THE POPE AS AN ALLY AND CONSIDERS HIM REACTIONARY

 

            "The Vatican is a center of reaction," Comrade Stalin told me among other things, "it is a tool in the service of capital and world reaction, which supports this international organization of subversion and espionage.  It is a fact that many Catholic priests and missionaries of the Vatican are old hands at espionage on a world scale...."  Then he told me of what happened once in Yalta with Roosevelt, the representative of the American Catholic church....

            During the talk with Roosevelt, Churchill and others on problems of the anti-Hitlerite war, they had said: "We must no longer fight the pope in Rome.  What had you against him that you attack him?!"

            "I have nothing against him," Stalin had replied.

            "Then, let us make the Pope our ally," they had said, "let us admit him to the coalition of the great allies."

            "All right," Stalin had said, "but the anti-fascist alliance is an alliance to wipe out fascism and Nazism.  As you know, gentlemen, this war is waged with soldiers, artillery, machine guns, tanks, aircraft.  If the Pope or you can tell us what armies, artillery, machine guns, tanks and other weapons of war he possesses, let him become our ally.  We don't need an ally for talk and incense."

            After that, they had made no further mention of the question of the Pope, and the Vatican.

Hoxha, Enver. The Artful Albanian. London: Chatto & Windus, 1986, p. 132

 

            Churchill said, "The British people have a sense of moral responsibility with regard to the Polish people and their spiritual values.  It is also important that Poland is a Catholic country.  We cannot allow internal developments there to complicate our relations with the Vatican."

            "And how many divisions does the pope have?"  Stalin suddenly asked, interrupting Churchill's train of oratory.

Berezhkov, Valentin. At Stalin's Side. Secaucus, New Jersey: Carol Pub. Group, c1994, p. 309

 

MEETINGS WITH STALIN WERE MUCH FRIENDLIER THAN WITH KHRUSHCHOV & HIS ALLIES

 

            Once in Moscow the meetings with the Soviet leaders would begin, but these meetings were no longer pleasant like those with Stalin.  Now they were held sometimes with smothered anger, sometimes with open flare-ups.

Hoxha, Enver. The Artful Albanian. London: Chatto & Windus, 1986, p. 156

 

HOXHA ATTACKS KHRUSHCHOV FOR WANTING TO COPY HITLER

 

            "In regard to a number of special products of industry," Khrushchev said, "among other things, we must do as Hitler did.  At that time Germany was alone and he produced all those things.  We must study this experience and we, too, must set up joint enterprises for special products, for example, weapons."

            We could not believe our ears!  Could it be true that the first secretary of the Central Committee of the Communist Party of the Soviet Union wanted to learn from the experience of Hitler and even recommended it to others?!  But this is what things were coming to.

Hoxha, Enver. The Artful Albanian. London: Chatto & Windus, 1986, p. 165

 

HOXHA DESCRIBES THE CHANGES OF THE CHINESE LINE FROM ANTI TO PRO TO ANTI MARXIST

 

            ... This Mao's theory of 100 flowers, widely proclaimed in May 1956 by Lu Dingyi, constituted the Chinese variant of the bourgeois-revisionist theory and practice about the "free circulation of ideas and people", about the co-existence of a hotch-potch of ideologies, trends, schools and coteries within socialism.  (It turned out later that Mao's utterly revisionist decalogue "On the Ten Major Relationships" belongs precisely to this period of the "spring" of modern revisionism.)

            Many a time later I have turned back to this period of history of the Communist Party of China, trying to figure out how and why the profoundly revisionist line of 1956 subsequently seemed to change direction, and for a time, became "pure", "anti-revisionist" and "Marxist-Leninist".  It is a fact, for example, that in 1960 the Communist Party of China seemed to be strongly opposing the revisionist theses of Khrushchev... .  It was precisely because China came out against modern revisionism in 1960 and seemed to be adhering to Marxist-Leninist positions that brought about that our Party stood shoulder to shoulder with it in the struggle which we had begun against the Khrushchevites.

            However, time confirmed...that in no instance, either in 1956 or in the '60s did the Communist Party of China proceed or act from the positions of Marxism-Leninism.

            In 1956 it rushed to to take up the banner of revisionism, in order to elbow Khrushchev out and gain the role of the leader in the communist and workers' movement for itself.  But when Mao and his associates saw that they would not easily emerge triumphant over the patriarch of modern revisionism, Khrushchev, through the revisionist contest, they changed their tactic, pretended to reject their former flag, presented themselves as "pure Marxist-Leninists", striving in this way to win those positions which they had been unable to win with their former tactic.  When this second tactic turned out no good, either, they "discarded" their second, allegedly Marxist-Leninist, flag and came out in the arena as they had always been, opportunists, loyal champions of a line of conciliation and capitulation towards capital and reaction.

Hoxha, Enver. The Artful Albanian. London: Chatto & Windus, 1986, p. 183

 

HOXHA DESCRIBES THE UNDERMINING OF HUNGARY

 

            As was becoming apparent, Hungary had many weak points.  There the party had been created, headed by Rakosi, around whom there were a number of veteran communists like Gero and Munnich, but also young ones who had just come to the fore, who found the table laid for them by the Red Army and Stalin.  The "construction of socialism" in Hungary began, but the reforms were not radical.  The proletariat was favored, but without seriously annoying the petty-bourgeoisie.  The Hungarian party was allegedly a combination of the illegal communist party (Hungarian prisoners of war captured in the Soviet Union), old communists like Bela Kun and the social-democratic party.  Hence this combination was a sickly graft, which never really established itself....

            I have been closely acquainted with Rakosi and I liked him....  Rakosi was an honest man, an old communist and a leader in the Comintern.  His aims were good, but his work was sabotaged from within and from without.  As long as Stalin was alive everything seemed to be going well, but after his death the weaknesses in Hungary began to show up.

Hoxha, Enver. The Artful Albanian. London: Chatto & Windus, 1986, p. 187

 

HOXHA TOLD SUSLOV THAT IMRE NAGY WAS A TRAITOR

 

            "He [Imre Nagy] is a traitor," I told Suslov, "and we think that you are making a great mistake when you hold out your hand to a traitor."

Hoxha, Enver. The Artful Albanian. London: Chatto & Windus, 1986, p. 192

 

HOXHA SAYS SUSLOV WAS A DEMAGOGUE

 

            ... Suslov was one of the greatest demagogues of the Soviet leadership.

Hoxha, Enver. The Artful Albanian. London: Chatto & Windus, 1986, p. 199

 

HOXHA ARGUES WITH KHRUSCHOV ABOUT WHO IS A MARXIST

 

            "You Albanians astound me," he [Khrushchev] said, "You are stubborn."

            "No," I said, "we are Marxists."

Hoxha, Enver. The Artful Albanian. London: Chatto & Windus, 1986, p. 208

 

HOXHA SAYS KOSYGIN IS A REVISIONIST MUMMY

 

            We walked away from that revisionist mummy [Kosygin].

Hoxha, Enver. The Artful Albanian. London: Chatto & Windus, 1986, p. 233

 

EXPULSIONS & REINSTATEMENTS BY POLICE HELPED DETERMINE WHO WERE RELIABLE POLICE

 

            Riz was, I think, four times expelled from a party and four times reinstated.  In the Soviet Union there was a special order of such...Party 'expellees', who were of positive value to the cause of humanity.  Every expulsion and every reinstatement involved lengthy debates in Party assemblies, and through these the fluctuating strengths and weaknesses of the regime were constantly under review.  By them, moreover, we knew the power of men like Comrade X, or Army General 0sepyan, or Yenukidze, or even NKVD bosses Yagoda or Beria, or Regional Secretary Sheboldayev, in their roles not of servants, but of enemies of the regime.

Tokaev, Grigori. Comrade X. London: Harvill Press,1956, p. 6

 

EXILED PEOPLE WERE ALLOWED TO RETURN

 

            ... he (Generalov) was sent to an obscure job in Siberia.  Allowed to return at the end of 1933 and reinstated in the Party, he was, however, relegated to Dniepropetrovsk, again on low-level routine work under bureaucratic bosses of the new order, who treated him as an inferior creature.  It was then that he married Shura.

Tokaev, Grigori. Comrade X. London: Harvill Press,1956, p. 9

 

THOSE ALLOWED TO RETURN STILL TALKED OF ASSASSINATION

 

            Such was the atmosphere of those days; men of gentle character and high ideals, like Generalov, talked calmly of assassination.

Tokaev, Grigori. Comrade X. London: Harvill Press,1956, p. 10

 

            My next visit, on Generalov's suggestion, was to a man high up in the Dniepropetrovsk administration.  Generalov had hopes of this man, whom we will call Brezhnov, partly because he was an underground Trotskyist.  For this reason I however had misgivings about asking his assistance, but ardour overcame my convictions.

Tokaev, Grigori. Comrade X. London: Harvill Press,1956, p. 14

 

CASE WAS BEING BUILT AGAINST YAGODA WHILE HE STILL WORKED FOR THE SECRET POLICE

 

            ... For instance, we knew beyond question that the dossier against Yagoda was being built up while he was still Stalin's trusted tool.

Tokaev, Grigori. Comrade X. London: Harvill Press,1956, p. 17

 

            [Tovstukha said]... "Comrade Yagoda has just phoned.  He wants to see you urgently"

            "Yagoda?  What the devil for?" my uncle answered irritability.  "He just left here!"

            "He says something new has developed in--about--about the case," Tovstukha said.

            "...tell Yagoda if he doesn't stop splitting hairs [in the Zinoviev-Kamenev business] I'll break him!  If he thinks he can play a double game, he's all wrong.  The opposition has become criminal.  It will be broken, crushed!  And anyone who tries to protect it, directly or indirectly, will be crushed too!  Tell Yagoda that!"

Svanidze, Budu. My Uncle, Joseph Stalin. New York: Putnam, c1953, p. 117

 

            Speaking of Yagoda, Koba said, "I know he is a scoundrel.  But we dare not risk smashing the fragile apparatus of the GPU by removing Yagoda and his associates.  This would be exploited by class enemies at home and abroad.  We shall settle out accounts with Yagoda at the right moment."  He added, "If you want to understand revolutionary tactics, read Schiller's Fiasco's Conspiracy.  Revolutions always require Moors, but they go when they have served their purpose--they are sent to the gallows.  Only you must not miss the right moment, or else they will send you to the gallows.  I know precisely who is a friend and who is a foe.  You, Papasha, grumble frequently, but I know that you will never be guilty of a stab in the back.  I respect you and shall stand up for you.  But we shall wage a life and death struggle with double-crossers.  We carry an historic responsibility for the destiny of the country and of the revolution...."

Litvinov, Maksim Maksimovich. Notes for a Journal. New York: Morrow, 1955, p. 56

 

            Berzin had proved before the war that Yagoda was neither a Latvian nor a communist.

Litvinov, Maksim Maksimovich. Notes for a Journal. New York: Morrow, 1955, p. 205

 

 

REAL DESTRUCTION OF ZINOVIEV AND KAMENEV OCCURRED IN MAY 1935

 

            In fact, May 25, 1935, was a more significant date in the destruction of the old leaders than January 16th, when the press had announced the startling news that the first group of leaders on trial, Zinoviev, Kamenev, Evdokimov and others, had 'confessed that they were guilty of terrorist activities'.  Only sentences of terms of imprisonment had followed, despite the law of December 1st, 1934, providing for the immediate death of terrorists.

Tokaev, Grigori. Comrade X. London: Harvill Press,1956, p. 19

 

            The investigation did not establish facts that would provide a basis for describing the crimes of the Zinovievites as instigation of the assassination of Kirov.  Therefore Zinoviev's sentence was "only" 10 years in prison, and Kamenev's 5.

Medvedev, Roy. Let History Judge. New York: Columbia University Press, 1989, p. 347

 

 

YENUKIDZE HAD PLANNED TO DESTROY STALINISM ROOT AND BRANCH

 

            ... a few words must be said about the program of Yenukidze and his group.  I myself was never a supporter of Yenukidze's program, nor was I in his conspiracy.  Yet his proposals are of considerable interest, as representing the conception of a reformed USSR....  The plan was outlined to me by one of Yenukidze's closest associates, Sheboldayev, who said that they aimed at destroying Stalinism 'root and branch'....

            Yenukidze was not at once imprisoned, but was put under house arrest in a small building, standing by itself on the outskirts of Moscow, and surrounded by N. K. V. D. guards.  Though every precaution was taken against his escape, one day the heavily guarded house was found to be empty.  The prisoner had vanished.

Tokaev, Grigori. Comrade X. London: Harvill Press,1956, p. 20-21

 

SOVIET LEADERS DO NOT KNOW OF THE SECRET UNDERCOVER PILOTS

 

            At this time, the vanguard of the opposition was in the Soviet Air Force.  On May 15th, 1935 Bulganin, as Chairman of the Moscow Soviet, gave the French visitors a gala reception.  Laval was taken to our principal airdrome, but also the center of our most restive airmen.  The visitors were conducted by a party headed by Politburo member and People's Commissar of Defense Marshall Voroshilov.  All smiles, he “presented” outstanding pilots.  He invited Laval to join a particular group of senior officers, which included some of the most courageous members of the undercover opposition.

            ...Stalin, together with Molotov, Chubar, Voroshilov and others of the Kremlin, chose to pay an unexpected visit, on May 2nd, 1935, to the Frunze Central Military Airdrome, one of the centers of his irreconcilable enemies.  Pilots were braced and even kissed and all manner of sweet, winning words were said to them.

Tokaev, Grigori. Comrade X. London: Harvill Press,1956, p. 31-32

 

            The enemies of Stalin, as of Lenin and socialism, were masked so cleverly that it was sometimes impossible to see through the heavy mist of falsification and outright provocations.

Rybin, Aleksei. Next to Stalin: Notes of a Bodyguard. Toronto: Northstar Compass Journal, 1996, p. 77

 

THERE WAS A RIGHT-WING MILITARY UNDERGROUND IN MOSCOW

 

            ... These were the work of the leaders of the united right-wing military underground of Moscow under the general directive of a man whose name is familiar to most of my readers.

Tokaev, Grigori. Comrade X. London: Harvill Press,1956, p. 42

 

            [Footnote: Likhachev editor of Posev was in the Far Eastern Red Army in 1937-38 and describes a genuine military plot against the Stalinist leadership, which Stalin smashed in a countercoup].

Getty, A. Origins of the Great Purges. Cambridge, N. Y.: Cambridge Univ. Press, 1985, p. 267

 

            This affair [the military officers] began more or less in August 1936, just days before the first Moscow show trial opened, with the arrest of two senior officers.  The first, detained on Aug. 14, was Primakov, a Bolshevik since 1914, a cavalry commander during the Civil War, and corps commander since 1935.  Then on Aug. 20 Putna, the corps commander and Soviet military attache to London mentioned earlier, was arrested.  He had been a Bolshevik since 1917.  Both men had taken part in the Trotskyist opposition in 1926-27.

            Until May 1937 Primakov categorically denied any kind of counter-revolutionary activity, though he wrote to Stalin that after breaking with Trotskyism in 1928 he "had not completely severed personal contacts with Trotskyites."  Putna, on the other hand, quickly admitted to participation in current "Trotskyist-Zinovievist centers" and an organization within the Soviet military.  He named Primakov as a member....  Meanwhile one of the defendants at the August show trial referred to Putna as an "active participant" in terrorist work.

            The major event occurred in April 1937.  Marshall Tukhachevsky, one of the best-known officers in the Soviet Union, a colonel under the tsarist regime, and then a Civil War hero for the Reds, had been scheduled to travel to London for the coronation of George VI.  But now Yezhov wrote to Stalin claiming that a "foreign source, worthy of complete confidence," had informed him that the Germans were planning to assassinate Tukhachevsky during his stay in Britain, with the goal of stirring up international trouble.  The Politburo responded by removing Tukhachevsky from the Soviet delegation.  So far there was no hint of a lack of confidence in him; the decision was taken for his own protection.

            But then several officers being held...by the NKVD named Tukhachevsky as a plotter against the government....

            The accounts of two NKVD men therefore show that Yezhov personally drove the generals' affair forward.  Of course, Stalin may well have been behind him, issuing orders.  But the impression these reports make is one of Stalin reacting to information as it came to him, not initiating matters.  During the investigation he met with Yezhov almost daily, and from May 21 to 28 he also met regularly with Frinovsky [one of Yezhov's aides].  Such close attention to a case that would never come to public trial suggests that Stalin wanted not to manufacture evidence but to learn what the police had found.  He might have pushed Yezhov forward in this case in order to investigate something he feared.  That Stalin and the Politburo reacted to Yezhov's report about a plot to murder Tukhachevsky in London suggests that the Gensec did not have a plan to proceed against the officers; indeed, the whole picture of long investigations, NKVD behavior, and Yezhov's role is one of material making its way up to Stalin.

            Another variant was offered by the ex--NKVD officer Almazov.  In one of his manuscripts in the Hoover Archives, he claimed that a real military conspiracy against Stalin existed.  Planning to rely on several army units and on political prisoners as their main forces, Tukhachevsky and his followers intended to surround the Kremlin, arrest key leaders, and kill Stalin in one quick blow.  But they were discovered in 1936, when Putna was recalled to Moscow.  Sensing danger, he left a packet of incriminating materials in the Soviet capital with someone he thought he could trust, his brother-in-law.  Instead the latter immediately took the documents to the Central Committee.  Putna was arrested and quickly confessed--this point is not quite accurate, as we have seen--naming Tukhachevsky and others as his co-conspirators.

            It must be noted that Almazov offered different versions of the background to the "generals' plot."  Yet he was not alone in claiming that a real conspiracy against Stalin existed in the armed forces.  Likhachev, a Red Army officer who served in the Far Eastern military district for six years prior to his ouster from the service in 1937 or 1938, also maintained that such a plot was under way and provided extensive details about it.  He insisted that he was not directly involved but that he knew many officers who were.  They told him that Tukhachevsky and Gamarnik had begun to lay plans in 1932 (that fateful year once again).  The affair centered in the Far East, where most of the plotters had served.  Putna was stationed there for several years in the early 1930s.  High-ranking civilians in places like Leningrad, Smolensk, Kalinin, Tula, the North Caucasus, and Siberia were also involved.  Gamarnik, trusted completely by the Kremlin, often traveled as its emissary to outline military districts; he maintained communications among the conspirators.

            The chief plotters did not feel that they could trust their troops to follow them against Stalin (an interesting comment on popular loyalties), so they planned to stir up the men by announcing that foreign infiltrators had taken over the NKVD headquarters in Khabarovsk, the administrative center of the Far Eastern Army.  Once the troops had attacked the building and blood had been shed, it might be possible to turn them against the regime.  (How?  Why?) In another version of the plan, an attack on the leadership was to take place inside the Kremlin simultaneously with the Khabarovsk action.  But all was in vain; although Likhachev does not say how, the plot was discovered before it could unfold.  His account is indirectly supported by an ex-Soviet officer who said that his brother had been involved in a "Tukhachevsky group" in 1935.

Thurston, Robert. Life and Terror in Stalin's Russia, 1934-1941. New Haven: Yale University Press, c1996, p. 50-53

 

            There was, moreover, always a grain of truth to the accusations of the show trials: the Trotskyist bloc had existed in the USSR, and Bukharin did know of a center, albeit a small one, organized against Stalin.  At least one of Bukharin's followers spoke of killing the vozhd.  Putna was probably guilty of treason.  The Germans fed the Gensec information incriminating Tukhachevsky, and evidence from various sources points to a plot in the army.  Yezhov relayed damaging material on officers to his boss.  With some justification, Stalin saw dangerous opposition developing around him.

Thurston, Robert. Life and Terror in Stalin's Russia, 1934-1941. New Haven: Yale University Press, c1996, p. 57

 

            The principal line of the Generals appears to have been that a conflict with Germany must be avoided at all costs and that the necessary territorial concessions must be made in order to buy the Germans off, and as this was clearly impossible without a change of Government, the Generals were prepared to steer for that in peace or in war.  Just as reactionaries in Western Europe are prepared to divert Germany from attacking in Western Europe by offering it a free hand in the East, so the renegade Generals were prepared to offer it a free hand in the West.  But from the German point of view, this policy had to be backed by something more than promises.  The Generals had not only to declare their willingness to make territorial concessions, but also to prove the genuineness of their attitude by giving the German General Staff information as to the military position in the Soviet Union.

Campbell, J. R. Soviet Policy and Its Critics. London: V. Gollancz, ltd., 1939, p. 225

 

            On May 24, 1937 the following document, signed by Stalin, was circulated to members of the Central Committee requiring their vote:

            "On the basis of facts which expose Central Committee member Rudzutak and candidate member Tukhachevsky as participating in an anti-Soviet Trotskyite-Right conspiratorial bloc and espionage work against the USSR for Fascist Germany, the Politburo of the Central Committee puts to the vote the proposal to expel Rudzutak and Tukhachevsky from the party and to hand their case to the commissariat of internal affairs."

            The vote was unanimously in favor.  No one had any doubts, no one came to the victims' defense....  Some members went even further than Stalin's resolution.  For instance, Budenny wrote on the voting slip 'Definitely yes.  These scoundrels must be punished.'  Mekhlis as usual underlined his 'yes' several times.  Neither Voroshilov, nor Yegorov, who had both served with Tukhachevsky, nor Khrushchev and Mikoyan, who were later to condemn this act... found the courage to abstain from writing the fateful 'yes'.  For unexplained reasons, Stalin as usual left his voting slip blank.

Volkogonov, Dmitri. Stalin: Triumph and Tragedy. New York: Grove Weidenfeld, 1991, p. 319

 

            [Footnote]: That the officers had, at least, discussed a coup d'etat is authenticated.  A former German Communist, Schutz, was imprisoned in Kharkov during 1937 and told the authorities that among the prisoners were high-ranking officers accused of belonging to the group of conspirators, who stated that it had been planned to force Stalin to agree to Polish partition, in order to secure the Soviet frontier against Germany.  When the Zinoviev-Kamenev trial heralded the frustration of these moves they decided to resort to force.  But Stalin struck first, with the aid of the "proofs."

Alexandrov, Victor. The Tukhachevsky Affair. London: Macdonald, 1963, p. 149

 

            [1929] Our military people have told their German counterparts that they are prepared to collaborate with them against the Communist Party and that at a chosen moment they could seize power and set up a pro-German government in the USSR.  Therefore nothing should be done against the present Soviet government, and Stresemann's plans for the creation of a unified bloc against it should be thwarted.  The overthrow of the present Soviet government would lead to the setting up of a new government under the wing of France and England, while a military coup d'etat in the Kremlin would bring a pro-German government into power and ensure for Germany the inexhaustible markets of a Russia ruled by a military dictatorship....

Litvinov, Maksim Maksimovich. Notes for a Journal. New York: Morrow, 1955, p. 105

 

BUKHARIN WAS BECOMING A SOCIAL-DEMOCRAT LIKE THOSE IN THE WEST

 

            ... Stalin aimed at one-party dictatorship and complete centralization.  Bukharin envisaged several parties and even nationalist parties, and stood for the maximum of decentralization.  He was also in favor of vesting authority in the various constituent republics and thought that the more important of these should even control their own foreign relations.  By 1936, Bukharin was approaching the social democratic standpoint of the left-wing socialists of the West.

Tokaev, Grigori. Comrade X. London: Harvill Press,1956, p. 43

 

SUBVERSIVES AND TERRORISTS DECIDE IT IS TIME TO ACT

 

            In August, 1936,... my own conclusion was that the time for delay was past.  We must make immediate preparations for a general armed uprising.

            I was sure then, as I am today, that if Comrade X had chosen to send out a call to arms, he would have been joined at once by many of the big men of the USSR....

            Through my mind flashed a succession of Russian terrorists of the past, women among them.  No other country had so persistent a tradition of assassination as ours.  Passionlessly, Klava Yeryomenko had come to the conclusion that she should take her place in that tradition.  Her plan was one of stark simplicity.  Stalin would come down to his palace at nearby Gagry.  She would gain entry.  When the principal tyrants were gathered together, she would destroy them.  She too would perish, but they would be no more.  She already knew officers of Stalin's bodyguard who could be won over.  A clever woman, she said, could get what she wanted, especially if she was also good-looking.  With the disappearance of Stalin, Molotov, and Yezhov, Comrade X could then seize the Kremlin and the principal government offices; Riz would take command of the Black Sea Fleet; Belinsky and Demokratov together would control Leningrad; Sheboldayev and Gunushvili would take over the Caucasus; Generalov the Ukraine, and so on.  In two or three days it would be all over, the country would be in the hands of the new men.

Tokaev, Grigori. Comrade X. London: Harvill Press,1956, p. 48

 

            Our purpose this time was not only to hold discussions.  We had moved a decisive step further: we went to assess the chances of an armed uprising against Stalin in the immediate future.

Tokaev, Grigori. Comrade X. London: Harvill Press,1956, p. 156

 

COMRADE X TURNS DOWN ASSASSINATION OF STALIN IDEA BECAUSE 15 HAVE FAILED

 

            Nevertheless, although in principle we were opposed to terroristic acts, I considered it right, in the changed situation, to put Klava's proposal before Comrade X.  He gave it serious thought, but in the end rejected the suggestion.  He pointed out that there had already been no less than 15 attempts to assassinate Stalin, none had gotten near to success, each had cost many brave lives.  'There is a right place and time for everything,' he said, 'but now (in mid-1936), Yeryomenko's suggestion is out of place.

Tokaev, Grigori. Comrade X. London: Harvill Press,1956, p. 49

 

PEOPLE ARE EXPELLED AND REINSTATED REPEATEDLY

 

            ... He [Yefimov] was a sturdy little army engineer, an old Party member, but with no less than 10 expulsions and reinstatement behind him;...

Tokaev, Grigori. Comrade X. London: Harvill Press,1956, p. 60

 

            My own record was dismal: expulsion from the Komsomol; expulsion from my Trade Union; Trade Union reprimand; expulsion from Leningrad; the charge of Trotskyism; the charge of Right-wing deviation and “civilian democratism”; one expulsion from the Party; a second expulsion from the Party; a stern Party reprimand; a second stern Party reprimand; a third expulsion from the Party which ended in a stern Party reprimand with final warning.

Tokaev, Grigori. Comrade X. London: Harvill Press,1956, p. 74

 

            Zinoviev and Kamenev had been expelled for the third time in 1934, on suspicion of politically inspiring Nikolayev in the murder of Kirov.

Conquest, Robert. The Great Terror. New York: Oxford University Press, 1990, p. 117

 

 

TOMSKY HAD MANY JOBS BESIDES BEING ON THE POLITBURO

 

            Up to 1930 he [Tomsky] had been a member of the Politburo.  He had also been head of the Soviet Trade Unions.  Latterly he had been chief of the State publishing system, the OGIZ.

Tokaev, Grigori. Comrade X. London: Harvill Press,1956, p. 62

 

PEOPLE TAKEN OFF THE POLITBURO STILL RETAINED HIGH POSITIONS

 

            ... Since 1930, when the Buryto group (Bukharin, Rykov, Tomsky) were relieved of their high posts, he [Rykov] had been People's Commissar of Communications....

Tokaev, Grigori. Comrade X. London: Harvill Press,1956, p. 63

 

            Although a confidential letter of the Central Committee was circulated in early 1935 to warn against the dangers represented by former oppositionists, their repented leaders continued to hold more or less important posts, including membership in the Central Committee, throughout the "verification" and "exchange" of Party cards.

Rittersporn, Gabor. Stalinist Simplifications and Soviet Complications, 1933-1953. New York: Harwood Academic Publishers, c1991, p. 73

 

 

REMOVAL OF YAGODA COSTS THE OPPOSITION DEARLY

 

            ...  the first step was taken to bring about the downfall of Yagoda.  He was removed from the NKVD  and we lost a strong link in our opposition intelligence service.

Tokaev, Grigori. Comrade X. London: Harvill Press,1956, p. 63

 

ANDREYEV AND MALENKOV WERE SECRET TROTSKYITES AND RADEK KNEW IT

 

            Radek's appearance in the dock created a sensation....  With which Trotskyists did he maintain contact? asked Vyshinsky--and out came the list they wanted: Mrachkovsky, Smirnov, Dreitzer, Gayevsky, Pyatakov, Preobrazhensky, Smilga, Serebryakov...but of course, never a mention of such real Trotskyists as, for instance, Andreyev-or Malenkov.

            Not that Malenkov has ever been a very precise ideologist....  However, in 1924 he became secretary of the Party branch of the Moscow Technical Institute, then one of Trotsky's bastions.  In those days Malenkov signed many an anti-Stalin, Trotskyist resolution: not by deep conviction, but rather by sheer inertia.  Of all the living members of the Soviet Olympus, Andreyev and he had been the most outstanding supporters of Trotsky.  This Radek knew quite well, yet never a hint did he give at the trial.

Tokaev, Grigori. Comrade X. London: Harvill Press,1956, p. 67

 

OPPOSITION HAS NO MASS SUPPORT BECAUSE IT HAS NO PROGRAM

 

            My old friend Belinsky, the acknowledged leader and thinker of our group in Moscow at this time, summed up the position as follows:... Not one oppositionist group had proved capable of preparing in good time, as an alternative to the party's general line, a program sufficiently revolutionary to capture the sympathy of the masses....

Tokaev, Grigori. Comrade X. London: Harvill Press,1956, p. 74

 

BOLSHEVIK PARTY WAS NOT MONOLITHIC

 

            It is a dangerous illusion to think of the Bolshevik party as “monolithic”.  It began as a fraction of another party and continued thereafter to produce further fractions and splits.  Every year continuously after the Revolution some group opposed the central leadership....

Tokaev, Grigori. Comrade X. London: Harvill Press,1956, p. 85

 

BERIA EXPOSES THE GREAT EXCESSES OF YEZHOV

 

            It was Beria's diagnosis of the danger of Yezhov's excesses that had induced Stalin to trust him and brought him to power.  Throughout the country these excesses had cast their shadow.  At one sitting alone, the Central Committee of the Azerbaizhan Party had expelled 279 members, the Ukrainian Stalinsk Provincial Committee 72, the Ordjonikidze Regional Committee 101--it was the same everywhere....  The fear of being suspected of lack of vigilance drove local fanatics to denounce not only Bukharinists, but also Malenkovists, Yezhovists, even Stalinists.  It is of course not impossible that they were also egged on to do so by concealed oppositionists!  Hence Beria's task when he was summoned from Georgia by Stalin was to head a secret commission of inquiry into Yezhov's work.

            To give Beria his due, he pulled no punches.  At a closed joint session of the Central Committee and the Central Control Commission of the Party, held in the autumn of 1938, he declared that if Yezhov were not a deliberate Nazi agent he was certainly an involuntary one.  He had turned the central offices of the NKVD into a breeding ground for fascist agents.  He had scorned citizens' constitutional rights and used illegal methods of extorting information, to such an extent that he had set quite non-political people against the Government.  For a rank-and-file member of the Central Committee to say this was the height of courage.

            The impression produced on Stalin and Molotov was tremendous.  The Central Committee resolutions dismissing Yezhov (Member of the Politburo, the Orgburo, and the Presidium of the Supreme Soviet, Secretary of the Central Committee, and People’s Commissar of Internal Affairs; were written in Beria's hand.  Beria's first acts as head of the NKVD, were the arrest of Yezhov and the issue of orders quashing an enormous number of sentences and recently-started proceedings.  People who had been unjustly repressed were even indemnified by the State.  Special commissions inquired into the past of convicted persons.

Tokaev, Grigori. Comrade X. London: Harvill Press,1956, p. 119

 

            Evgeniia Ginsburg, who was in Yaroslavl Prison and who saw no newspapers, said that the prisoners could tell when Yezhov fell: The draconian regime in the prisons (frequent solitary confinement and deprivation of all privileges) was relaxed one day.  The timing was confirmed a few days later when Beria's name began to appear on official prison notices.

Getty, A. Origins of the Great Purges. Cambridge, N. Y.: Cambridge Univ. Press, 1985, p. 189

 

            ... the replacement of Yezhov by Beria was received as a hopeful sign.  And in fact, right after Yezhov's replacement mass repression was discontinued for a while.  Hundreds of thousands of cases then being prepared by the NKVD were temporarily put aside.

Medvedev, Roy. Let History Judge. New York: Columbia University Press, 1989, p. 465

 

 

SUBVERSIVES TRIED MANY TIMES TO KILL STALIN AND HIS ALLIES

 

            ... “In other words,” Smolninsky asked at last in a hushed voice, “you are suggesting that I should organize the assassination of Zhdanov?”

            I replied that this is what I meant....  I had already sent both to him [Zhdanov] and to Malenkov letters declaring my reasons for escaping abroad and informing Zhdanov how and why, just before the war, the idea of organizing his assassination had arisen.

            But, though it was I who made the suggestion in Leningrad, the initial proposal to assassinate Zhdanov was not mine.  I must also stress that I had no personal motive whatsoever for desiring Zhdanov's death, nor are acts of personal terror any part of the revolutionary democratic program.  The development of events and ideas alone forced us to consider such action.  Further, though there have been many successful and unsuccessful acts of terrorism against the Stalin regime, not one of them has been the work of the men grouped around Comrade X.

Tokaev, Grigori. Comrade X. London: Harvill Press,1956, p. 157

 

            ... I remembered Klava Yeryomenko, who was then still at liberty, saying to me only the previous autumn: 'It will be your duty to kill Stalin if he asks you to make him rockets and bombers.'

Tokaev, Grigori. Comrade X. London: Harvill Press,1956, p. 319

 

            We Georgians are a very superstitious people--and very fatalistic also--and I doubted that my uncle was entirely an exception to that rule.  On the eve of a battle in which he might easily lose his life--for the youth of Moscow were reading the tracts smuggled in secretly from Paris, in which Trotsky's son Sedov was clamoring for "the immediate death of Djugachvili"--Stalin felt more assured when he had at his side a young man [me], not only of his country, but of his tribe:...

            This, of course, is only my personal interpretation of Stalin's attitude; but I believe it is correct.

Svanidze, Budu. My Uncle, Joseph Stalin. New York: Putnam, c1953, p. 122

 

            [The Editors of Secret Documents state], All the facts point to a definite doing-away with Stalin.  There cannot be any other conclusion.  The whole gamut of lies, falsification of historical truths and documents--noticed even by foreign journalists, writers, analysts, who in 99 percent of the cases were or are anti-Communist, cannot be just pushed aside!

            It is also interesting to note that many important and damaging documents in the Archives are either "missing," or in the hands of Western Intelligence Agencies!

Lucas and Ukas. Trans. and Ed. Secret Documents. Toronto, Canada: Northstar Compass, 1996, p. 270

 

 

KILLING STALIN BEFORE THE WAR WOULD HAVE BEEN STUPID AND SPELLED ENGLAND’S DOOM

 

            All the members of the council [our counter-revolutionary group] spoke in agreement, and a resolution was passed: Hitler was enemy No. 1; until that enemy was accounted for all anti-Stalinist activity was to cease.

            Today the question is raised whether we were not mistaken, and fascist emigres have not stinted their attacks upon me since I appeared in the West [in 1948].  And not only fascist.  An American Russian language newspaper, Novoye Russkoye Slovo (November 30th, 1951), has even gone so far as to accuse me of committing a crime in not shooting Stalin.  This is so ridiculous a charge that it is hardly worth answering.  Whose flag, do these gentlemen think, would now waive over the Elysee Palace in Paris if we had then 'assassinated' Stalin?  And were we to take a step which might have brought Britain, then engaged in a moral struggle with Hitler, under Hitler's jackboot?

Tokaev, Grigori. Comrade X. London: Harvill Press,1956, p. 189

 

            Mikhail Boikov claimed that in July 1936 members of a terrorist organization shot at President Kalinin while he was at a resort.  Tokaev mentioned several groups that discussed assassinations and professed membership in one of them.  We may recall the reports that a plot against the government existed in the armed forces.  Medvedev, without specifying his sources, recounts several attempts on the life of Kirov in 1934 that constituted a "real hunt" for him.

Thurston, Robert. Life and Terror in Stalin's Russia, 1934-1941. New Haven: Yale University Press, c1996, p. 89

 

 

SAYING THE SOVIET PEOPLE MET THE NAZIS WITH HAPPINESS OR RELIEF IS ABSURD

 

            Certain Russian emigre circles have roundly declared that at the beginning of the war the peoples of the USSR were in a mood of 'mass defeatism' and that when the German armies marched in there was 'wild enthusiasm'.  I have always firmly asserted the contrary.  I can only say that I never saw it.  But mine was a lonely voice raised against this notion, and my attackers had the means of dissemination at their disposal.

            The idea that they [the peoples of the Soviet Union] could imagine Nazism to be better than Stalinism is fantastic, and the notion of 'mass defeatism'--of mass surrender to a 'liberating enemy' is pure moonshine.  Between 'mass defeatism' and 'I do not want war' there is a great gulf.  I too never wanted war, but I was not therefore a defeatist.  Let me solemnly place on record that the assertion made by those emigres who carry on their loathsome work under the aegis of certain self-appointed 'liberators', the assertion that the Red Army refused to fight and that whole divisions went over to the enemy, is a plain and vulgar lie.  Is it not in any case sufficiently disapproved by the defense of Leningrad, of Moscow, of Novorossisk, Sevastopol, Odessa, and Stalingrad?

            Of course we had our Quisling's and our Haw-haws --I have been asked if the Vlasov movement was evidence of mass desertion.  If their numbers seem large we must remember that out of hundreds and hundreds of divisions and a population of 200 million the proportion is minute.  The vast majority remained completely loyal.  The very nature of the Vlasov forces goes to prove my point, for they were the most heterogeneous mob that ever took the field in modern times--a medley of honest prisoners and emigre adventurers and fascists, criminals and dregs of no known origin.  Vlasov himself, according to the evidence, never contemplated treachery until his capture--he had fought the Germans cleverly and bravely and was indeed largely responsible for the successful defense of Moscow; it was not until he was a prisoner that the so-called 'National Labor Union of Russian Solidarists (whom Hitler's men mockingly described as 200 percent Nazi) flocked around him and turned his head.  The few genuine Soviet people who took service under him had been conditioned in Nazi camps--as were some forced recruits of other countries, by a diabolical technique of hunger training; and even among them there were some men who remained true to their ideals and who could swear that every bullet which they fired missed its mark.

Tokaev, Grigori. Comrade X. London: Harvill Press,1956, p. 189-190

 

            ... the slowly moving crowd was laden with shapeless bundles; some carried their household goods or dragged them in their barrows.  Their faces were grimly set; I don't think many of them had the vaguest notion where they were going, except that it was to the East, away from the oncoming enemy.  It never entered my head that slanderers in the Western world would invent the story which has been circulated since the war, that the people of Moscow welcomed the Nazi armies.

Tokaev, Grigori. Comrade X. London: Harvill Press,1956, p. 213

 

            ... Neither the panic among the elite nor the disorder among the masses [at the time of the Nazi approach to Moscow] ever showed any signs of provoking a widespread revolt against the regime which had made it all possible.  I never heard of one single instance of a spontaneous anti-Stalinist mass demonstration, such as might have been expected in the Western world.  All police control had disappeared but nowhere did one see a single anti-regime slogan chalked on a wall.

Tokaev, Grigori. Comrade X. London: Harvill Press,1956, p. 216

 

SOME PARTY MEMBERS WERE WORTHLESS

 

            Another interesting example of the attitude of prominent personalities was given me by Col. Gorchakov.  He and his young wife, Raissa, had asked me in for a drink.  He said that it was years since he had had a chance to relax, but now that the 'dam Germans with their air-raids' sent a man to cover, he could put his feet up.  He was already soaked in drink and I could see the expression of disgust on Raissa's face.  She was better educated than her husband, for he had only been through a series of Party courses some 15 years earlier, while she had recently taken a diploma at one of Moscow's university-level colleges.  Finally, as he was pressing vodka on me, she lost her patience with him and burst out: 'All you think of is that bottle.  I can't imagine what the Government is paying you for.  If I were Stalin, I'd send you for a fortnight's cure to steam your brain clean.'

Tokaev, Grigori. Comrade X. London: Harvill Press,1956, p. 207

 

NAZIS RE-OPENED THE CHURCHES BUT THE PEOPLE REMAINED LOYAL TO SOVIET POWER

 

            It was known to Soviet Intelligence that in the occupied zones the Germans had reopened the churches.  Throughout Byelorussia, the Ukraine, the Baltic lands, as well as in a part of Russia, the bells clanged again and the churches were full.

            ... The re-opening of the churches in 1943 [by the Soviet government]  has been taken as a sign that a liberal policy towards religion was established and that there was a great return to religion in the country.  Neither of these conclusions is based on sufficient evidence.  The people, under the awful stresses of war, certainly found solace in religion, but it is a long way from this to a real religious revival (such as some Western radio stations have assumed in their Russian language programs).  There is certainly a considerable total number of believers, but the number of unbelievers is immeasurably greater.

Tokaev, Grigori. Comrade X. London: Harvill Press,1956, p. 251

 

MILITARY OFFICERS WHO PLANNED TO OVERTHROW STALIN TURNED IN HIS FAVOR

 

            In short, as the war drew to its close, those of us who or were still anti-Stalinist and had kept our sense of the objective facts, found ourselves more and more isolated.  This had some ironical results.  The Air Force officers who in 1941 had tried to get me to join them in an anti-Stalin coup tried as passionately in 1944 to convince me that there could now be no reason to object to Stalin's rule.  'Stalin has opened the churches,' said one of them, 'he has dissolved the Comintern, he has set of the All-Slav Committee, his allies are the most democratic nations in the world, he relies loyally on the Russian people, he is restoring the true Russian traditions....  What more do we want?'  In 1943 and 1944 I do not think that there was a trace of opposition in the USSR.  Men who had been in opposition to Stalin were even ashamed of what they had done.

Tokaev, Grigori. Comrade X. London: Harvill Press,1956, p. 253

 

THE PEOPLE STALIN PUNISHED WERE NOT INNOCENT BUT GUILTY

 

            ... When in 1947 I spoke to some people of the West regarding what had happened they shrugged their shoulders non-committally and said that such 'punitive action' was an internal matter and that after all Stalin's victims were not innocent as Hitler's had been: had I not admitted that they had taken advantage of the war to declare against the Stalin regime?

Tokaev, Grigori. Comrade X. London: Harvill Press,1956, p. 260

 

            Colonel Koznich [Estonian Military Attache in Moscow, later Ambassador] called to see me....  The Colonel wanted to tell me something about his conversations with foreign diplomats.  He talked about the trial, saying that in his opinion all the defendants were really guilty and that our justice was the best in the world....  He praised Vyshinsky as much as he could, and said he wished Estonia had such prosecutors.

Litvinov, Maksim Maksimovich. Notes for a Journal. New York: Morrow, 1955, p. 255

 

            Anyone who doubts this should read an article entitled "Red Wreckers in Russia" in the Saturday Evening Post, Jan. 1, 1938, in which John Littlepage, an anti-Communist American engineer, describes in detail what he saw of this sabotage while he was working in the Soviet Union.  In fact, Littlepage gives this judgment:

            "For 10 years I have worked alongside some of the many recently shot, imprisoned, or exiled in Russia as wreckers.  Some of my friends have asked me whether or not I believe these men and women are guilty as charged.  I have not hesitated a moment in replying that I believe most of them are guilty."

Franklin, Bruce, Ed. The Essential Stalin; Major Theoretical Writings. Garden City, New York: Anchor Books, 1972, p. 26

 

RUSSIAN REFUGEES HAVE NO SUBSTANCE

 

            I met many of these “Russian refugees” in the course of my work.  They are one of the strangest phenomena I have found in the Western world.  They are such thin shadows of the past that one even doubts if they are real at all.  One hesitates to speak frankly to them less their brittle corporeality should disintegrate altogether, like thin ice in late spring.

Tokaev, Grigori. Comrade X. London: Harvill Press,1956, p. 307

 

STALIN FURIOUS OVER TREATMENT OF FORMER NAZI SCIENTIST

 

STALIN: And why was he [Tank--a German scientist] not given work?

TOKAEV: Generals Kutsevalov and Lukin said he was a former Nazi and so should not be given work.

            Stalin's features were gripped with icy rage.  His piercing eyes swept the whole company, as if to ask how such idiocy was possible.  He asked me my view.  I said frankly that I had never agreed with Kutesevalov or Lukin on this matter.

STALIN: And in my opinion, you were right.  But where is Tank now?

TOKAEV: I do not know.

STALIN: Comrade Serov, what does all this nonsense mean?  Tank came over himself, asked for work, and was turned away.  Find him for me!

Tokaev, Grigori. Comrade X. London: Harvill Press,1956, p. 328

 

WESTERN SPIES ARE IMMORAL AND UNSCRUPULOUS

 

            Here, since our subject concerns the ethics of the relations between man and man, man and the State, and one nation with another nation, I must relate the sorry sequel to my action.  It is not only the men of the Soviet secret service who are devoid of moral standards, not only the USSR which is in danger of founding the protection of the State on sand.  While I was away from Berlin on business, I received a letter from the diplomat to whom I had written.  It was couched in terms which, to put it mildly, were brusque and unceremonious.  I put this down, at the time, to his poor command of the language in which he wrote.  This Allied representative wanted me to meet a certain person who would speak to me “in his name”.  Disturbed though I was by the fact that the diplomat now knew my whereabouts, I decided to meet his representative.  As it turned out, the meeting was an elaborate prelude to the insult he offered me.  Speaking in the most condescending way--not that I stand on ceremony, but still I was not quite a nobody, and certainly not used to being addressed in such a manner--this person had the actual impudence to suggest that I should make him a secret report on the extent of Soviet knowledge of German aeronautics, and ended up by offering me 10,000 rubles for the service!

            I have never in my life been more astonished.  My hand for a moment rested on the butt of my automatic, but I controlled myself; even with a worm like this, I could not sink to Serov's level.  “A wonderful proposal,” I said, striving to measure my words. “Mr. So-and-so is asked by me to take steps to look after Prandtl, and the answer I get is the proposal of a dirty little spy.  In Russian, we have an expression for all such scallywags which you may care to take back to your master”--and I pointed.  The agent actually tried to argue back, and compelled me to draw my pistol to get rid of him.  I do not suppose it had ever occurred to him or his master that the Soviet world, like the Western, is composed of individuals, and that a Soviet man may have more honor than many a lackey of the Western regime.

            But this is not all.  I had to unburden myself to somebody.  One feels when such a thing happens as if the insult had left its trace, like the passage of a snail.  I told the whole story to my personal driver, called Boldakov, an unpretentious decent Soviet man.  He had a similar story to tell.  An agent had offered him 500 marks--if he would get me to the Western Zone unprotected, to be kidnapped!  I could have wept with mortification.  I did not want to go to the West, but somehow I had considered that world to be above such things, and the thought had been a kind of encouragement.  Now I had the sense of being set about by amorality on all sides.  It was a blow to be made to realize that the same disease existed everywhere.  It was also depressing to discover again how the two worlds intermingled.

            Nor, when at last I was driven out of self-preservation to cross the frontier, did the official insults cease.  I was approached by a man who, I think, represented a certain military intelligence service and offered a trifling sum of money and free passage and entry to a certain Western country--in return for information on the set-up and activities of certain opposition groups in the USSR.  This man clearly knew that I myself was an active oppositionist.

            Many people would like to imagine that coming from the Eastern to the Western world was like coming out of darkness into full sunlight.  Alas, for me it was no such thing.

Tokaev, Grigori. Comrade X. London: Harvill Press,1956, p. 342

 

            ... Soviet intelligence treated him [Tank] exactly as I was to be treated by the British Intelligence within a year; he found himself in a villa surrounded by armed sentries and with a pair of young intelligence officers constantly in the next room.

Tokaev, Grigori. Comrade X. London: Harvill Press,1956, p. 351

 

            My situation was unbearable.  I wanted to be a loyal son of my country and as such to play an honorable part in trying to influence its policy at home and abroad....  And to my unutterable disgust, the war-time Ally who was loudest in denouncing the tyranny which I opposed, so far from giving our anti-Stalinist struggle its moral support, attempted to buy me, to kidnap me, spied on me mercilessly and used its knowledge to threaten to betray me to the MGB! 

            We were not communists at all.

Tokaev, Grigori. Comrade X. London: Harvill Press,1956, p. 358

 

STALIN COMPLIMENTS TOKAEV

 

            ... Stalin, of all men, had said that the “single-mindedness and caution of Tokaev are evidence of his maturity”, and “Tokaev is not to be hampered in his work; if he makes no promises, that means he will give the country a great deal”; (these are his words as reliably reported to me).

Tokaev, Grigori. Comrade X. London: Harvill Press,1956, p. 345

 

TROTSKY STARTS BY WANTING TO END THE KULAKS AND LATER DEFENDS THEM

 

            Trotsky, who in December 1925, at the 14th Party Congress of the CPSU, had tried to force on the Party the policy of immediate collectivization of the peasantry, when the conditions necessary for such collectivization were totally lacking, this same Trotsky in 1933, when collectivization was well on the way to completion, comes out in opposition to the policy of liquidating the kulaks as a class, demanding instead the establishment of "a policy of severely restricting the exploiting tendencies of the kulaks."

Brar, Harpal. Trotskyism or Leninism. 1993, p. 36

 

KHRUSHCHOVISM IS TROTSKYISM IN ESSENCE

 

            The events of the last few years, which have overwhelmed Eastern Europe and the USSR, have not only proved the utter bankruptcy of Khrushchevite revisionism but also exposed, if such exposure was ever required, the thoroughly counter-revolutionary nature of Trotskyism.  These events have proved beyond doubt the inner affinity, notwithstanding the differences in form, of revisionism and Trotskyism.  Khrushchevite revisionism, right in form and in essence, was aiming, through the Communist Party, for the same aim of restoring capitalism in the USSR and other East European countries that Trotskyism, 'left' in form and right in essence, had been attempting ever since the twenties through the so-called "anti-bureaucratic revolution."

Brar, Harpal. Trotskyism or Leninism. 1993, p. 68

 

TROTSKY DENOUNCES LENINISM

 

            That Trotsky launched vicious attacks against Leninism and Lenin is not an 'invention' of Stalin's, as the Trotskyites usually assert, can be seen from the following extracts from a letter of Trotsky's to Chkiedze written in 1913:

            "The entire edifice of Leninism is built on lies and falsification and bears within itself the poisonous elements of its own decay."

            Further on in the same letter Trotsky describes Lenin as: "a professional exploiter of every kind of backwardness in the Russian working-class movement."

            Here, straight from the horse's mouth, you have in unadulterated form the true regard that Trotskyism has for Leninism....

Brar, Harpal. Trotskyism or Leninism. 1993, p. 82

 

LENIN OPPOSES TROTSKY ON MAJOR ISSUES

 

            Proceeding from the theory of 'permanent revolution' Trotskyism cannot but attack Leninism.  Leninism says that the proletariat in a single country can build socialism, whereas Trotskyism says that it cannot.  Leninism holds that the peasantry is a reliable and firm ally of the proletariat, while Trotskyism says it is not.  Leninism says that under the conditions of the dictatorship of the proletariat and the leadership of the working-class it is possible to mobilize the poor and middle peasantry in the task of building socialism, whereas according to Trotskyism this is an impossibility.

Brar, Harpal. Trotskyism or Leninism. 1993, p. 150

 

MEDVEDEV IS A BOGUS SCHOLAR WHO RELIES ON GOSSIP RATHER THAN DOCUMENTATION

 

            On the question of socialism, as indeed on other questions, the attacks on Stalin and 'Stalinism' are almost always attacks on Lenin and Leninism.  In order to show the correctness of this statement it would be useful to look at a book called Let History Judge written by a Soviet bourgeois intellectual by the name of Roy Medvedev.  Medvedev attacks Stalin but 'praises' Lenin.  Medvedev's attack on Stalin is not based on any facts or documentation, but on mere gossip and the fertile imagination of a bourgeois brain whose input in terms of fabrication is unlimited.  Even the reactionary anti-communist columnist Edward Crankshaw, one of the reviewer's of this book in the Observer of March 26, 1972 had to admit that Medvedev was "denied access to all official archives".  This however, does not prevent Crankshaw from agreeing with, and admiring, Medvedev's attack on Stalin, the reason for this being that "this book is high drama of a gifted intellectual wrestling for the truth, guided only by his inner light."  This is how 'truth' is established by the bourgeois mind, i.e., by completely ignoring the facts and relying on one's "inner light."

Brar, Harpal. Trotskyism or Leninism. 1993, p. 163

 

RUTHLESS STRUGGLE GAINING MIDDLE CLASS SUPPORT WAS NEEDED FOR COLLECTIVIZATION

 

            Capitalist elements in the countryside--the kulaks--could only be eliminated by a ruthless class struggle.  For this class struggle, the proletariat needed a firm alliance with the middle peasantry.  This alliance could only be strengthened by turning the middle peasant to collectivization.  This in turn could only be accomplished when industry was sufficiently developed to give real, active support to the peasantry by the provision of tractors, other agricultural machinery, fertilizers, and when the state was able to advance credits.  Last, though not least, the middle peasantry had to be persuaded on the basis of their own experience, and by example--not by coercion or force--to turn from individual farming to collective farming.

Brar, Harpal. Trotskyism or Leninism. 1993, p. 168

 

DESCRIPTIONS OF ALL THE DEFENDANTS AT THE FOUR MAJOR TRIALS

 

            A mixed Trotskyite and Zinovievite group, exposed at the first Moscow trial in August 1936, consisted of:

            Zinoviev and Kamenev

                        They were the leaders of the former Leningrad opposition.

            Other Zinovievites were:

            Bakayev, who was in charge of the day-to-day organization of terrorist attacks against the leaders of the Party and government.

            Reingold, who was the most active member of the Zinovievite underground counter-revolutionary reorganization and who was at all times in direct contact with Zinoviev and Kamenev and took part in all the secret conferences of the Zinovievites.

            Yevdokimov

            Pickel, who was one of Zinoviev's most trusted men and was for many years in charge of his secretariat.  He was an active member of the Moscow terrorist center.

 

            The Trotskyites were:

            Smirnov, who was a firm supporter of Trotsky during the Party debate of 1923-27, Trotsky's deputy in the USSR, and the actual organizer and leader of the underground Trotskyite counter-revolutionary activities in the USSR.  He maintained personal connections with Trotsky and Trotskyite organizations abroad.

            Dreitzer, who was responsible for the day-to-day organizational work of this group.  Trotsky described Dreitzer has "an officer of the Red Army.  During and after my expulsion he had, together with 10 or 12 of the officers, organized a guard around my home."  Together with Trotsky he had organized the counter-revolutionary demonstration of November 7, 1927.  When Trotsky was in exile in Alma-Ata, Dreitzer organized the communications between Trotsky and the Moscow Trotskyite center.

            Mrachkovsky, who was the man most in Trotsky's confidence and personally closest to him.  He had at one time occupied an important position in the army.

            Holtzman, who was an active member of the Trotskyite counter-revolutionary organization, personally connected with Smirnov on whose instructions he maintained contact with the Trotskyite center abroad.  In 1932 he personally received from Trotsky instructions regarding preparations for terroristic acts against the leaders of the CPSU. 

            Ter-Vaganyan, who admitted in court that he was one of the organizers of the Trotskyite-Zinovievite center and that this center was organized on the basis of Trotsky's instructions on terrorism.

            Olberg, "that peculiar citizen of the Republic of Honduras", was a paid agent of Trotsky and simultaneously of the German secret police, the Gestapo.  He was a member of the German Trotskyite organization since 1927-28 and was sent to the USSR by Trotsky with a commission to carry out terrorist acts.

            M. Lurye, who left Berlin for Moscow on March 4, 1933 having received Trotsky's instructions to speed up terroristic acts against the leaders of the CPSU and the Soviet government.

            N. Lurye, who arrived in the USSR in April 1932 from Berlin on a special mission of the Trotskyite organization for the purpose of committing terroristic acts.

            Berman-Yurin

            Fritz David, who was also sent to the USSR by Trotsky with instructions to make an attempt on the life of Comrade Stalin.  He received these instructions in Copenhagen personally from Trotsky.

 

 

            A parallel center of Trotskyites.  This center was exposed at the second Moscow trial in January 1937.  It consisted of:

            Pyatakov, the Vice-Commissar of Heavy Industry, who as a result of occupying this very important post was able to place other members and supporters of the center into key positions.  He was one of the leaders of the so-called parallel center.

            Radek, who adhered to the Trotskyite theory of the impossibility of building socialism in the USSR and who jeered at the theory of building socialism in the USSR as the theory of building socialism in one street.  He was one of the leaders of the center.

            Sokolnikov, the Assistant People's Commissar for Foreign Affairs and one-time People's Commissar of Finance, who in 1925 slandered the Soviet state by his assertion that the internal  trading establishments of the USSR were state capitalist enterprises.

            Serebryakov, who was another of the leaders of the so-called parallel Trotskyite center and who had opposed Lenin in the discussion on the trade unions.  He held a liquidationist position with regard to the Party.

            Muralov, who was a Trotskyite 'soldier', one of Trotsky's most loyal and steadfast aides.  He too confessed that he was a wrecker and a diversionist. 

            Livshitz, who was an ex-Assistant People's Commissar of Railways and simultaneously Pyatakov's assistant in criminal affairs on the railways.

            Drobnis, who was an old professional Trotskyite who exterminated workers in accordance with the formula 'the more victims the better'.

            Boguslavsky, a Trotskyite.

            Knyazev, who was a Japanese spy who wrecked dozens of trains.

            Rataichak, who occupied the key post of Chief of the Central Administration of Chemical Industry.  In this responsible post 'this super-wrecker, develops his chemical talents,...  causes explosions, destroys the fruits of the labor of the people, kills people" (Vyshinsky).

            Norkin

            Shestov

            Stroilov

            Turok

            Hrasche, whom Vyshinsky described as "a man not only of three dimensions, but at least of three citizenships, who himself described his principal occupation by the eloquent, but not very pleasant word, spy."

            Pushin

            Arnold, who was described as "this international tramp", and was a man of many names, a hardened scoundrel and a trusted Trotskyite agent.

            As can be seen this group held very important positions in the Soviet government and industry, much more so than those held by the first-mentioned group.

 

 

            The Bloc of Rights and Trotskyites.  This Bloc was exposed at the third Moscow trial in March 1938.  Predominant in the Bloc were the foremost Right-wing leaders:

            Bukharin, who for years occupied many important positions in the Party, though he was known for his vacillations in politics and for his opposition to Lenin and the line of the Party.

            Rykov, who was an ex-Prime Minister of the USSR.

            Yagoda, who was head of the political police, the OGPU, until 1936.

 

            Trotskyites in the Bloc.

            Krestinsky, who was an ex-ambassador to Berlin, an ex-People's Commissar of Finance and an ex-Secretary of the Central Committee of the CPSU.

            Rakovsky, who was an ex-ambassador to London and Paris, was an agent of the British intelligence service since 1924 and a Japanese spy since 1934.

            Rosengoltz, who was the People’s Commissar of Foreign Trade of the USSR, began espionage work for the German general staff in 1923 and for the British intelligence service in 1926.

            Bessonov

 

            Nationalist allies of the Rights and Trotskyites were:

            Grinko, who was People's Commissar of Finance of the USSR and a Ukrainian nationalist.  He was a German and Polish spy from 1932.

            Ikramov, who was one of the leaders of the bourgeois nationalist organization in Uzbekistan, and in the 1930s the Secretary of the Central Asiatic Bureau of the Central Committee of the CPSU.

            Khodjayev, who was also one of the leaders of the bourgeois nationalist organization in Uzbekistan.

            Sharangovich, who was one of the leaders of the Byelorussian national fascist organization which had set itself the aim of undermining Soviet power and of severing Byelorussia from the USSR and placing it under the rule of Polish capitalist and landlords.  He  was recruited and sent by the Polish intelligence service to carry on espionage work in the USSR in 1921.  He remained a Polish spy until the day of his arrest.

            Chernov, the People's Commissar of Agriculture of the USSR, who was an ex-Menshevik who maintained connections with the Menshevik organizations in foreign countries.  He joined the CPSU at the time of the NEP.  He began espionage work for Germany in 1928, having formed connections with the German intelligence service with the aid of the notorious Menshevik and emigre, Dan.

            Levin, who, like Pletnev and Kazakov, was one of a group of doctors under the influence of Yagoda.

            Pletnev

            Kazakov

            Zelensky, who was a former head of the All Union Administration of Co-operatives.

 

            Other's of less political importance, who were merely tools of the leadership group, were:

            Ivanov

            Zubarev, who was one of the organizers and leaders of the counter-revolutionary underground organization of the Rights in the Urals.

            Bulanov, who was former Secretary of the People's Commissariat of Internal Affairs.

            Kryuchkov, who was the former secretary of Gorky.

            Maximov-Dikovsky, who was a former secretary of Kuibyshev, the Vice-Chairman of the Council of People's Commissar's of the USSR who was murdered by the Bloc of Rights and Trotskyites.

 

 

            The military group included:

            Tukhachevsky

            Yakov

            Uborevitch

            Kork

            Eidemann

            Feldman

            Primakov

            Putna

Brar, Harpal. Trotskyism or Leninism. 1993, p. 209

 

TROTSKY ADVOCATED TERRORISM IN HIS PUBLICATION

 

            In the Trotskyite Bulletin of the Opposition, Nos. 36-37, of October 1933, we find a number of direct references to terrorism as a method of fighting against the Soviet government.  Here is an example:

            "It would be childish to think that the Stalin bureaucracy can be removed by means of a Party or Soviet Congress.  Normal constitutional means are no longer available for the removal of the ruling clique.

            They can be compelled to hand over power to the proletarian vanguard only by force."

            Trotsky was beyond the reach of the arm of Soviet law when he wrote the above sentences in which he advocated terrorism.  So none of the Trotskyite and other bourgeois critics of the trials will be able to claim that Trotsky was forced to write the above lines by the OGPU.  So when the various accused at the trials declared that they had organized terrorist acts on the direct instructions of Trotsky, they were compelled to say what was actually true and, to put it in the words of Comrade Vyshinsky, "no chatter, no slander, known simulations, and no Trotskyite line can obscure this fact!"

Brar, Harpal. Trotskyism or Leninism. 1993, p. 226

 

            Once again calling Trotsky's open letter from 1932 a terrorist directive, Vyshinsky added a reference to one more article written by Trotsky which contained, in his words, "in rather open, uncamouflaged form... directives for terror."  This time, Vyshinsky quoted not two words, but several sentences from Trotsky's article: "It would be childish to think that the Stalinist bureaucracy can be removed by means of a party or Soviet Congress....  For removing the ruling clique there remain no normal, 'constitutional' means.  The bureaucracy can be forced to transfer power to the proletarian vanguard only by force."  "What can this be called," Vyshinsky declared, "if not a direct call... for terror?  I can assign no other name to this."

Rogovin, Vadim. 1937: Year of Terror. Oak Park, Michigan: Labor Publications, 1998, p. 123

 

            Trotsky argued that after all the experiences of recent years it would be childish to think that it was possible to depose Stalin at a Congress of the Party or of the Soviets.  "No normal constitutional ways are left for the removal of the ruling clique.  Only force can compel the bureaucracy to hand over power into the hands of the proletarian vanguard."...

            The Soviet Union, Trotsky reasserted, remained a workers' state.

Deutscher, Isaac. The Prophet Outcast. London, New York: Oxford Univ. Press, 1963, p. 203

 

OPPOSITIONISTS COMMITTED MANY DIFFERENT TYPES OF CRIMES

 

            These professional wreckers set themselves the task of destroying what the Soviet people were building....  And in strict adherence to Trotsky's instructions "to strike the most palpable blows at the most sensitive spots", these 'heroes' blow up bridges, cause explosions in factories and gas mines, kill workers, wreck power stations, cause train accidents, destroy horses and kill cattle, sabotage agricultural plans, weaken the defense industry, sabotage the country's finances and foreign trade, create an artificial shortage of essential supplies, put nails and glass in butter!  No crime is too monstrous for this gang.

Brar, Harpal. Trotskyism or Leninism. 1993, p. 245

 

THE VERY PEOPLE WHO SHOULD HAVE PROTECTED THE STATE MOST WERE THE CRIMINALS

 

            In order to fully realize the utter monstrosity of these crimes, one must not lose sight of the fact that not only were these crimes committed but they were committed by the very people who were entrusted with the protection of the interests of the Soviet state against every kind of encroachment.  These people should have been the first to protect Soviet industry and safeguard it from all damage, but they acted like downright traitors.  Pyatakov, Assistant People's Commissar of Heavy Industry, should have been the first to protect this important section of the Soviet economy but as a matter of fact he was its wrecker-in-chief.  Rataichak should have been the first to safeguard the chemical industry.  Livshitz, The Assistant People's Commissar of Railways; Chernov, the People's Commissar of Agriculture; Grinko, the People's Commissar of Finance; Sokolnikov, assistant People's Commissar of Foreign Affairs--all these people should have been the first to sound the alarm at the slightest sign of any danger to the interests of the Soviet state, but instead they acted as wreckers, in breach of the trust placed upon them, and in violation of their duty to the land of the Soviets.  This really is monstrous and shows the utmost limits of moral depravity these people attained.

Brar, Harpal. Trotskyism or Leninism. 1993, p. 254

 

BOURGEOIS VERSION OF THE TRIALS HAS NOTHING TO DO WITH REALITY

 

            It is not surprising, therefore, that the world bourgeoisie should have come out as the foremost vilifier of Soviet revolutionary justice.  In these circumstances the Moscow trials were a heaven-sent opportunity for the imperialists and the bourgeois intelligentsia, Trotskyites included, to exploit to the utmost the fertility of their imagination for the purpose of misrepresenting these trials.  They turned them into a Hollywood melodrama, so much so that anyone who has read the verbatim reports of these trials could not but begin to wonder, should he read the bourgeois version of the trials, if he is reading about the same ones.  The bourgeois version has no connection whatsoever with the real Moscow trials, so for this reason the bourgeois criticisms of the trials are not scientific criticisms, but the criticisms of a dying and decadent class and its ideological flunkeys who are paid inflated salaries for doing this dirty work in defense of the tottering and moribund imperialist bourgeois class rule.

Brar, Harpal. Trotskyism or Leninism. 1993, p. 294

 

BOURGEOIS EXPLANATION OF THE CONFESSIONS MAKES NO SENSE

 

            On the one hand the Trotskyites and other bourgeois critics of the trials continue to assert that the accused at the trials were Bolsheviks and old revolutionaries who were fighting against the "Stalinist bureaucracy", "the ruling caste," and found themselves in the dock because Stalin wanted to get rid of them.  On the other hand we are told by the same gentry that the accused accepted false accusations, made false confessions that they knew would cost them their lives, out of party duty and to please Stalin!  In other words, they took upon themselves false confessions all for the love of the "bureaucracy," the "ruling caste," and the "chief bureaucrat," Stalin, i.e., for the love of, and out of duty to, the same Party which they had hitherto regarded as bureaucratic and had devoted themselves wholeheartedly to fight against.

Brar, Harpal. Trotskyism or Leninism. 1993, p. 307

 

SECRET POLICE PERSONNEL ARE ARRESTED FOR BEING UNJUST TO PEOPLE

 

            “Alexis Pushnov, the NKVD chief in Magnitogorsk in 1937, was himself arrested in 1939.  He was accused of excessive ardour in purging the village population.

Brar, Harpal. Trotskyism or Leninism. 1993, p. 326

 

            When, early in 1939, the Soviet press started to report the arrest of various NKVD officers for extorting false confessions, one case at Leninsk-Kuznetsk in the Kemerovo province concerned children as young as ten years old.  Four officers in the NKVD and the Prosecutor's Office received five to ten-year sentences.

Conquest, Robert. The Great Terror. New York: Oxford University Press, 1990, p. 274

 

            ...Garanin, launched on a campaign of, even by NKVD standards, maniac terror, torture, and execution, with the shooting in 1938 of an estimated 26,000 men in a special camp set up for the purpose.  Garanin was soon shot, and his successor, Vyshnevetsky, also lasted a very short time, receiving 15 years for a disastrous expedition intended to open up new areas.

Conquest, Robert. The Great Terror. New York: Oxford University Press, 1990, p. 325

 

            Preparations for the greatest trial of all were in less expert hands than those which had produced the Zinoviev and Pyatakov shows.  The NKVD veterans had gone.  Agranov had by now followed Yagoda and his staff, being "in 1937 expelled from the Party for systematic breaches of socialist legality,"... He died, presumed shot, in 1938.

Conquest, Robert. The Great Terror. New York: Oxford University Press, 1990, p. 341

 

            [Footnote]: Zakovsky, Deputy Chief of the NKVD under Yezhov.  He was shot in 1938.

Litvinov, Maksim Maksimovich. Notes for a Journal. New York: Morrow, 1955, p. 230

 

            In January 1938, The Central Committee criticized local Party organizations for exaggerated vigilance and excessive expulsions.  The intensity of the purge then diminished.  After the last of the 'Great Purge Trials,' expulsions and arrests markedly decreased.  Abuses were, in part, attributed to 'careerists trying to gain merit by throwing people out of the Party, trying to gain security for themselves through mass repressions against the rank-and-file members.'

            In December 1938, the campaign came to a complete halt.  Most pending investigations for counter-revolutionary activities were dropped and the suspects released.  Yezhov was dismissed as head of the NKVD and replaced by Beria.  A number of leading NKVD officers were arrested and some executed for having extracted false confessions.  Most regional heads of the security police were purged, and many were subject to criminal actions.  Past abuses were widely criticized.  Both Yagoda and Yezhov were denounced as enemies of the people.  Numerous cases were reinvestigated and quite a few of the sentenced released; conditions in the labor camps were ameliorated.

Szymanski, Albert. Human Rights in the Soviet Union. London: Zed Books, 1984, p. 239

 

            Former NKVD officials Yezhov, Frinovsky, Agranov, Nikolayev, Dmitriyev, Tserpento, Ushakov, Chris Boldakovtov, Passov, Kogan, Gerzon, Glebov, Lulov and others, who had investigated this case [the Bukharin case] and others were convicted for making illegal arrests and falsifying evidence.

Political Archives of the Soviet Union (Vol. 1, No. 2) Commack, New York: Nova Science Publishers, 1990, p. 138

 

            Compared with the loss of life caused directly and indirectly by collectivization the deaths caused by the great Stalin purges of the late 'thirties were almost negligible,....   But apart from those executed (for example those sentenced to death in the famous open purge trials of 1936-38, and in the trial of Marshal Tukhachevsky and other army leaders) and those shot in greater "privacy," the deaths directly caused by the purge resulted from the overzealousness of certain "examining magistrates" whose tortures of those unwilling to "confess" merely led to the prisoner's death.

Werth, Alexander. Russia; The Post-War Years. New York: Taplinger Pub. Co.,1971, p. 29

 

 

TROTSKYISM HAS NEVER SUCCEEDED IN LEADING ANY NATION

 

            Trotskyites have never ever made a successful revolution nor will they ever be able to make a revolution unless and until they shed their Trotskyism...

Brar, Harpal. Trotskyism or Leninism. 1993, p. 335

 

THE PEASANTS SUPPORTED THE BOLSHEVIKS ON ONE ISSUE AFTER ANOTHER

 

            Anyone who thinks that the Soviet peasantry "remained a sullen and disenchanted force," that it was never won over wholeheartedly for the revolution, let him answer the following questions: How was it possible, without winning the peasantry wholeheartedly, for the Bolsheviks to come to power?  How was it possible for them to defeat the combined strength of the Russian Whiteguards and the 14 imperialist and non-imperialist countries who, armed to the teeth, attacked the young Soviet Republic in the period of the Civil War and the War of Intervention?  How was it possible for the USSR, possessed of such a "sullen disenchanted force," namely the peasantry, to have such earth-shaking achievements in the task of building socialism and putting the entire economy of the country, including agriculture, on a new technical basis, the technical basis of modern large-scale production?  How was it that this "sullen disenchanted force" joined the movement for collectivization with such enthusiasm?  How was it possible for these "sullen", "disenchanted" and allegedly miserable people to defeat the Nazi war machine?  One has only to ask these questions to realize the absurdly counter-revolutionary nature of the charge.

Brar, Harpal. Trotskyism or Leninism. 1993, p. 499

 

STALIN SAYS FASCISTS ARE NOT NATIONALISTS BUT ARE IMPERIALISTS

 

            In order to hide their reactionary, Black-Hundred, imperialist essence from the German and other peoples, the fascists continued to commit their heinous crimes--the subjugation of the peoples abroad and of the German people at home--by calling themselves 'National Socialists'.  Stalin in his speech refuted the claims of these fascists to be either socialists or nationalists.  The fascists, he said, were not socialists, for they were the most vicious enemies of the working class of Germany and of other countries.  Nor were they nationalists, for they were not engaged in defending Germany but, on the contrary, in subjugating other peoples in the interests of German imperialism.  Hitlerites, he said, should therefore be called by their proper name, i.e., imperialists.

Brar, Harpal. Trotskyism or Leninism. 1993, p. 577

 

LENIN ADVOCATED THE USE OF TERROR

 

            In January 1918 Lenin had said, "Until we use terror against speculators--shooting them on the spot--nothing will happen."

Koenker and Bachman, Eds. Revelations from the Russian Archives. Washington: Library of Congress, 1997, p. 11

 

            [Letter from Lenin to communist leaders in Penza, August 11, 1918, on dealing with peasant revolts in the province]

            Comrades!  The revolt by the five kulak volost's must be suppressed without mercy.  The interest of the entire revolution demands this, because we have now before us our final decisive battle "with the kulaks."  We need to set an example.  1) You need to hang (hang without fail, so that the public sees) at least 100 notorious kulaks, the rich, and the blood suckers.  2) Publish their names.  3) Take away all of their grain.  4) Execute the hostages--in accordance with yesterday's telegram.  This needs to be accomplished in such a way that people for hundreds of miles around will see, tremble, know, and scream out: let's choke and strangle those blood-sucking kulaks.  Telegraph us acknowledging receipt and execution of this.  PS.  Use your toughest people for this.

Koenker and Bachman, Eds. Revelations from the Russian Archives. Washington: Library of Congress, 1997, p. 12

 

DZERSHINSKY ACCUSES BUKHARIN OF BEING OPPOSED TO THE GPU

 

            [Letter from Bukharin, editor of Pravda, to Dzerzhinsky, December 1924 on the necessity for more liberal policies]

            I was not at the last meeting of the executive group.  I heard that you, by the way, said there that I and Sokolnikov are "against the GPU" etc.

Koenker and Bachman, Eds. Revelations from the Russian Archives. Washington: Library of Congress, 1997, p. 18

 

MANY SECRET POLICE ARE GUILTY OF GREAT ABUSES AND CRIMES AND PUNISHED

 

            Resolution by the USSR Council of People's Commissars and the Party's Central Committee, Nov. 17, 1938, on improving NKVD arrest procedures]

            ... This is all the more necessary as the mass operations to crush and root out hostile elements carried out by NKVD agencies in 1937-38 employing simplified investigation and prosecution could not but result in a number of gross inadequacies and distortions in the operations of the NKVD agencies and the Procuracy.  More importantly, enemies of the people and spies from foreign intelligence services who have infiltrated NKVD agencies (both central and local), continuing to carry on their subversive activity, have tried in all conceivable ways to confound investigative and undercover activities, have knowingly violated Soviet laws, have carried out unfounded mass arrests, while protecting their collaborators, particularly those planted in NKVD agencies.

            Below are described the most significant shortcomings recently uncovered in the operations of agencies of the NKVD and Procuracy.

            First of all, NKVD employees have completely abandoned undercover work, preferring to work in an oversimplified manner using mass arrests, paying no attention to the thoroughness and quality of the investigation.

            NKVD employees have grown so unaccustomed to painstaking, systematic undercover work and have taken such a liking to the oversimplified modus operandi until very recently they have objected to placing limits on their execution of mass arrests.

Koenker and Bachman, Eds. Revelations from the Russian Archives. Washington: Library of Congress, 1997, p. 23

 

 

            Second, a very gross inadequacy in the operation of the NKVD agencies is the deeply rooted, oversimplified procedure of investigation, whereby, as a rule, the examining magistrate limits himself to obtaining a confession of guilt from the accused and completely ignores substantiating this confession with the necessary documentary evidence (testimony of witnesses, expert depositions, statements, material evidence, etc.).

            ... Enemies of the people, having infiltrated NKVD and Procuracy agencies, often have skillfully exploited this irresponsible attitude toward investigative work and this gross violation of established legal procedures.  They have knowingly twisted Soviet law, committed forgery, falsified investigative documents, indicted and arrested on trumped up charges and even without any grounds whatever, brought charges (for provocation) against innocent persons, while doing everything possible to conceal and protect their collaborators in criminal anti-Soviet activity.  These kinds of things went on in both the central and local bureaucracy of the NKVD.

            All these in tolerable failings in the work of NKVD Procuracy agencies were possible only because the enemies of the people, having infiltrated the NKVD and Procuracy agencies, made every conceivable attempt to sever the work of NKVD and Procuracy agencies from party organs, to escape party control and supervision, and thus make it easier for themselves and their collaborators to continue their anti-Soviet, subversive activity.

            In order to eliminate the above-described failings and properly organize the investigative work of NKVD and Procuracy agencies the [Central Committee of the Communist Party] resolves: 1) To prohibit NKVD and Procuracy agencies from carrying out any kind of mass arrests or evictions....

Koenker and Bachman, Eds. Revelations from the Russian Archives. Washington: Library of Congress, 1997, p. 24

 

 

            [Letter from members of the Procuracy of the USSR, Oct. 28, 1939, appealing to Zhdanov for changes in the Procuracy and calling for a halt to the criminal behavior of the NKVD]

            Dear Comrade Zhdanov!...  The Party's Central Committee decision of Nov. 17, 1938, identified the grossest distortions of Soviet laws by NKVD organs and obligated those organs and the Procuracy not only to stop these crimes but also to correct the gross violations of law that have resulted in mass sentencing of totally innocent, honest Soviet persons to various sorts of punishments, often even execution.  These persons--not a few, but tens and hundreds of thousands--sit in camps and jails and wait for a just decision; they are perplexed about why and for what they were arrested and by what right the bastards from Yezhov's band persecuted them, using medieval torture.

            It would seem that the party's Central Committee decision of Nov. 17, 1938, should have mobilized all attention on immediately rectifying the criminal policy of the bastard Yezhov and his criminal clique, which has literally paralyzed Soviet persons, upright, dedicated citizens, old party members, and entire party organizations.

            In reality, something else is happening.

            Comrade Pankratev, who replaced Comrade Vyshinsky, cannot guarantee implementation of this critical decision of the party Central Committee because of his lack of authority in the Procuracy and particularly in the eyes of NKVD personnel.

            It is strange to say, but it is a fact that Comrade Beria not only is not burning with desire to free totally innocent people, but to the contrary is conducting a definite policy to handle this effort and is using his authority to maintain the "honor of the uniform."

            Therefore, the decision to charge a special conference of the NKVD with reviewing its own decisions executed by Yezhov's band is a big mistake.

            Here, at a special conference, the decisive role and final word belong not to the representative of supervision--the Procurator--but to Comrade Beria and his entourage, who, with all the means and resources at their disposal, are violating the requirements of the Procuracy to stop these actions.

Koenker and Bachman, Eds. Revelations from the Russian Archives. Washington: Library of Congress, 1997, p. 26

 

 

            Comrade Pankratev, who attends these meetings, bows his head to Politburo candidate member Comrade Beria and silently goes along with obviously wrong decisions.

            Thus, at these special conferences the absolutely correct and lawful protests of the Procuracy of the USSR are crushed with the direct connivance of the Procurator of the USSR, Comrade Pankratev.

            One only needs to review what took place at the last special conference sessions and speak with the procurators who directly prepared these matters and it becomes apparent that the line followed by Comrade Beria has nothing in common with party directives.

            Such practices have disoriented the staff of the Procuracy of the USSR, those honest procurators who directly monitor these scandalous cases and spend sleepless nights and grieve for guiltless Soviet persons condemned by Yezhov's band. 

            We earnestly beseech you, comrades Zhdanov, to take up this matter of utmost importance, and if there is no chance of changing the criminal practices pursued within the walls of the NKVD, to change the system, to entrust the Procuracy with reviewing matters incorrectly handled by Yezhov's band--excluding from these matters the authority of Comrade Beria, who intentionally or unintentionally is cultivating a defense of the "honor of the uniform" of NKVD personnel at all costs.

            ... We ask you to think about this.  We are completely convinced that all that has been described here is being concealed from the party's central committee--obviously it is more advantageous that way for someone.

            The procurators of the Procuracy of the USSR.

Koenker and Bachman, Eds. Revelations from the Russian Archives. Washington: Library of Congress, 1997, p. 27

 

            Executions are going on.  Several groups of opposition members have been shot in the Urals.  The situation is particularly terrifying in Leningrad, where Zakovsky, an illiterate and debauched drunkard, reigns supreme.  He himself shoots the victims and has declared that "a chief of the NKVD must himself carry out the sentences."  He orders his subordinates to act in the same manner.  It is said that Zakovsky hails from Odessa and is a former penal convict of the Orel prison.  After the revolution he managed to pass off as a political prisoner and to make a career....

Litvinov, Maksim Maksimovich. Notes for a Journal. New York: Morrow, 1955, p. 231

 

            Such was the case with the letter by Eikhe, an alternate member of the Politburo, whose spine was broken by his interrogator; the letter by Rudzutak, chairman of the Central Control Commission, also tortured cruelly;...

Nekrich and Heller. Utopia in Power. New York: Summit Books, c1986, p. 531

 

            As for Stalin himself, on the other hand, he had publicly admitted, not in 1956, but at least as early as 1939, the innocent people had been convicted and punished in the purge: "It cannot be said that the purge was not accompanied by grave mistakes.  There were unfortunately more mistakes than might have been expected."  (Report to the 18th Congress.) That is one reason why many of those tried and convicted in the last trials were high officials from the secret police, the very people guilty of forcing false confessions.

Franklin, Bruce, Ed. The Essential Stalin; Major Theoretical Writings. Garden City, New York: Anchor Books, 1972, p. 29

 

            When asked about the fate of the perpetrators of the repressions and about the statute of limitations, Solomontsev answered:

            "With regard to those instances of violations of socialist legality in the '30s, '40s, and early '50s that have been revealed, the culprits have already been punished through criminal, legal, and party channels.  It is obviously not a secret to everyone that Avakumov, Ryutin, Leonov, Komarov, Likhachev, Shvartsman, and other former leaders and personnel of the USSR Ministry of State Security were sentenced to death for fabricating investigation materials...."

            Even more amazing was an interview given by Pirozhkov, deputy head of the KGB.  When asked how many hangmen had been brought to trial, he answered that 1,342 NKVD officials had been sentenced for severe violations of socialist legality, including Beria, Yezhov, Kobulov, Frinovsky, Agranov, Avakumov and others.

Laqueur, Walter. Stalin: The Glasnost Revelations. New York: Scribner's, c1990, p. 266

 

            No matter how Yezhov tried to conceal these arrests and killings from Stalin, this news reached him soon enough.  Sensing his own danger, Yezhov started to befriend Stalin, trying by all sorts of methods to convince him of his dedication and loyalty to socialism.  Stalin was beside himself, tried to contact Yezhov in every known place, and the answer was always that no one of his helpers knew where Yezhov was.  Stalin sent a Colonel Kirilin with a package to Podlipki where he finally located Yezhov, demanding that Yezhov sign the envelope that he had received this package.  Fatianov, assistant to Yezhov, tried to save his chief, willing to sign the envelope himself, but Kirilin refused, so that Yezhov was forced to sign this himself.  This was a request for Yezhov to appear before the meeting of the Central Committee.

            The plenum of the Central Committee ACP[B] was held in January of 1938.  Stalin spoke at this Plenum, analyzed and criticized the work of the NKVD, which had abandoned its revolutionary principles.  This activity of disregarding some organizational rules extended to higher commands and to some sections of the Red Army.  Yezhov was removed from his post as head of the NKVD.  In the ranks of the NKVD, there took place a very sharp debate and criticism to such an extent that the present "Glasnost" would be put to shame.  There was a concerted aim of saving the leadership of the NKVD from criticism.  But all over the country, there were stormy meetings and criticism of the leadership of the NKVD.  In all districts, there took place a removal of provocateurs, spies, quislings, and perpetrators of injustices and some of them were jailed, while others, after being tried, were sentenced to death for the harm that they had done to the country, to the party, and to socialism.  Right in the Central Committee of the NKVD, there was a commission looking into this, headed by Andreev.  After this country-wide cleansing of the NKVD and other security branches, over 30,000 members were arrested, who, over the years, were placed there by Yezhov and before then, by Yagoda and others.  One of these arrested came into my jurisdiction....

Rybin, Aleksei. Next to Stalin: Notes of a Bodyguard. Toronto: Northstar Compass Journal, 1996, p. 79

 

            In fact it is quite typical that in 1933, just as top decision-makers were beginning to be preoccupied with the excesses of the apparatus, the Supreme Court of the Russian Federation recommended in the same document strong measures to be taken not only against officials guilty of having recourse to "violence, weapons, cruel and insulting acts," but also against participants in "mass unrests,"...

Rittersporn, Gabor. Stalinist Simplifications and Soviet Complications, 1933-1953. New York: Harwood Academic Publishers, c1991, p. 245

 

            As secretly as the Trotskyists, the heads of the troikas which had condemned them, as well as members of the execution squads, were shot in 1938.  The few who escaped by chance were those who had left the service.

          In 1939 came the turn of Yezhov, whose orders they had carried out and by whose order most of them had died.  The only announcement was of his transfer to another post, but he vanished completely.

Berger, Joseph. Nothing but the Truth.  New York, John Day Co. 1971, p. 98

 

            On 20 June 1937, with Stalin’s approval, the first NKVD “conspirators” group was shot, among them Gai and S. V. Puzitskii, the head of the operational department of Dmitrov camp, or Dmitlag,

            In early June a commission of the NKVD and the Procuracy, or dvoika, was created for quick examination of such cases.  During the following months a great number of former OGPU-NKVD leaders were shot: on 14 August Pauker, Prokofiev, Shanin, and Firin; on 21 August former Foreign Department head A. Kh. Artuzov; on 2 September Piliar and S. A. Messing; on 9 October Molchanov; on 15 November Bokii and Sosnovskii; and on 27 November F. D. Medved’ and V. A. Balitskii.

            According to official NKVD statistics, from 1 October 1936 to 15 August 1938, that is, during the Ezhov purge, throughout the country 2,273 state security officers were arrested.

Jansen, Marc & Petrov, Nikita.  Stalin's Loyal Executioner: Yezhov, Stanford, Calif: Hoover Institution Press, c2002, p. 64-65.

 

            No quotas were set in the national operations; the regional NKVD chiefs were given free rein.  As a result, people were arrested indiscriminately and on a large scale.  In the words of the Krasnoiarsk province Party secretary, Sobolev: “Stop playing internationalism, all these Poles, Koreans, Latvians, Germans, etc. should be beaten, these are all mercenary nations, subject to termination. . . all nationals should be caught, forced to their knees, and exterminated like mad dogs.”  This may have been an exaggeration, but (after Ezhov’s fall) he was accused of this by the Krasnoiarsk state security organs’ Party organization: “By giving such instructions, Sobolev slandered the VKP(b) and comrade Stalin, in saying that he had such instructions from the Central Committee and comrade Stalin personally.”

Jansen, Marc & Petrov, Nikita.  Stalin's Loyal Executioner: Yezhov, Stanford, Calif: Hoover Institution Press, c2002, p. 98

 

 

SUBVERSIVES PENETRATED THE GOVT AND WERE ELIMINATING BONA FIDE MARXISTS

 

            The enemies of the workers' state had penetrated the Party, the State police, and the judicial system, and, as we might expect, made use of the situation to get rid of pro-socialist people in every field.

Cameron, Kenneth Neill. Stalin, Man of Contradiction. Toronto: NC Press, c1987, p. 130

 

            ...Opponents hiding within the party led conspiracies to expel the greatest possible number of loyal Communist cadres.  About this question, one opponent testified:

            “We endeavored to expel as many people from the party as possible.  We expelled people when there were no grounds for explusion (sic).  We had one aim in view---to increase the number of embittered people and thus increase the number of our allies.'

            J. Arch Getty, Origins of the Great Purges: The Soviet Communist Party Reconsidered, 1933--1938 (New York: Cambridge University Press, 1985), p. 177.

Martens, Ludo.  Another View of Stalin. Antwerp, Belgium: EPO, Lange Pastoorstraat 25-27  2600, p. 187 [p. 164 on the NET]

 

            ...Furthermore, enemies of the people and foreign secret service spies penetrated the NKVD, both at the local and central level.  They tried by all means to disrupt investigations.  Agents consciously deformed Soviet laws, conducted massive and unjustified arrests and, at the same time, protected their acolytes, particularly those who had infiltrated the NKVD.

            “The completely unacceptable defects observed in the work of the NKVD and prosecutors were only possible because enemies of the people had infiltrated themselves in the NKVD and prosecutor offices, used every possible method to separate the work of the NKVD and prosecutors from the Party organs, to avoid Party control and leadership and to facilitate for themselves and for their acolytes the continuation of their anti-Soviet activities. 

            “The Council of People's Commissars and the Central Committee of the CPSU(b) resolves:

            1. To prohibit the NKVD and prosecutors from conducting any massive arrest or deportation operation ....

            The CPC and the CC of the CPSU(b) warn all NKVD and prosecutor office employees that the slightest deviation from Soviet laws and from Party and Government directives by any employee, whoever that person might be, will result in severe legal proceedings.

            V. Molotov, J. Stalin.”

Martens, Ludo.  Another View of Stalin. Antwerp, Belgium: EPO, Lange Pastoorstraat 25-27  2600, p. 191 [p. 167 on the NET]

 

            Over the Purge period, the Stalinists themselves, except for a small and peculiar personal following, were destroyed.

Conquest, Robert. The Great Terror. New York: Oxford University Press, 1990, p. 446

 

            This idea of Stalin's was grasped best of all by Evdokimov, who declared, "The counter-revolutionary band of Trotskyists, Zinovievists, Rightists, 'Leftists,' and other counter-revolutionary scum has seized the leadership of the overwhelming part of the region's cities.  This band set itself the task of undermining Soviet and Party work, in order to discredit the party and the Soviet regime.  It suppressed self-criticism in every way, instilled bureaucratism in the party and Soviet organizations, and persecuted people who dared to speak out against them, which was a direct mockery of the inner -party and Soviet democracy."  As confirmation of this, Evdokimov offered the testimony of arrested party functionaries about how, in order to arouse dissatisfaction with the party apparatus, they "suppressed self-criticism, smothered the living word, and left without any consequences the declarations and complaints of workers.  Anyone who tried to criticize these conditions at a meeting was persecuted."

Rogovin, Vadim. 1937: Year of Terror. Oak Park, Michigan: Labor Publications, 1998, p. 245

 

            Under the command of Menzhinsky and Yagoda, countless innocent people were arrested and many were shot just because they served Lenin faithfully and were loyal Bolsheviks.  Even some of the members of Security force, loyal Bolsheviks, who worked underground against the Tsar, fought for the Revolution, then on trumped-up charges, were arrested, sometimes without Lenin or Stalin knowing about this until it was too late.  How was this possible?

            We must understand that the enemies were entrenched inside every important position in the NKVD and State Security--well hidden, well masked and cleverly utilizing their power, getting rid of dedicated communists.

            Being chairman of the NKVD, Menzhinsky and Yagoda hired only former ruling class kulaks, barons, whiteguards who really terrorized the dedicated communists and workers, those who showed that they were absolutely loyal to the party, to the motherland, to Lenin and Stalin, and other leaders of the state.  Among these lackeys of Yagoda was an officer called Ofitserov.  In some cases where a member of the security team would get drunk, thus having to be given a reprimand plus five days in jail, Ofitserov, instead of the prescribed reprimand, had that person shot.  On Stalin's demand, [the engineer] Nazvanov was released but not without Ofitserov putting a pistol to his back, stating, "Next time, I shall get you!"

            Thus, Nazvanov [an engineer] was saved from the clutches of these hidden enemies of Lenin and Stalin, and of Socialism, hiding under the cloak of performing their duties to save the "socialist state" from "perceived enemies."

Rybin, Aleksei. Next to Stalin: Notes of a Bodyguard. Toronto: Northstar Compass Journal, 1996, p. 72

 

            The foul murder of Comrade Kirov was the first serious warning showing that the enemies of the people will practice duplicity and, in so doing, will disguise themselves as Bolsheviks, as Party members, so as to worm their way into our confidence and open a path for themselves into our organizations....

            The Central Committee of the CPSU in its closed letter of January 18, 1935, regarding the foul murder of Comrade Kirov, gave a resolute warning to the Party organizations against political complacency and parochial gaping.

Stalin, Joseph. Mastering Bolshevism. San Francisco: Proletarian Publishers, 1972, p. 4

 

            However, the best indication that the programs of the "amnesty" and the "police purge" were endorsed, was not personnel changes--always of uncertain significance--but a decree put out by the conclave of the Party.  This document recalled that the Central Committee had frequently warned against arbitrary expulsions from the Party, and then went on to condemn the procedure practiced by local and regional leaderships, of mass expulsions without careful examination of the charges.  In a way that was very unusual for this kind of Party document, the decree listed a large number of cases from major regions throughout the country to show how widespread these excesses were, and then concluded that "careerists" and in particular "disguised enemies" had instigated most of the unjust punitive actions against members, their families, and friends.

            ...Many organizations of the Party and their leaders have not been able to identify and unmask the skillfully disguised enemy....  The worst traitor, usually such a disguised enemy is shouting louder than anyone about vigilance, rushing to 'unmask' as many [people] as possible and doing all this in order to conceal his own crimes from the Party and to turn the attention of the Party organization away from the uncovering of the real enemies of the people.  A vile double-dealer, such a disguised enemy is doing his best to create a climate of unwarranted suspiciousness in Party organizations, a climate where any member of the Party who stands up for a slandered communist is immediately accused of lack of vigilance and collusion with the enemy....  Instead of exposing and unmasking the instigative activities of such a disguised enemy, Party organizations and their leaders often follow their lead, create an atmosphere where honest communists can be slandered with impunity and themselves adopt the line of unfounded mass expulsions....  Moreover, even after the discovery of enemies who have been infiltrating the Party apparatus and slandering honest communists, our Party leaders often do not take measures to liquidate the consequences of sabotage in Party organizations concerning the unfair expulsion of communists from the Party.  It is time for all Party organizations and their leaders to completely unmask and exterminate the disguised enemy who has been infiltrating our ranks and trying to conceal his hostility behind a false clamor for vigilance and remain in the Party to pursue in it his vile [and] treacherous work."

Rittersporn, Gabor. Stalinist Simplifications and Soviet Complications, 1933-1953. New York: Harwood Academic Publishers, c1991, p. 203

 

            The party had been infiltrated by alien and anti-Soviet elements.

Service, Robert. Stalin. Cambridge, Mass.: Belknap Press of Harvard Univ. Press, 2005, p. 317

 

            For seven years he [Inzhir] lived a double life.  He devoted his knowledge and talents to the service of the regime he hated but thereby greatly benefited.  He could not in fact do otherwise for the slightest act of sabotage in the kind of work he was doing threatened him with death.  At the same time, as a secret informer of the political department of the NKVD, he took his revenge on the Bolsheviks by entangling and compromising Party members with whom he came into contact in the course of his work, and thereby helped to liquidate them.

            In these activities Inzhir evidently found an inward satisfaction...  As to the Bolsheviks he betrayed, his conscience did not trouble him in the least.

Berger, Joseph. Nothing but the Truth.  New York, John Day Co. 1971, p. 102

 

 

STALIN TELLS BUKHARIN THAT TROTSKY, ZINOVIEV & KAMENEV ARE WORKING WITH HITLER

 

            [Excerpt from Bukharin speech to the Central Committee Plenum of Feb. 23, 1937, in response to charges made by Yezhov]

STALIN (to Bukharin): You must come around to our position.  Trotsky with his disciples, Zinoviev and Kamenev, at one time worked with Lenin, now these people have negotiated an agreement with Hitler.  After this, can we label such things as shocking!  Absolutely not.  After everything that has happened to these gentlemen, former comrades, who have negotiated an agreement with Hitler, a sellout of the USSR, there is nothing surprising in human affairs.  Everything has to be proven and not replied to using exclamation points and question marks.

Koenker and Bachman, Eds. Revelations from the Russian Archives. Washington: Library of Congress, 1997, p. 105

 

THE CENTRAL COMMITTEE ATTACKS THE INTELLIGENCE AGENCY’S RECORD

 

            [Resolution of the Plenum the Central Committee, March 3, 1937, on Yezhov's report of what was learned from the sabotage, subversion, and espionage committed by Japanese and German Trotskyite agents]

            The Plenum of the Central Committee believes that all the facts established during the investigation of the anti-Soviet Trotskyite center and its local accomplices show that the People's Commissariat of Internal Affairs was at least four years late in unmasking these most vicious enemies of the people.

            The Motherland's traitors--Trotskyites and other double-dealers, in union with German Japanese counterintelligence--had managed with relative impunity to carry on wrecking, sabotage, espionage, and terrorist activities and to damage socialist progress in many branches of industry and in transportation.  They were able to do this not only because of defects in the work of party and economic organizations, but also because of slipshod work by the Department of state security of the People's Commissariat of Internal Affairs.... 

            Despite numerous warnings by the Central Committee on redirecting all Cheka work toward a more organized and acute struggle against counter-revolution... the People's Commissariat of Internal Affairs has not carried out these party and government directives and has turned out to be unable to expose the anti-Soviet Trotskyite gang in time.

Koenker and Bachman, Eds. Revelations from the Russian Archives. Washington: Library of Congress, 1997, p. 114

 

CC PLENUM COMPLAINS THAT PRISONS ARE TOO COMFORTABLE AND LIKE REST HOMES

 

            [Resolution of the Plenum the Central Committee, March 3, 1937, on Yezhov's report of what was learned from the sabotage, subversion, and espionage committed by Japanese and German Trotskyite agents]

            The major defects in the work of state security agencies that have decisively contributed to the delay in unmasking the Trotskyite anti-Soviet organization continue to be:

            ... d) Even more intolerable is the People's Commissariat of Internal Affairs prison policy for the most vile convicted enemies of the Soviet government, the Trotskyites, Zinovievites, Rightists, Socialist-Revolutionaries, and others.

            As a rule these enemies of the people have been sent to so-called political isolation facilities supervised by the People's Commissariat of Internal Affairs.  The political isolation facilities have been quite comfortable, resembling involuntary rest homes more than prisons.

            Inmates in the isolated political prisons have had the opportunity to talk to each other, to discuss all political events in the country, to elaborate political plans of anti-Soviet activity for their organizations, and to establish contacts outside of prison.  The prisoners have enjoyed access to literature, paper, and writing tools in unlimited quantity, and the right to receive unlimited numbers of letters and telegrams, to acquire their own equipment in their cells, and to receive along with prison food parcels from outside prison in any quantity or assortment.

Koenker and Bachman, Eds. Revelations from the Russian Archives. Washington: Library of Congress, 1997, p. 114

 

            During the purges of the 1930s, he [Stalin] would support a proposal by Yezhov that the system for holding political prisoners be altered.  At Stalin's instigation, the February-March 1937 Central Committee plenum introduced a special point into the decree on Yezhov's report, namely, that 'the prison regime for enemies of Soviet power (Trotskyites, Zinovievites, SR's, etc.) is intolerable.  The prisons resemble nothing so much as compulsory rest homes.  [The prisoners] are allowed to socialize, they can write letters to each other at will, receive parcels and so on.  Steps were taken, of course.  There was to be no question of 'universities' for these unfortunates.

Volkogonov, Dmitri. Stalin: Triumph and Tragedy. New York: Grove Weidenfeld, 1991, p. 9

 

            Neither orally nor in writing did Stalin ever call publicly for the repressions of 1937-38 to be intensified.  Even the speech he gave at the February-March 1937 plenum, published in abridged form in Pravda, amounted only to a call for greater vigilance against the danger of Trotskyism and so on....  he edited [rewrote] the resolution on Yezhov's report to the February-March 1937 plenum, including the following points:

            ...c.  The system that has been created for enemies of the Soviet regime is intolerable.  Their accommodation often resembles compulsory nursing homes more than prison (they write letters, receive parcels and so on).

Volkogonov, Dmitri. Stalin: Triumph and Tragedy. New York: Grove Weidenfeld, 1991  , p. 336

 

            The resolution [of late Feb. 1937] on Yezhov's report repeated the formulation of the September telegram from Stalin and Zhdanov about being late in exposing the Trotskyists.  It indicated that the NKVD "already in 1932-1933 had all the necessary threads in its hands to completely expose the monstrous conspiracy of the Trotskyists against the Soviet regime."

            ... It [the resolution] said that the previous leadership of the NKVD, having carried out "an incorrect correctional policy, particularly with regard to Trotskyists," had established "an intolerable...prison regime when it came to the convicts who were the most vicious enemies of the Soviet regime--Trotskyists, Zinovievists, Rightists, SR's, and others.  As a rule, all these enemies of the people had been sent to so-called political isolators, which...provided beneficial conditions and were more apt to resemble mandatory rest homes than prisons....  Those under arrest were given the right to enjoy literature, paper and writing utensils in an unlimited quantity, to receive an unlimited number of letters and telegrams, to outfit their cells with personal effects, and to receive, along with official nourishment, packages from outside the prison in any quantity and assortment."

Rogovin, Vadim. 1937: Year of Terror. Oak Park, Michigan: Labor Publications, 1998, p. 280

 

            Still, compared with the camps of later years, Solovki was almost a luxury resort.  It had a theater ("Paris of the North"), a newspaper, and visits from close relatives were occasionally permitted.  The number of political prisoners counted in the tens of thousands rather than millions.  According to official reports, there were 800,000 inmates in the labor camps all over the Soviet Union in 1934, but this figure may have included criminals.  There were few Communists among the inmates; instead, the inmates were mainly people deemed to be "class enemies," that is to say, of "bourgeois" origin, rather liberally interpreted.

Laqueur, Walter. Stalin: The Glasnost Revelations. New York: Scribner's, c1990, p. 72

 

 

CC PLENUM COMPLAINS THAT VETTING OF CHEKA PEOPLE IS LAX AND SUBVERSIVES GET IN

 

            e) A very serious flaw in the work of state security organs is the practice of selection, promotion, and training of Cheka personnel.  People's Commissariat of Internal Affairs staff as a whole are unquestionably experienced, professional Chekamen, selflessly devoted to the goals of our party.  In spite of this, in practice, promotions and appointments of people have not been performance-based.  In many cases people were promoted not by reason of their loyalty to the party, capabilities, or expertise, but for their servility and ability to flatter.

            As a result, alien and criminal elements have infiltrated some units of state security organs.  Several cases have been revealed where even foreign intelligence agents have managed to infiltrate state security organs“

            ...This very lack of professionalism in promoting people and also the lack of political training have created conditions that have enabled outright Trotskyite traitors to obtain supervisory positions in the Cheka.

            Some of them have systematically informed members of the Trotskyite organization about People's Commissariat of Internal Affairs materials on the anti-Soviet activities of the latter (Balaniuk, head of the Taganrog Department of the People's Commissariat of Internal Affairs, Shapovalov, head of the Novocherkassk Department of the People's Department of Internal Affairs; Kozelskii, former head of the Secret Political Division of the Ukrainian People's Commissariat of Internal Affairs).

Koenker and Bachman, Eds. Revelations from the Russian Archives. Washington: Library of Congress, 1997, p. 114 and 116

 

            Relatives of "enemies of the people," former oppositionists, former Mensheviks, and so on could be found at the highest levels.  No agency was stricter in selection of personnel than the NKVD, yet that agency had the most alien elements, people who had once been expelled from the party, people with criminal records and dubious political histories.

Medvedev, Roy. Let History Judge. New York: Columbia University Press, 1989, p. 848

 

 

TIMASHUK SAYS SHE SAID ZHDANOV’S HEART WAS BAD BUT THE DOCTORS IGNORED HER

 

            [Letter from Dr. Timashuk to the Presidium of the 23rd Communist Party Congress, March 31, 1966, asking to have her name cleared of any responsibility for the "Doctors’ Plot"]

            Zhdanov died on August 30, 1948.  The results of the postmortem examination, performed...by the pathologist Fedorov, confirmed the diagnosis of myocardial infarction that I had put forward while the patient was alive, but which the professors had rejected.

Koenker and Bachman, Eds. Revelations from the Russian Archives. Washington: Library of Congress, 1997, p. 128

 

            Perhaps nothing could have saved Zhdanov's life, but the intent of this August 31 meeting in Moscow appears to have been to achieve a unanimous medical opinion to deflect Timashuk's criticism, rather than to deal with the concrete facts of his illness.

Naumov and Brent. Stalin's Last Crime. New York: HarperCollins, c2003, p. 36

 

            Zhdanov's doctors never exhibited the sense of urgency while he lived that they showed now on his death.

Naumov and Brent. Stalin's Last Crime. New York: HarperCollins, c2003, p. 63

 

            Stalin charged that Vlasik did not verify the Timashuk letter in order to protect Yegorov.   Yegorov and Vlasik were drinking buddies, as Maslennikov noted in his testimony, and their friendship may well have gone beyond this.

Naumov and Brent. Stalin's Last Crime. New York: HarperCollins, c2003, p. 163

 

            In early 1949 she [Timashuk] wrote once more to Kuznetsov.   Again she received no reply.   The implication was obvious: Kuznetsov took no interest in saving Zhdanov's life.

Naumov and Brent. Stalin's Last Crime. New York: HarperCollins, c2003, p. 208

 

 

PRISONERS WHO HELPED CONSTRUCT THE BALTIC-WHITE SEA CANAL GET REDUCED TERMS

 

            [Resolution of the USSR Central Executive Committee, Sept. 1, 1932, on privileges for convict-workers at the White Sea-Baltic Canal construction site]

            ... In connection with the successful completion of the basic work on the White Sea-Baltic Waterway, this great new accomplishment of the Soviet regime, the USSR Central Executive Committee resolves:

            1.  To give the Unified State Political Directorate [OGPU] the right to free those prisoners who distinguished themselves on the construction project from serving the remainder of their sentences, and where needed, from serving supplementary sentences.

            2.  To instruct the OGPU to grant to all other prisoners (participants who worked conscientiously in the construction of the White Sea-Baltic Waterway), in addition to existing ordinary privileges in the corrective labor camps, a reduction in the term of measures taken to insure the defense of society.

            3.  To instruct the OGPU to present for review by the USSR Central Executive Committee the expunging of the convictions of those freed in accordance with paragraph 1 of this resolution.

Koenker and Bachman, Eds. Revelations from the Russian Archives. Washington: Library of Congress, 1997, p. 153

 

            To trace down all the criminals, old and new types, is a big enough job, and requires a large police force.  But the Soviet police also have many constructive tasks, as I have already suggested.  Because they are in charge of all the men and women put at forced labor, and because tens of thousands of people have been sentenced to such labor, the police operate some of the greatest construction and industrial enterprises in Russia.  They have built such great public works as the Baltic-White Sea canal and the Moscow-Volga canal; they have double-tracked the trans-Siberian Railway for 2200 miles, using an army of at least 100,000 men and women prisoners for this purpose, who labored without any pause during three of the severe Siberian winters.  The police also construct many of the main highways of Russia, especially the great new strategic motor roads.

Littlepage, John D. In Search of Soviet Gold. New York: Harcourt, Brace, c1938, p. 202

 

            [In 1931] at first specialists were returned to their former places under the supervision of OGPU bodies, then a "pardon" was declared for a number of individuals previously labeled "saboteurs" in view of their readiness to work for the good of socialism.

Siegelbaum and Sokolov. Stalinism As a Way of Life. New Haven, Conn.: Yale University Press, c2000, p. 98

 

            Being human, the prisoners whose labour brought Norilsk into being naturally hoped their work and their devotion to their country would be recognized, and that their sentences would be shortened, but I can testify that their primary motive was to defeat Hitler.

            At the end of the war what happened was that the free salaried men, who directed the work, received decorations and promotion while some prisoners who had overfulfilled their norms, even some held under Article 58, were let off one, two, three or four years of their sentence.  Of course, if they were serving a sentence of twenty or twenty-five years this did not mean very much, but at least it was taken as a good omen.

Berger, Joseph. Nothing but the Truth.  New York, John Day Co. 1971, p. 206

 

THOSE PRISONERS WHO FOUGHT FOR THE POLES IN SEPT 1939 RECEIVE FAIR TREATMENT

 

            [NKVD order, Oct. 3, 1939, on disposition of prisoners of war in Soviet camps]

            The following resolution of the Central Committee of the all Russian Communist Party dated October 2 concerning prisoners of war is reproduced below for your information and guidance:

            Approve the following proposals of comrades Beria and Mekhlis:

            ... 1.  Prisoners of war of Ukrainian, Byelorussians, and other nationalities whose homes are located in the western Ukraine and western Byelorussia will be allowed to go home.

            2.  25,000 prisoners of war will be kept to build the Novograd-Volynskii-Korets-Lvov Road until the end of December.

            3.  Prisoners of war whose homes are located in the German part of Poland will be assigned to a separate category and will be detained in the camps until negotiations with the Germans begin and the issue of their repatriation is resolved.

            ... 6.  The Czech detainees (approximately 800 individuals) will be released after they have signed a pledge not to fight against the USSR.

            ... 8.  Officer prisoners of war will receive better rations than enlisted prisoners of war.

            ... 10.  All prisoners of war, including officers and enlisted men, will be required to surrender all valuables and any money over the limit established by the POW Affairs Administration to the administrations of the camps for safekeeping in exchange for a receipt.

            ... 3.  All POWs whose homes are located in the German part of Poland will be temporarily confined to camps.  We must explain to them that they will be repatriated in an orderly manner after our negotiations with the Germans on this issue.

            4.  All other enlisted POWs, including Ukrainians, Byelorussians, and other nationalities whose homes are located in our territory, should be immediately sent home.  They should be given all possible assistance, including advice, in getting home.  Major political indoctrination efforts should be initiated for these POWs to remind them that they will soon be citizens of the USSR.  The soldiers should be informed of the forthcoming sessions of the two popular assemblies and the issues they will decide.  The platform we are using in the election campaign should be explained to the soldiers.  The indoctrinators should try to get the soldiers to become activists and advocates for our platform.

Koenker and Bachman, Eds. Revelations from the Russian Archives. Washington: Library of Congress, 1997, p. 163

 

EFFORTS TO CENSOR FEUCHTWANGER’S BOOK ARE STOPPED

 

            Jan. 27, 1938 letter from Glavlit [the Main Directorate for the Protection of State Secrets in the Press], concerning the incorrect removal of a book by Feuchtwanger]

            To all chiefs of main directorates for protecting military and state secrets in the press:

            Glavlit has been receiving information that attempts have been made in certain places to remove Feuchtwanger's book Moscow 1937 from circulation.  I would like to remind you that no one may take any literature out of circulation on his own without explicit instructions from Glavlit in Moscow.  Feuchtwanger's book is not to be removed from circulation in any way.  Signed deputy director of Glavlit.

Koenker and Bachman, Eds. Revelations from the Russian Archives. Washington: Library of Congress, 1997, p. 171

 

 

HUMANE RESETTLEMENT OF GERMANS FROM THE UKRAINE

 

            [Resolution of the State Defense Committee, Sept. 22, 1941, on removal of Germans from certain areas of the Ukraine]

            ... 4.  To allow the re-settled persons to bring with them their personal property and a supply of provisions for the journey in the amount of 200 kg for each member of the family.

            5.  Buildings, agricultural implements, livestock, and cereal/grain fodder belonging to the resettled persons will be handed over to the following commissioner representatives: the local executive committee, the People's Commissariat for Agriculture, the People's Commissariat for Meat and Dairy Production, and the People's Commissariat for State Purchases, and will be restored at the place of settlement in accordance with confirmed instructions from the Council People's Commissars, the People's Commissariat for Agriculture, and the People's Commissariat for Meat and Dairy Production.

            Structures for kolkhozes and kolkhoz farm personnel will be provided at the place of settlement by delivery of prefabricated houses.

            Those re-settled persons not provided homes at the place of supplement will be given loans for construction and, if necessary, repair of housing from the Agricultural Bank in the sum of up to 2000 rubles to be repaid in five years at 3% annual interest with amortization of the loans starting the second year after received.

            ... 7.  To task the People's Commissariat of Foreign and Domestic Trade with providing food to the resettled persons at locations as ordered by the NKVD.

            8.  To task the USSR People's Commissariat for Health with providing medical service for the re-settled persons in transit, for which medical personnel, medicines, and first-aid supplies will be allocated as ordered by the NKVD.

            9.  To release from the reserve fund of the Council of People's Commissars and the NKVD the sum of 15 million rubles for resettlement expenses.

            10.  To put the chairman of the Council of People's Commissars of the Kazakh SSR and the Secretary of the Central Committee of the Communist Party of Kazakhstan in charge of organizing the reception, settling, and household arrangements for the resettled persons.

Koenker and Bachman, Eds. Revelations from the Russian Archives. Washington: Library of Congress, 1997, p. 203

 

            ... The Volga Germans, whose position was similar to that of the Japanese Americans, became suspect owing to their particular language and culture, and were largely relocated to non-strategic areas but, unlike Japanese-Americans, without confinement.

Szymanski, Albert. Human Rights in the Soviet Union. London: Zed Books, 1984, p. 257

 

            In fact, the resettled peoples were allotted land and given state assistance to build a new life in the areas in which they were resettled.  The Volga Germans, for example, were resettled:

            "with the promise that the migrants shall be allotted land and that they should be given assistance by the State in settling into new areas."

            (Decree of the presidium of the USSR Supreme Soviet, 28 August 1941).

 

            while the resettled Chechens and Crimean Tatars

            "     were given land, together with the necessary governmental assistance for their economic establishment."

            (Decree of the Presidium of the USSR Supreme Soviet, 25 June 1946)

The Enforced Resettlements Speech to the Stalin Society by Bill Bland, 1993.

 

HUMANE RESETTLEMENT OF CRIMEAN TATARS

 

            [Decree of the State Defense Committee, May 11, 1944, signed by Stalin, on deportation of Crimean Tatars to Uzbekistan]

            During the Patriotic War many Crimean Tatars betrayed the Motherland, deserted Red Army units that defended the Crimea, and sided with the enemy, joining volunteer army units formed by the Germans to fight against the Red Army.  As members of German punitive detachments during the occupation of the Crimea by German fascist troops, the Crimean Tatars particularly were noted for their savage reprisals against Soviet partisans, and also helped the German invaders to organize the violent roundup of Soviet citizens for German enslavement and the mass extermination of the Soviet people.

            The Crimean Tatars actively collaborated with the German occupation authorities, participating in the so-called Tatar national committees, organized by the German intelligence organs, and were often used by the Germans to infiltrate the rear of the Red Army with spies and saboteurs.  With the support of the Crimean Tatars, the "Tatar national committees," in which the leading role was played by White Guard-Tatar emigrants, directed their activity at the persecution and oppression of the non-Tatar population of the Crimea and were engaged in preparatory efforts to separate the Crimea from the Soviet Union by force, with the help of the German armed forces.

            Taking into account the fact cited above, the State Defense Committee decrees that:

            1.  All Tatars are to be banished from the territory of the Crimea and re-settled permanently as special settlers in regions of the Uzbek SSR....

            The following procedure and conditions of resettlement are to be established:

            a) The special settlers will be allowed to take with them personal items, clothing, household objects, dishes and utensils, and up to 500 kilograms of food per family.

            ... Exchange receipts will be issued in every populated place and every farm for the receipt of livestock, grain, vegetables, and for other types of agricultural products.

            By July 1 of this year, the NKVD, People's Commissariat of Agriculture, People's Commissariat of the Meat and Dairy Industries, People's Commissariat of State Farms, and People's Commissariat of Procurement are to submit to the USSR Council of People's Commissars a proposal on the procedure for repaying the special settlers, on the basis of exchange receipts, for livestock, poultry, and agricultural products received from them.

            ... d) To each convoy of special settlers, the People's Commissariat of Public Health is to assign, within a time frame to be coordinated with the NKVD, one physician and two nurses, as well as an appropriate supply of medicines, and to provide medical and first-aid care to special settlers in transit;

            e) The People's Commissariat of Trade will provide all convoys caring special settlers with hot food and boiling water on a daily basis....

            ... e) To grant plots of farm land to the newly arrived settlers and to help them build homes by providing construction materials;...

            ... 4.  Seven-year loans of up to 5000 rubles per family, for the construction and setting up of homes, are to be extended by the Agricultural Bank to special settlers sent to the Uzbek SSR, in their places of settlement.

            5.  Every month during the June-August 1944 period, equal quantities of flour, groats, and vegetables will be allocated by the USSR People's Commissariat of Procurement to the Uzbek SSR Council of People's Commissars for distribution to the special settlers.

            Flour, groats, and vegetables are to be distributed free of charge to the special settlers during the June-August period, as re-payment for the agricultural products and livestock received from them in the areas from which they were evicted.

Koenker and Bachman, Eds. Revelations from the Russian Archives. Washington: Library of Congress, 1997, p. 205-207

 

HUMANE RESETTLEMENT OF CRIMEAN TATARS, BULGARIANS, GREEKS, & ARMENIANS

 

            [State Defense Committee resolution, June 2, 1944, to evict from the Crimean Republic 37,000 Bulgarians, Greeks, and Armenians, cited as German collaborators]

            The State Defense Committee resolves to:...

            3. ... Direct the People's Commissar of Agriculture, the People's Commissar of the Meat and Dairy Industry, the People's Commissar of Procurement, and the People's Commissar of State Farms to ensure that the evicted Crimean Greeks, Bulgarians, and Armenians receive livestock, grain, and collective farm products using exchange receipts....

            5.  Direct the People's Commissar of Trade to provide food for 37,000 people during the convoy of special settlers from the Crimea in accordance with the schedule set by the NKVD....

            8.  Direct the People's Commissar of procurement to determine the methods to be used by the oblast executive committees... in distributing provisions to the special re-settlers during the first three months after resettlement (July-September) in equal monthly portions....  The distribution of foodstuffs to the special re-settlers during July-September will be free of charge taking into account the collective farm foodstuffs and livestock received at the place of eviction.

Koenker and Bachman, Eds. Revelations from the Russian Archives. Washington: Library of Congress, 1997, p. 209

 

BERIA SAYS THE RESETTLED PEOPLE FOUND GOOD LIVING CONDITIONS AT THEIR DESTINATION

 

            [Report from Beria to Stalin, July 4, 1944, stating that re-settlement of Tatars, Bulgarians, Greeks, Armenians, and others from the Crimea has been completed]

            ... All of the special settlers who have reached their destination have found satisfactory living conditions.  A significant number of the resettled, able-bodied Tatars special settlers have been engaged in agricultural work on collective and state farms, in logging, in industry, and in construction.  There were no incidents during the resettlement operation on site or during transit.

Koenker and Bachman, Eds. Revelations from the Russian Archives. Washington: Library of Congress, 1997, p. 211

 

POLITBURO TELLS THE ENGLISH THEY WILL EXECUTE PRISONERS IF THE ENGLISH DO

 

            [According to the minutes of a Politburo meeting on Sept. 11, 1919, the following questions were decided within the Politburo.

            ... 7.  The question of expulsion of Communists from Murmansk by the English and executions of some of them.

            Proposed that the People's Commissariats of Foreign Affairs send a radio broadcast to protest the execution of prisoners and the aerial bombing of innocent civilians and declare that imprisoned English officers are to be sentenced to execution.  The sentence will be carried out if the English engage in any further such actions.

Koenker and Bachman, Eds. Revelations from the Russian Archives. Washington: Library of Congress, 1997, p. 227

 

LENIN SAYS BOURGEOIS INTELLECTUALS ARE NOT THE BRAINS OF THE NATION BUT ITS SHIT

 

            [Letter from Lenin to Gorky, Sept. 15, 1919, about the arrest of intellectuals belonging to the Constitutional Democratic Party]

            ... The intellectual forces of the workers and peasants are growing and getting stronger in their fight to overthrow the bourgeoisie and their accomplices, the intellectuals, lackeys of capital, who consider themselves the brains of the nation.  In fact they are not its brains, but it's shit.

Koenker and Bachman, Eds. Revelations from the Russian Archives. Washington: Library of Congress, 1997, p. 229

 

LENIN TELLS STALIN WHO HE FEELS SHOULD BE DEPORTED

 

            [Letter from Lenin to Stalin, July 17, 1922, on deporting Mensheviks, Popular Socialists, and Constitutional Democrats]

            On the matter of deporting Mensheviks, Popular Socialists, Constitutional Democrats (Kadets), etc. from Russia, I would like to ask a few questions, since this operation, which was started before my leave, still has not been completed.

            Has the decision been made to "eradicate "all the Popular Socialists?  As far as I'm concerned, deport them all.  They're more harmful than any Socialist-Revolutionary because they're more clever.

            Also Potresov, Izgoev and all the Economist contributors.  The Mensheviks Rozanov (a physician, cunning),... Radchenko and her young daughter (rumor has it they're the vilest enemies of Bolshevism), Rozhkov (he has to be deported, incorrigible),... The commission supervised by Mantsev, Messing et al. should present lists and several hundred such ladies and gentlemen must be deported without mercy.  Let's purge Russia for a long while.

            As for Lezhnev... lets think it over: shouldn't we deport him?  He will always be the wiliest sort as far as I can judge based on his articles I have read.

            Ozerov as well as all the Economist contributors are the most ruthless enemies.  All of them--out of Russia.  This must be done at once.  By the end of the Social Revolutionary's trial, no later.  Arrest a few hundred and without a declaration of motives--get out, ladies and gentlemen! 

            Deport all authors of Dom literatorov Mysl from Petrograd; ransack Kharkov, we do not know it, for us it is a “foreign country.”  We must purge quickly, no later than the end of the Social Revolutionaries’ trial.

Koenker and Bachman, Eds. Revelations from the Russian Archives. Washington: Library of Congress, 1997, p. 232

 

            Lenin's lists [of subversives] were extensive, and bore such sub-headings as: Professors of 1st Moscow University; Professors of Petrovsko-Razumovsky Agricultural Academy; Professors of Institute of Railway Engineers; [those involved in] the case of the Free Economic Society; anti-Soviet professors of the Archeological Institute; anti-Soviet figures connected with Bereg publishing house; people involved in case No. 813 (Abrikosov group); anti-Soviet agronomists and cooperativists; physicians; anti-Soviet engineers; writers; Petrograd writers; and a special list of Petrograd anti-Soviet intellectuals.

            The first contingent numbered 120 people.  The document ordering their expulsion was first signed on 31 July 1922 by Kamenev, Kursky, and Unshlikht.

Volkogonov, Dmitrii. Lenin: A New Biography. New York: Free Press, 1994, p. 359

 

            In an extensive memorandum to Stalin in the autumn of 1922, Lenin targeted individuals who were either associated with anti-Bolshevik publications or whom he regarded as especially perceptive opponents of his regime.  The memorandum conveys the tone of Lenin's obsessive concern to rid himself of such people:

            "On the question of expelling Mensheviks, Popular Socialists, Cadets, etc., I'd like to ask a few questions, as this matter, which was started before I went on leave, is still unfinished.  Has it been decided to 'uproot' all Popular Socialists?  Peshekhonov, Myakotin, Gornfeld?  Petrishchev and the others?  I think they should all be expelled.  They're more dangerous than any SR, because they're more cunning.  Also Potresov, Izgoev and all the people on [the journal] Ekonomist, (Ozerov and many many more).  The Mensheviks Rozanov (a physician, cunning), Vigdorchik (Migulo, or some such), Radchenko and her young daughter (allegedly the most malicious enemies of Bolshevism); Rozhkov (he has to be expelled; he's incorrigible); Frank (the author of Methodology), the Mantsev-Messing commission should compile lists and several hundred such gentlemen should be deported from the country without mercy.  We'll cleanse Russia once and for all.

            As for Lezhnev... we should think about it: shouldn't we expel him?  He'll always be utterly crafty, as far as I can judge from his articles.  Like all the people on Ekonomist, Ozerov is the most relentless enemy.  All of them must be chucked out of Russia.  It should be done all at once.  By the time the SR trial is over, not later, and with no explanation of motives--leave, gentlemen!

Volkogonov, Dmitrii. Lenin: A New Biography. New York: Free Press, 1994, p. 362

 

STALIN ALLOWED GREATER FREE SPEECH THAN HIS SUCCESSORS

 

            ... Two writers, Daniel and Siniavskii, were arrested in 1966 for having published satirical stories abroad under pseudonyms.  Their crime was "spreading anti-Soviet propaganda."  Even Stalin had not used this argument against intellectuals.  Daniel and Siniavskii were sentenced to terms in a labor camp, but their convictions spurred 63 members of the Moscow Union of Writers to protest the harm such persecution could do to Soviet culture.  Further arrests led to further protests, a phenomenon unknown under Stalin's terror.

Koenker and Bachman, Eds. Revelations from the Russian Archives. Washington: Library of Congress, 1997, p. 264

 

            [Feb. 7, 1970, letter from Tvardovskii, the manager of Novyi Mir, to Brezhnev]

            No matter how strange it may seem, Stalin showered me with decorations and medals when he was alive, while the Stalinists of today are hounding me.

Koenker and Bachman, Eds. Revelations from the Russian Archives. Washington: Library of Congress, 1997, p. 280

 

CULTURE DIRECTOR SAYS SOLZHENITSYN PROVED HE WAS A SUBVERSIVE FROM THE START

 

            [Memorandum from Shauro, director of the Department of Culture, to the Central Committee, June 20, 1975, regarding the publication in the West of Solzhenitsyn's The Oak and the Calf and proposing publication of a book to expose Solzhenitsyn as a slanderer--rejected by the Writers' Union]

            In his new work Solzhenitsyn declares his long-standing hatred of the socialist social order, of Lenin and Leninism, of everything Soviet.  Calling himself a "writer-member of the underground," he confesses that since his youth he nurtured plans to undermine the Soviet government.  The book The Oak and the Calf represents the cynical confession of an ideological saboteur.

Koenker and Bachman, Eds. Revelations from the Russian Archives. Washington: Library of Congress, 1997, p. 297

 

EARLY REPORT SAYS OPPOSITION TO GRAIN REQUISITIONS CAUSED BY GOVT INEPTNESS

 

            [Party memorandum of May 1929 reporting on resistance in the countryside to grain requisitioning, food shortages, and the closing of religious institutions]

            ... In his letter Comrade Khataevich arrives at the following conclusions:

            "An investigation of the role of local party and Soviet organizations in all the aforementioned incidents which provoked mass uprisings has revealed that, in most cases, party and Soviet organizations were guilty of tactlessness, egregious blunders, and a lack of skill and proficiency in their preparations for vital efforts.  This made the anti-Soviet activities of the kulaks and the clergy much easier.  The latter were able to respond quickly, flexibly, and skillfully to the blundering, tactlessness, and ineptitude of our local party and Soviet organizations.  The kulaks were particularly successful in taking advantage of incidents where local party and Soviet organizations closed churches and so forth by administrative fiat, without careful preparations at the lowest levels and without explaining, persuading, and gaining the support of most of the poor and middle peasants."  Signed Bogomolov, Head of the Information Department

Koenker and Bachman, Eds. Revelations from the Russian Archives. Washington: Library of Congress, 1997, p. 378

 

HUMANE EVICTION OF KULAKS FROM THE POLES REGION OF THE UKRAINE

 

            [Ukrainian Communist Party Central Committee resolution, April 1, 1932, on the eviction of kulaks from the Poles' region]

            1.  It must be considered essential to purge the Poles' region of kulak elements, as we have determined the number of families subject to deportation to be 5000.         

            2.  The deportees are to be utilized to develop quarries for stone, clay, etc., and for this purpose permanent kulak settlements are to be established on the left bank of the Dnieper River in regions where quarries are located.

            3.  It is ordered:

                        a) organizations which will utilize the labor of the special deportees are to provide fully the food supply, living quarters, and cultural-medical services to the special deportees.  In particular, the People's Commissariat for Supply of the Ukraine must exercise particular supervision and supply food and manufactured goods to the special deportees.

Koenker and Bachman, Eds. Revelations from the Russian Archives. Washington: Library of Congress, 1997, p. 402

 

            These people [kulaks] were obviously small farmers, used to hard work, as we could tell by the rough hands of both men and women, and they had the ruddy complexions of people who work on the land.  But at this time they were a bewildered-looking lot.  They didn't seem to know what was happening to them, or why, and neither did the other Russians who saw them being moved about.  Well, these people were "kulaks," and they were being "liquidated."  This was the process which has been described by many an "expert" in many a book about Russia.

            I watched the "liquidation of kulaks" before I had read any expert interpretations of the process.  It just looked to me as if most of the small farmers in Russia were being moved from one place to another under police guard.  I had no more idea why this was being done than most of the Russians seemed to have.  It seemed that orders had come from Moscow to do this, so it was being done.

Littlepage, John D. In Search of Soviet Gold. New York: Harcourt, Brace, c1938, p. 73

 

 

UKRAINIAN PARTY ORDERS CAUSES OF FAMINE BE EXPOSED AND PEOPLE BE HELPED

 

            [Supplement to minutes of the Ukrainian Party Kiev bureau, Feb. 22, 1933, instructing that the famine be alleviated and that "all who have become completely disabled because of emaciation must be put back on their feet" by March 5]

            ... 10.  In view of the continued attempts by our enemies to use these facts against the creation of collective farms, the Raion Party Committees are to conduct systematic clarification work bringing to light the real causes of the existing famine (abuses in the collective farms, laziness, decline in labor discipline, etc.).

Koenker and Bachman, Eds. Revelations from the Russian Archives. Washington: Library of Congress, 1997, p. 418

 

INDUSTRIAL SUCCESS WAS THE KEY TO THE COMMUNIST SYSTEM AND NATIONAL PROSPERITY

 

            Industrial development had been the raison d'etre of the Communist system, and the first five-year plan named the expansion of industry as the key to national prosperity.  The industrial front was deliberately touted as the symbol of the successes of Soviet planning: 1500 big enterprises were built during the first five-year plan, including the Magnitogorsk metallurgical complex, the Ural machine factory, the Kharkov tractor plant, and automobile plants in Moscow and Novgorod.  New industries were developed: in aviation, chemicals, machine tools, synthetic rubber, and more.  To a world plunged into economic depression, the successes of Soviet planning looked very attractive.

Koenker and Bachman, Eds. Revelations from the Russian Archives. Washington: Library of Congress, 1997, p. 421

 

            Meanwhile, there is no more gripping economic and social phenomenon recorded in the pages of history than the superhuman effort which is being made in the Soviet Union to industrialize in the shortest possible time a fundamentally agricultural country, to awaken a powerful people out of its traditional lethargy, and to build a new social order from which the last vestiges of human exploitation and slavery are ultimately to vanish.

Davis, Jerome. The New Russia. New York: The John Day company, c1933, p. 87

 

LENIN ORDERS THE MOST REACTIONARY CLERGY TO BE SHOT AND THEIR PROPERTY TAKEN

 

            [Memorandum from Lenin to Molotov and Politburo members, March 19, 1922, with instructions for responding to the resistance to the confiscation of Church valuables in Shuia]

            ... Now and only now, when people are being eaten in famine-stricken areas, and hundreds, if not thousands, of corpses lie on the roads, we can (and therefore must) pursue the removal of church valuables with the most frenzied and ruthless energy and not hesitate to put down the least opposition.  Now and only now, the vast majority of peasants will either be on our side, or at least will not be in a position to support to any decisive degree this handful of Black Hundreds' clergy and reactionary urban petty bourgeoisie, who are willing and able to attempt to oppose the Soviet decree with the policy of force.

            ...  One clever writer on statecraft correctly said that if it is necessary for the realization of a well-known political goal to perform a series of brutal actions, then it is necessary to do them in the most energetic manner and in the shortest time, because masses of people will not tolerate the protracted use of brutality.

            ... Therefore, I come to the indisputable conclusion that we must precisely now smash the Black Hundreds' clergy most decisively and ruthlessly and put down all resistance with such brutality that they will not forget it for several decades.

            ... Send to Shuia one of the most energetic, clear-headed, and capable members of the All-Russian Central Executive Committee...giving him verbal instructions through one of the members of the Politburo.  The instructions must come down to this, that in Shuia he must arrest more, if possible, but not less, than several dozen representatives of the local clergy, the local petty bourgeoisie, and the local bourgeoisie on suspicion of direct or indirect participation in the forcible resistance to the decree of the party on the removal of valuables from churches.  Immediately upon completion of this task, he must return to Moscow and personally deliver a report to the full session of the Politburo or to two specially authorized members of the Politburo.  On the basis of this report, the Politburo will give a detailed directive to the judicial authorities, also verbal, that the trial of the insurrectionists from Shuia, for opposing aid to the starving, should be carried out in utmost haste and should end not other than with the shooting of a very large number of the most influential and dangerous of the Black Hundreds in Shuia, and, if possible, not only in this city but even in Moscow and several other ecclesiastical centers.

            ... The greater the number of representatives of the reactionary clergy and the reactionary bourgeoisie that we succeed in shooting on this occasion, the better because this "audience" must precisely now be taught a lesson in such a way that they will not dare to think about any resistance whatsoever for several decades.

Koenker and Bachman, Eds. Revelations from the Russian Archives. Washington: Library of Congress, 1997, p. 441

 

GPU REPORTS ON THE CLERGY’S SUBVERSION OF THE PEASANTRY

 

            [Summary report on the religious movement among the peasantry, July 2, 1924]

            IVANOVO-VOZNESENK Guberniia.  The kulaks are employing an original type of religious agitation.  They agree to give one or two sheep to a poor peasant if he agrees to pray to God and read the gospel.  They also tell him that if he doesn't meet their conditions they'll take the sheep back (from a GPU report for July 12, 1924).

Koenker and Bachman, Eds. Revelations from the Russian Archives. Washington: Library of Congress, 1997, p. 458

 

AMERICAN SAYS THERE IS MORE INCORRECT INFO ABOUT THE SU THAN ANY OTHER TOPIC

 

            [Speech given by Col. Cooper of the United States to the American section of the All-Union Western Chamber of Commerce, Sept. 14, 1928, on his impressions of the USSR during four visits lasting a total of eight months]

             …When I was in America (after my visits to the USSR), I gave many lectures about Soviet Russia.  I was astonished by the enormous interest in the USSR throughout America.  I have to say that in America there is more incorrect information about Russia than about any other topic whatsoever. 

            ... I am well aware that the Soviet Union will develop its own natural resources with the efforts of its own citizens and for their benefit, and I would hate to see today when these incredible natural riches were exploited for selfish purposes.

Koenker and Bachman, Eds. Revelations from the Russian Archives. Washington: Library of Congress, 1997, p. 570

 

TROTSKY WAS A PROLIFIC WRITER ALWAYS READY TO LIE ABOUT OPPONENTS

 

            Trotsky was a fierce hater and a prolific writer, a polemicist rather than a historian, who was always ready to distort and invent evidence against his enemy.

Grey, Ian. Stalin, Man of History. London: Weidenfeld and Nicolson, 1979, p. xii

 

STALIN WAS DEFINITELY NOT THE GREY BLUR IN SOVIET HISTORY TROTSKY SAID HE WAS

 

            Far from being a "grey blur," he was gaining the respect and confidence of members, as was shown at the Seventh Party Conference in late April 1917, when he received the third highest number of votes after Lenin and Zinoviev in the secret ballot for the Central Committee.

Grey, Ian. Stalin, Man of History. London: Weidenfeld and Nicolson, 1979, p. 92

 

            Trotsky, in one of his articles, wrote about Stalin's lack of creative input from 1900 to 1910.  This assertion is unjust.  Stalin was not only an activist; he also aspired to the role of theoretician, at least on the Transcaucasian level.  From 1900 to 1910 he wrote quite a few articles and pamphlets,...  But it is incorrect to speak of a complete absence of creative output on Stalin's part.

Medvedev, Roy. Let History Judge. New York: Columbia University Press, 1989, p. 30

 

            Much has since been written in order to belittle or to exaggerate Koba's role in those days [imprisonment in the early 1900s].  This suggests that at the age of 22 he was already some sort of 'grey eminence' in the underground of his native province.  He was certainly not the undistinguished member of the rank-and-file, the nonentity, described by Trotsky.

Deutscher, Isaac. Stalin; A Political Biography. New York: Oxford Univ. Press, 1967, p. 50

 

            When the Seventh Party Conference assembled toward the end of April 1917, the membership was approaching 80,000....   Stalin was elected to the Central Committee and his current stature in the Party was attested to by the fact that in the secret balloting he received 97 of the 109 delegate votes.  Only Lenin with 104 and Zinoviev with 101 were ahead.   The barely known Caucasian of 1912, the man whom five weeks earlier it had been proposed should be kept out of the Party councils because of his bad temper and manners, was now freely acknowledged by his fellow Bolsheviks to be the leading "practitioner" in

the Party.   In the turbulent months ahead Stalin remained at the center, one of the principal leaders of the Party, though only a secondary figure of the Revolution.

Ulam, Adam. Stalin; The Man and his Era. New York: Viking Press, 1973, p. 141

 

            But those who concluded that he was a 'grey blank' simply demonstrated their ignorance of central party life.

Service, Robert. Stalin. Cambridge, Mass.: Belknap Press of Harvard Univ. Press, 2005, p. 132

 

            True, he was not a gray blur or a mediocrity or the "creature of the party bureaucracy" claimed by Trotsky in later years.

Laqueur, Walter. Stalin: The Glasnost Revelations. New York: Scribner's, c1990, p. 9

 

STALIN WAS ONE OF THE EARLY OUTSTANDING LEADERS OF THE REVOLUTION

 

            Stalin's handling of the Sixth Party Congress raised his prestige and authority.  In the elections to the Central Committee he came after Lenin, Zinoviev, Kamenev, and Trotsky in the number of votes polled.  When the Central Committee elected the editorial board of Pravda, Stalin received the most votes and Trotsky failed to gain election.  When it was decided to elect a 10-man inner cabinet of the enlarged Central Committee, Stalin again prevailed in the balloting.

Grey, Ian. Stalin, Man of History. London: Weidenfeld and Nicolson, 1979, p. 96

 

            Among the Party officials Stalin was preferred to his future rival [Trotsky], and this is well attested by the first acts of the new Central Committee.   In the voting for the editorial board of the Bolshevik newspaper Stalin received the most votes, and the motion that Trotsky, if released from jail, should be asked to join it was rejected 11 to 10.

Ulam, Adam. Stalin; The Man and his Era. New York: Viking Press, 1973, p. 150

 

            After Lenin's return to Finland Trotsky took charge.  He was chairman of the Military Revolutionary Committee of the Petrograd Soviet, set up on Oct. 25.  Serving as the headquarters staff of the Revolution, this committee controlled the Red Guard and all military units in the city which supported the Bolsheviks.  There was also a special military revolutionary "center," consisting of five members, elected or appointed on Oct. 29.  Stalin, but not Trotsky, was a member of this center, which has been described as the real organizing force of the Revolution.

Grey, Ian. Stalin, Man of History. London: Weidenfeld and Nicolson, 1979, p. 98

 

            In October 1917 Lenin, meanwhile, was calling on all organizations and all workers and soldiers to engage in outright and intensified preparation for an armed uprising.  The party Central Committee appointed an operations center, consisting of Bubnov, Dzerzhinsky, Uritsky, Sverdlov, and Stalin, to supervise the organization of the uprising.

Volkogonov, Dmitri. Stalin: Triumph and Tragedy. New York: Grove Weidenfeld, 1991, p. 27

 

            Organizing the uprising had been the responsibility of the five-man practical center, including Stalin, and the Military Revolutionary Committee, which did an enormous amount of work recruiting forces for the decisive onslaught.

Volkogonov, Dmitri. Stalin: Triumph and Tragedy. New York: Grove Weidenfeld, 1991, p. 28

 

 

STALIN PROTECTS ZINOVIEV AND KAMENEV FROM LENIN’S WRATH

 

            Meanwhile Kamenev and Zinoviev, apparently in a mood of panic, were publicizing their opposition and emphasizing the dangers involved.  To Lenin and others it was treason to oppose and to reveal Bolshevik intentions.  It was all the more culpable since the Party rank-and-file were increasingly alarmed by their warnings.  This was more than Lenin could stand.  He had returned to Finland, and from his hiding place there, he demanded that the Central Committee expel them from the party.

            At a meeting of the committee on Oct. 17, 1917, Trotsky advocated stern action against Kamenev and Zinoviev and branded them as traitors.  He was not influenced by the fact that Kamenev was his brother-in-law; indeed, he was demonstrating that loyalty to the party stood far above personal relationships.  Other members supported the case for severe punishment.  It was Stalin who brought the note of moderation into the fury of the discussion.  His argument in favor of tolerance flowed not from a passive, oil-on-troubled-waters attitude, nor from some incredibly farsighted realization that he might need the support of these two comrades in the future, but from a deep concern for the unity of the party at this critical time.  Summarily expelling two comrades of long-standing would cause discord and solve nothing.  Kamenev and Zinoviev knew that they had acted irresponsibly, and they would not repeat their mistakes.  After his intervention, the proposal to expel them was dropped.  Then it was decided to remove Kamenev from the editorial board of Pravda.  This, too, was dropped, when Stalin resigned in protest and the committee refused to accept his resignation.

Grey, Ian. Stalin, Man of History. London: Weidenfeld and Nicolson, 1979, p. 97

 

            Stalin took part in the decisive Central Committee meetings of October 10 and 24, at which the decision for an armed insurrection was made on the basis of reports by Lenin.  Only Kamenev and Zinoviev voted against the decision, and in violation of all conspiratorial norms they published their objections in the non-Bolshevik newspaper Novaya zhizn.  As is generally known, Lenin demanded that Zinoviev and Kamenev be expelled from the party.  The only central committee member who opposed Lenin on this question was Stalin.

Medvedev, Roy. Let History Judge. New York: Columbia University Press, 1989, p. 46

 

            ...for when Lenin was to demand severe disciplinary measures against Kamenev and Zinoviev, it was Stalin who led the opposition to him.

Service, Robert. Stalin. Cambridge, Mass.: Belknap Press of Harvard Univ. Press, 2005, p. 95

 

THE CONSTITUENT ASSEMBLY IS DISBANDED AS COUNTER-REV

 

            In January 5, 1918, the Constituent Assembly held its opening session in the Tauride Palace.  The Bolshevik and Left Socialist-Revolutionaries deputies walked out of the chamber.  On the following morning, when the deputies arrived to resume the session, Red guards barred the entrance to the Palace....  The Constituent Assembly, so long-awaited and discussed, was an effect dissolved, and the people, in a mood of apathy, appeared unconcerned.

            On the same date the Central Executive Committee, appointed by the Congress of Soviets, which had a Bolshevik majority, approved the suppression of the Constituent Assembly.  The justification was that it was an organ of counter-revolution....

Grey, Ian. Stalin, Man of History. London: Weidenfeld and Nicolson, 1979, p. 102

 

            Its [the Assembly] dispersal presented no difficulty.  The Assembly was incapable of rallying any section of the people in its defense.

Deutscher, Isaac. Stalin; A Political Biography. New York: Oxford Univ. Press, 1967, p. 186

 

            At the start, the Bolsheviks co-operated with the extreme left wing of the SR's and accorded them a place in the government.

            One of the first things to be dealt with was the Constituent Assembly, which had at last been elected by universal franchise for man and woman to settle the new constitution of Russia.  Only about 1/5 of its members were Bolshevik; the predominance and the presidency went to the SR's, and it at once called in question the Bolshevik land policy.  It was dispersed by force after a continuous sitting of a day and half (January 18th, 1918).

Pares, Bernard. Russia. Washington, New York: Infantry Journal, Penguin books, 1944, p. 108

 

 

STALIN WAS NOT GRASPING FOR POWER BUT WAS GIVEN IT BY LENIN

 

            Although it a usually assumed that Stalin was covertly grasping at positions of power and influence, the fact is that he was promoted mainly on the initiative of Lenin.  Once appointed to his various offices he was prompt to exercise the authority necessary to carry out the work.

Grey, Ian. Stalin, Man of History. London: Weidenfeld and Nicolson, 1979, p. 162

 

            It was at Lenin's suggestion that Stalin was named commissar of nationalities and commissar of state control, and later commissar of the Workers' and Peasants Inspection (or Rabkrin, to use the Soviet acronym).

Medvedev, Roy. Let History Judge. New York: Columbia University Press, 1989, p. 63

 

            Stalin, in truth, did not look to be a formidable competitor for power.  He had no gift of speech as Trotsky had.  He was not an imposing figure.  He wore an old khaki tunic with a button missing.  He never went to the cleaners.  His black hair was uncouth; his thick mustache dropped.  He did not have his own automobile as Trotsky had.  He was still smart at raiding banks and confiscating money for the Party, but money did not find its way into his pocket.  He never showed off in any way.  His face was a mask; it looked stupid and narrow-minded but benevolent.

Graham, Stephen. Stalin. Port Washington, New York: Kennikat Press, 1970, p. 42

 

            After the conquest of power, Stalin began to feel more sure of himself, remaining, however, a figure of the second rank.  I soon noticed that Lenin was "advancing" Stalin, valuing in him his firmness, grit, stubbornness, and to a certain extent his slyness, as attributes necessary in the struggle.

Trotsky, Leon, Stalin. New York: Harper and Brothers Publishers, 1941, p. 243

 

LENIN’S ILLNESS WAS AFFECTING HIS MENTAL BALANCE

 

            This and other incidents suggested that Lenin's illness was affecting him mentally.  He had become increasingly capricious and flew into rages over minor matters.

Grey, Ian. Stalin, Man of History.  London: Weidenfeld and Nicolson, 1979, p. 168

 

STALIN IS DEEPLY HURT BY LENIN’S CRITICISM AT THE END

 

            Stalin must have felt surprised and hurt by Lenin's behavior during the last months.  As yet he knew nothing of the Testament which was still held secret, but he had been made aware of Lenin's personal hostility.  He had served Lenin and the Bolshevik cause loyally for 20 years; he had worked closely with him as a member of the Central Committee for 10 years.  On occasions he had expressed disagreement, and during the Civil War when they had been under unbearable pressures, he had shown bad temper, as had Trotsky and others.  Lenin had uttered no recriminations.  Their relationship had always been based on trust and devotion to the cause and he had never conspired to displace him or to undermine his authority.  The reward for this loyalty was a vicious campaign to destroy his position in the party.  Stalin can only have seen it as a terrible betrayal.  Certainly he did not respond then or later with hostility or resentment.  In fact his attitude towards Lenin was accurately expressed in his lecture to the Kremlin Military Academy on Jan. 28, 1924.  Although carefully contrived to show him as the natural successor, this speech had laid stress on the qualities of the great leader, "the mountain eagle."  The Lenin who had turned on him had been an ill and dying man.  Nevertheless, Stalin had a tenacious memory, and this betrayal by his old leader probably contributed to the cancerous growth of suspicion and distrust of others, which was to contort his outlook in the years to come.

Grey, Ian. Stalin, Man of History. London: Weidenfeld and Nicolson, 1979, p. 191

 

STALIN WAS QUIET, RESERVED, CALM THOUGHTFUL, PATIENT, RETICENT AND MODEST

 

            Stalin did not appear to be a contender.  Unobtrusive, quiet, modest, he was plainly the party worker who attended to the essential tasks of administration and organization.  But he was always accessible to members and officials, listening patiently to their problems and complaints.  Boris Bazhanov, a former official on the staff of the Central Committee who claimed to have been Stalin's personal secretary, described him standing in a corner, puffing his pipe, listening for an hour or more while an agitated provincial secretary or ordinary party member poured out his troubles.  His patience was unlimited and, although he rarely committed himself, he earned the gratitude of many members in this way.  He was always reticent, a man of few words who kept his own counsel.

Grey, Ian. Stalin, Man of History. London: Weidenfeld and Nicolson, 1979, p. 193

 

            As for myself, I am merely a pupil of Lenin, and my aim is to be a worthy pupil of his.

Stalin, Joseph. Stalin's Kampf. New York: Howell, Soskin & Company, c1940, p. 7

 

            When executions were taking place, and all the others were much shaken, he 'slept soundly, or quietly studied Esperanto....

Conquest, Robert. Stalin: Breaker of Nations. New York, New York: Viking, 1991, p. 45

 

            ...at the meeting of October 17, 1917,...amid the   frayed tempers Stalin once again emerged as conciliator and voice of moderation.

Ulam, Adam. Stalin; The Man and his Era. New York: Viking Press, 1973, p. 154

 

            In his domestic life, Stalin is exceptionally modest and virtuous.  He is 51, his wife is 28.  He loves her deeply.  Stalin has a son of 22 by his first wife.  He has two children, a boy of 10 and a girl of five, by his present one, Nadya Alliluieva.  His children go to the Kremlin school where most of the commissars’ boys and girls get their education.  The oldest son, Yasha, was sent by his father to an Institute of technology to study railroading.

Levine, Isaac Don.  Stalin.  New York: Cosmopolitan Book Corporation, c1931, p. 323

 

            Baibakov also recalled that Stalin never held discussions until he had studied the available material.  He was well informed about many matters.  He seldom raised his voice and scarcely ever bawled at anyone or even expressed irritation.

Service, Robert. Stalin. Cambridge, Mass.: Belknap Press of Harvard Univ. Press, 2005, p. 453

 

STALIN WAS OFTEN MORE LENIENT THAN LENIN, ZINOVIEV, SECRET POLICE HEADS & OTHERS

 

            In the Civil War he had borne heavy responsibilities and had faced dangers in the way that had brought him credit throughout the party.  He had dispensed summary justice when necessary and had shown that he could be ruthless, but he had not shown the brutality for which Voroshilov, Budenny, and others were notorious.  In his speeches he was moderate and reasonable.  He handled criticisms with apparent good humor, and even when attacking the Opposition he was less savage than Lenin or Zinoviev.  In Politburo meetings he sought to be agreeable.

Grey, Ian. Stalin, Man of History. London: Weidenfeld and Nicolson, 1979, p. 194

 

            New evidence casts doubts on rumors and myths that have become prevalent.  Thus the new documents provide no evidence for the existence of a bloc of Stalinist moderates who tried to restrain Stalin's alleged careful plan for terror. 

            [Footnote]: This hypothetical bloc, variously said to consist of Ordjonikidze, Postyshev, and others was used to explain the zigs and zags of Stalin's policy: supposedly he faced resistance from this group and frequently had to back down.  But documents suggest that, for example, no one defended Bukharin and Rykov at the February 1937 plenum.

Nove, Alec, Ed. The Stalin Phenomenon. New York: St. Martin's Press, 1993, p. 141

 

            But the sequence of events presented in the written evidence is also consistent with a second scenario... in which Yezhov pursued initiatives, prepared dossiers, and pushed certain investigations in order to promote his own agenda.  Although that agenda was often the same as Stalin's, it may not have been identical.  We know, for example, that although Stalin agreed to review a manuscript Yezhov was writing on how Opposition inevitably becomes terrorism, he never allowed publication....  Events seemed to show that in the cases of Pyatakov and Bukharin, Yezhov and others were possibly ahead of Stalin in pushing the need for severity.

            [Footnote: Starkov writes in this volume that at the time of his fall, "Yezhov's primary crime, however, consisted in the fact that he had not informed Stalin of his actions."  Stalin's relationship to Yezhov's predecessor Yagoda was equally complex.  In March 1936, Yagoda proposed to Stalin that all Trotskyist everywhere--even those convicted already--should be re-sentenced to five additional years out of hand and that any of them involved in "terror" should quickly be shot.  Stalin referred Yagoda's plan to Vyshinsky for a legal opinion, which came back positive in six days.  Although Yagoda was ready to move immediately, it was nearly two months before Stalin issued an order to this effect.]

Getty and Manning. Stalinist Terror. Cambridge, NY: Cambridge University Press, 1993, p. 59

 

            To be fair, on November 28, 1917 at a meeting of the Council of People's Commissars (Sovnarkom), he [Stalin] did stand alone against the rest, including Lenin, when he voted against handing over leading liberals to revolutionary tribunals as enemies of the people.

Volkogonov, Dmitri. Stalin: Triumph and Tragedy. New York: Grove Weidenfeld, 1991, p. 30

 

            ...Some years later, in the 1930s and in the company of his cronies, hearing of Trotsky's most recent speech abroad, he [Stalin] snapped: 'We made two mistakes on that occasion.  We should have left him for a time in Alma-Ata, but on no account should we have let him out of the country.  And the other one was, how could we have let him take so many documents with him?'

Volkogonov, Dmitri. Stalin: Triumph and Tragedy. New York: Grove Weidenfeld, 1991, p. 143

 

            I had a surprise telephone call from Yagoda.  He demanded the immediate closure of the Narkomindel's hairdressing saloon and gave us 24 hours in which to do it.  He said that he had proof that most important state secrets were being discussed there.  He hinted that the staff of the saloon, especially women, were under suspicion and warned that unless we closed the shop within 24 hours they would all be arrested and transported to Siberia, or given "minus six."

            I summoned the assistant manager of the hairdressing saloon....  The entire staff were indignant about the closure....

            Yagoda came on the phone again.  He informed me that the decision to close the hairdressing saloon had been rescinded.  I had a short talk with him.  He was obviously embarrassed... one would think that the closure was an important affair of state....

            Mossina came to see me.  It transpired that Koba had personally ordered Yagoda to leave our hairdressers alone.

Litvinov, Maksim Maksimovich. Notes for a Journal. New York: Morrow, 1955, p. 46-47

 

            A telephone call from Koba.  He asked me whether I had received Mekhlis's letter.  He said: "You will greatly oblige me personally if you get him a visa.  You understand that otherwise he will come to a bad end ....  I do not want our revolution to devour its own children...."

Litvinov, Maksim Maksimovich. Notes for a Journal. New York: Morrow, 1955, p. 83

 

            Kamenev was the only one who saw Stalin.  He stayed with him for more than an hour.... Stalin later told Mekhlis that Kamenev the only one deserving mercy....

Litvinov, Maksim Maksimovich. Notes for a Journal. New York: Morrow, 1955, p. 239

 

            At a meeting of the Sovnarkom on 28 November 1917, for instance, he [Lenin] proposed a decree on "the arrest of the most prominent members of the central committee of the party of the enemies of the people [i.e. the Constitutional Democrats], and their trial by Revolutionary tribunal."  The only member of the government to oppose this measure was Stalin,...

Volkogonov, Dmitrii. Lenin: A New Biography. New York: Free Press, 1994, p. 166

 

            [Footnote]: In a letter to Lyova (19 November 1937) Trotsky relates that, when the issue came before the Politburo, he was for attacking Kronstadt while Stalin was against it, saying that the rebels, if left to themselves, would surrender within two or three weeks.  Curiously, in his public polemics against Stalin (and in his biography of Stalin) Trotsky never mentioned this fact, although he usually made the most of any instance of Stalin's political "softness" or deviation from Lenin's line.  Is it that Trotsky somehow felt that in this case "softness" might redound to Stalin's credit?

Deutscher, Isaac. The Prophet Outcast. London, New York: Oxford Univ. Press, 1963, p. 437

 

            The Central Committee met to discuss Zinoviev's and Kamenev's misdemeanor, and Trotsky demanded their expulsion from the Central Committee.  Koba's proposal was quite different: these two comrades should be required to submit to the will of the Central Committee, but should be kept in it.  Trotsky's proposal prevailed, whereupon Koba announced his own resignation from Worker's Path.

Radzinsky, Edvard.  Stalin. New York: Doubleday, c1996, p. 114

 

            The MGB thought  Karpai's further value to the investigation was nil and recommended she be shot.   Stalin thought otherwise.

Naumov and Brent. Stalin's Last Crime. New York: HarperCollins, c2003, p. 161

 

KRUPSKAYA BRINGS FORTH THE TESTAMENT AT THE LAST MINUTE TO DAMAGE STALIN

 

            Stalin's majority support in the Central Committee and the Central Control Commission and his control of the party apparatus made his position seem unchallengeable.  But five days before the 13th Party Congress was to open, something happened which suddenly threatened his career.  Krupskaya sent to Kamenev notes which Lenin had dictated between December 23rd, 1922, and January 23rd, 1923, with a covering letter explaining that she had suppressed the two notes, known as the "Testament," because Lenin had expressed the "definite wish" that these notes should be submitted to the next Party Congress after his death....  Her reasons for holding them secret for so long were not stated, but in bringing them forward at this time she was clearly seeking to damage Stalin politically.

Grey, Ian. Stalin, Man of History. London: Weidenfeld and Nicolson, 1979, p. 195

 

ZINOVIEV & KAMENEV WANT TESTAMENT IGNORED SO STALIN  IS IN POWER AGAINST TROTSKY

 

            Zinoviev and Kamenev were both concerned to keep Stalin in office.  He was their indispensable ally against Trotsky and the oppositionists.  Zinoviev declared that, while they had all sworn to carry out Lenin's wishes to the letter, they knew that his fears about their General Secretary had been baseless.

            Trotsky recalled that during the discussion Stalin referred to the Lenin who had dictated these notes as "a sick man surrounded by womenfolk," a barbed reference to Krupskaya, but he did not take an active part.  Trotsky himself did not contribute to the discussion.  Finally by 30 votes to 10 it was decided that the notes should not be published, but that their content should be conveyed to selected delegates to whom it should be explained that Lenin had been seriously ill at the time and misinformed by those around him.

Grey, Ian. Stalin, Man of History. London: Weidenfeld and Nicolson, 1979, p. 196

 

            Kamenev opened the seance and read Lenin's letter.  There was silence.  Stalin's face was somber and strained.  Following a scenario prepared in advance, Zinoviev took the floor right away: "Comrades, you all know that Lenin's posthumous wishes, each word of Ilyich, is law for us.  We have sworn more than once to accomplish what Lenin passed on to us.  And you know perfectly well that we will do so.  But we are happy to note that on one point it seems that Lenin's fears were not justified.  You have all witnessed our joint work during these past months and, just like me, you have been able to see with satisfaction that that which Ilyich feared has not happened.  I speak of our general secretary and the dangers of scission within the Central Committee."  (I've given the sense of his presentation.)

            ...Everyone kept quiet.  Zinoviev proposed that Stalin be re-elected general secretary.  Trotsky kept silent also, but he showed his extreme disgust with the comedy by a vivid mimicry.

            Kamenev, for his part, urged members to keep Stalin in the general secretaryship.  Stalin continued to gaze out of the window, teeth clenched and features drawn.  His career was at stake.

            Because there was silence, Kamenev proposed to settle the matter by vote.  Who favored leaving Stalin in as general secretary?  Who was against?  And who abstained?  I looked down the rows, counting the votes and giving the totals to Kamenev.  The majority voted in favor of Stalin, while the small Trotsky group voted against.  There were some abstentions.  I was busy counting the votes and didn't notice who abstained, which I much regret.

            In addition to leaving Stalin as general secretary, the plenum decided not to read Lenin's Testament to the congress and not to distribute his text to the delegates.  Instead, the heads of delegations were to convey it to their own delegates.

Bazhanov, Boris. Bazhanov and the Damnation of Stalin. Athens, Ohio: Ohio University Press, c1990, p. 76

 

            The Central Committee and senior delegates met on 22 May 1924 to acquaint themselves with Lenin's will which had hitherto been in Krupskaya's keeping.  The reading of the will had the effect of a bolt from the blue.  Those present listened in utter perplexity to the passage in which Lenin castigated Stalin's rudeness and disloyalty and urged the party to remove him from the General Secretariat.  Stalin seemed crushed.  Once again his fortunes trembled in the balance.  Amid all the worshipping of Lenin's memory, amid the endless genuflexions and vows to "hold Lenin's words sacred," it seemed inconceivable that the party should disregard Lenin's advice.

            But once again Stalin was saved by the truthfulness of his future victims.  Zinoviev and Kamenev, who held his fate in their hands, rushed to his rescue.  They implored their comrades to leave him in his post.  They used all their zeal and histrionic talents to persuade them that whatever Lenin held Stalin guilty of, the offense was not grave and that Stalin had made ample amends.  Lenin's word was sacred, Zinoviev exclaimed, but Lenin himself, if he could have witnessed, as they all had, Stalin's sincere efforts to mend his ways, would not have urged the party to remove him....

            All eyes were now fixed on Trotsky: would he rise, expose the farce, and demand that Lenin's will be respected?  He did not utter a word.  He conveyed his contempt and disgust at the spectacle only through expressive grimaces and shoulder shrugging.  He could not bring himself to speak out on a matter in which his own standing was so obviously involved.  It was resolved to disregard Lenin's advice on Stalin.

Deutscher, Isaac. The Prophet Unarmed. London, New York: Oxford Univ. Press, 1959, p. 137

 

            The 13th Party Congress had arrived.  Lenin's "Letter to the Congress" was to be read there.  On the eve of the Congress Krupskaya solemnly presented the Central Committee with certain sealed packets.

            ...Yaroslavsky recalled that "when these few pages written by Lenin were read to the members of the Central Committee the reaction was one of incomprehension and alarm."  It was true.  The members of the Central Committee could not understand what Lenin wanted.  Why was he abusing all the leaders, without suggesting any replacement?  Why should Stalin be driven out of the Secretariat if all he could be reproached with was rudeness?  Besides, they all knew that it was Lenin, not Stalin himself, who had "concentrated power" in the Gensek's hands.  It was all rather embarrassing because it seemed that the only reason for these attacks was that Lenin's wife had been offended.  That Stalin was terrified of this letter, that he was saved by Kamenev, and so on, is mere legend.  Kamenev spoke for everyone when he said that "our dear Lenin's sickness prevented him at times from being fair.  And since Stalin has already confessed to the character faults noted by Lenin and will, of course, correct them, we should begin by accepting the possibility of leaving Stalin in the post of Secretary-General."  And so, out of concern for Lenin's reputation, it was resolved that these "sickbed documents" should not be reproduced.  They would be read to each delegation separately.

Radzinsky, Edvard.  Stalin. New York: Doubleday, c1996, p. 216

 

BUKHARIN WAS PUT ON THE POLITBURO TO FILL LENIN’S VACANCY

 

            Bukharin was elected to the Politburo to fill the vacancy left by Lenin.

Grey, Ian. Stalin, Man of History. London: Weidenfeld and Nicolson, 1979, p. 201

 

MEMBERS OF THE OPPOSITION ATTACK ONE ANOTHER AS MUCH AS THEY ATTACK STALIN

 

            The opposition groups remained small minorities within the party.  Their leaders were motivated mainly by resentment of Stalin's powering position,...  The opposition leaders were, moreover, filled with malice and hatred towards each other.  Zinoviev and Kamenev had vied in the virulence of their attacks on Trotsky.  Trotsky had never disguised his contempt for his opponents and had been brutally outspoken in attacking them.

Grey, Ian. Stalin, Man of History. London: Weidenfeld and Nicolson, 1979, p. 212

 

            The commonest characteristic of these [anti-Soviet] organizations was their disdain or even hatred of each other.

Alexandrov, Victor. The Tukhachevsky Affair. London: Macdonald, 1963, p. 85

 

 

MAJOR OPPOSITION LEADERS RECANT THEIR FACTIONALISM TO RETAIN SOME PARTY POWER

 

            At the same time Stalin set about discrediting the opposition, alleging with dubious evidence that it was not really left-wing, but a right-wing bourgeois deviation.  Then the opposition leaders played into his hands.  They organized demonstrations in factories, demanding full party discussion of their proposals.  This was a flagrant breach of discipline and an affront to party unity.  Appalled by their own temerity and recklessness, the six leaders--Trotsky, Zinoviev, Kamenev, Pyatakov, Sokolnikov, and Evdokimov --confessed their guilt in a public declaration and swore not to pursue factional activity in the future.  They also denounced their own left-wing supporters in the Comintern and the Workers' Opposition group.  Apparently their confession was voluntary and an attempt to salve their consciences.  They had sought, they admitted naively, only to retain some influence within the party.  Their pusillanimous conduct exposed them and their few supporters to reprisals.

Grey, Ian. Stalin, Man of History. London: Weidenfeld and Nicolson, 1979, p. 213

 

            At the same time that Rightists were being defeated, a number of left oppositionists were being readmitted to the party.  With Stalin's shift to the left, Radek, Pyatakov, Smirnov, and other Trotskyists recanted their "errors" of 1927 and announced their solidarity with the new policies of the Stalinist apparatus.  In fact, until 1935, it was only necessary for an oppositionist to recant to be readmitted to the party.  So, beginning in 1929, the former leftists returned from their exiles and rejoined the party.  Trotsky, from his lonely exile in Turkey, reacted bitterly to what he considered desertion by his followers.  Of the major figures of the United Opposition, only Trotsky and Rakovsky remained in opposition and continued to denounce the policies of the apparatus.

Getty, A. Origins of the Great Purges. Cambridge, N. Y.: Cambridge Univ. Press, 1985, p. 18

 

            In mid-1928 Zinoviev, Kamenev, and many of their supporters were readmitted to the party and given posts in the government and economic apparatus.

Medvedev, Roy. Let History Judge. New York: Columbia University Press, 1989, p. 176

 

            After renouncing their oppositional views, the majority of them directed whole branches of the national economy, large collectives and important structures in the economy and culture of the nation.  On the same days when fear, hatred and despair ate away at their souls, they participated in making important decisions about the structure of investments (like Pyatakov), about the publishing plans of an enormous complex (like Tomsky), or about the most crucial diplomatic actions (like Radek).

Rogovin, Vadim. 1937: Year of Terror. Oak Park, Michigan: Labor Publications, 1998, p. 80

 

            After another month of haggling, on 13 July, Radek, Preobrazhensky, Smilga, and 400 other deportees finely announced their surrender.  The advantages that Stalin derived from this were many.  No event since Zinoviev's and Kamenev's capitulation at the 15th Congress, in December 1927, had done so much to bolster Stalin's prestige.  As he was just engaged in a heavy attack on Bukharin's faction, the disintegration of the Trotskyist Opposition relieved him of the need to fight on two fronts simultaneously.  Trotsky had often said that in the face of an acute "danger from the right" Trotskyists and Stalinists would join hands.  Well, they were now doing so, but on Stalin's own terms--he was winning them over to his side without and even against Trotsky.  Many of the capitulators were men of high talent and experience with whom he would fill industrial and administrative posts from which the Bukharinists were being squeezed out.  He knew that the capitulators would throw themselves heart and soul into the industrial drive--many of them were to serve under Pyatakov, the arch-capitulator who was the moving spirit of the Commissariat of Heavy Industry.  Radek alone was, as a propagandist, worth more to Stalin than hosts of his own scribes.

Deutscher, Isaac. The Prophet Outcast. London, New York: Oxford Univ. Press, 1963, p. 74

 

            Many of the former members of the opposition were allowed to take up useful employment.  Bukharin, for example, was appointed chief editor of Izvestia, second only to Pravda as the voice of official policy, and was now able to write regular signed and unsigned articles.

Bullock, Alan. Hitler and Stalin: Parallel Lives. New York: Knopf, 1992, p. 303

 

            Immediately before and after the 17th Party Congress of 1934 some leaders of former oppositions were restored to party membership, including Kamenev, Zinoviev, Preobrazhensky, and Uglanov.  Bukharin was appointed to the quite important post of chief editor of the newspaper Izvestia.

Shabad, Steven, trans. The Stalin-Kaganovich Correspondence, 1931-1936. New Haven: Yale University Press, c2003, p. 237

 

            Expelled from the party with the other Trotskyites in 1927, Pyatakov had discovered that there could be no life for him without it and that, as he told a former colleague in 1928, in order to become one with it he would abandon his own personality and be ready to declare black white, and white black, if the party required it.  Breaking with Trotsky and returning to Russia, he had become deputy commissar for heavy industry.  According to Ordjonikidze, the commissar, no one contributed more to the creation of Russia's industrial base as the brains and driving force behind the Five-Year plans.  A major critic of Stalin in the 1920s, Pyatakov had since abandoned all opposition and accepted Stalin's leadership without reservations.

Bullock, Alan. Hitler and Stalin: Parallel Lives. New York: Knopf, 1992, p. 483

 

            In 1933 Bukharin began to participate more actively in Party and public life.  He took part in a joint session of the Central Committee and the Central Control Commission in January, where the successful completion of the first Five-Year Plan was announced.

Medvedev, Roy & Zhores Medvedev. The Unknown Stalin. NY, NY: Overlook Press, 2004, p. 279

 

BERIA DISLIKES SEROV IMMENSELY

 

            (Beria, who was Serov's direct chief, disliked him [Serov], and was heard to say that it was 'going to be difficult for Tokaev to work in with that barbarian' [Serov].)

Tokaev, Grigori. Comrade X. London: Harvill Press,1956, p. 335

 

STALIN WAS VERY PATIENT, LENIENT, AND TOLERANT OF THE OPPOSITION

 

            The [1927 British] war scare died away, but the ferment continued in the party.  Stalin's patience with the opposition leaders was exhausted.  He had always stood against their expulsion, at the 14th Congress in December 1925 he had explained why he had opposed the demand of Zinoviev and Kamenev for the expulsion of Trotsky.  Now his view was different.  The party would be at risk as long as the oppositionists were active within its ranks.  Lenin would never have tolerated them.  He had been determined in 1917 and later to smash the Mensheviks and the Socialist-Revolutionaries, and he had insisted in 1921 on the prohibition of factions within the Bolshevik party.  Stalin himself had always shared his view that the party must be completely united.  He had hoped that some genuine settlement might be reached.  This hope was no longer tenable.  The party and regime were facing immense problems and fighting to survive.  The opposition exercised a debilitating influence, which was not permissible at this crucial time.

            At the Plenum of the Central Committee at the end of July 1927 he moved a resolution for the expulsion of Trotsky and Zinoviev from the committee.  He could be sure of a majority in the committee, whereas in the Politburo the right-wing members--Bukharin, Rykov, Tomsky, and Kalinin --were said to oppose such drastic action.  The central committee approved the resolution, but then it was rescinded.  Ordjonikidze, who was now chairman of the Central Control Commission, had mediated with the opposition, who once again had made a declaration of unconditional surrender.  Stalin then agreed to the withdrawal of the resolution.  It was clear, however, that time was running out for the opposition leaders.

            In September 1927, as preparations were getting underway for the Fifteenth Party Congress, the opposition drew up the third statement of their aims and policies.  Their chief purpose was to change the party leadership, eliminating the right-wing and Stalin in particular although the statement did not specify names....

Grey, Ian. Stalin, Man of History. London: Weidenfeld and Nicolson, 1979, p. 218

 

            It is further significant that many people who had been close to Lenin were not arrested, though they were out of Stalin's favor and had been close friends with those already condemned as enemies.  These individuals were merely demoted.  Stalin did not arrest Podvoisky, Kon, Petrovsky, Stasova, Tskhakaya, Makharadze, or many other once prominent leaders whose names were mentioned in slanderous denunciations and confessions.

Medvedev, Roy. Let History Judge. New York: Columbia University Press, 1989, p. 545

 

            ... In the fabricated depositions of arrested artists, writers, and film workers there were allegations against hundreds who were not arrested.  For example, Boris Pasternak and Yuri Olesha were named as accomplices of Babel and Meyerhold in the so-called diversionary organization of literary people.  But Stalin did not order the arrest of Pasternak and 0lesha.  Another remarkable writer who was spared arrest was Mikhail Bulgakov, although many denunciations of his "anti-Soviet attitudes" reached the NKVD.  Stalin angrily walked out of a performance of Shostakovich's Lady Mcbeth of the Mtsensk District, and the talented young composer found himself out of favor for a long time.  His friendship with Meyerhold and connections with Tukhachevsky were also well known.  Every night Shostakovich waited to be arrested; he had a "prison suitcase" packed and ready and could hardly ever sleep.  But Stalin did not authorize his arrest, or that of Zoshchenko or Akhmatova.  Just as inexplicably Boris Pasternak and Andrei Platonov were allowed to remain free.  Nor did Stalin permit the arrest of many leading film directors, although the NKVD prepared more than one case against them.

Medvedev, Roy. Let History Judge. New York: Columbia University Press, 1989, p. 546

 

            I have already mentioned the arrest of Kalinin's wife in 1937 and of Molotov's after the war.  Similarly arrested were two of Mikoyan's sons, Ordjonikidze's brother, the wife of Poskrebyshev, Khrushchev's daughter-in-law, and others....

            Kalinin's wife, for example, was released in a few weeks.... The case of Poskrebyshev, Stalin's personal secretary, is instructive.  His wife was the sister of Sedov's wife, and Sedov was Trotsky's son .  But that did not prevent Poskrebyshev from being one of the people closest to Stalin.  Stalin did finally order the arrest of Poskrebyshev's wife but kept him as his secretary.

Medvedev, Roy. Let History Judge. New York: Columbia University Press, 1989, p. 547

 

            It was very hard to guess how Stalin would decide the fate of certain people who had been close to him.  Consider, for example, Stalin's strange behavior toward his old Comrade Kavtaradze, who had done Stalin many favors during the underground years.  Kavtaradze had risked his own safety on one occasion to help Stalin hide from detectives in St. Petersburg.  In the '20s Kavtaradze joined the Trotskyist Opposition and left it only when the Opposition leadership called on its supporters to stop oppositional activity.  After Kirov's murder Kavtaradze, exiled to Kazan as an ex-Trotskyist, wrote a letter to Stalin saying that he was not working against the party.  Stalin immediately brought Kavtaradze back from exile.  Soon many central newspapers carried an article by Kavtaradze recounting an incident of his underground work with Stalin.  Stalin liked the article, but Kavtaradze did not write any more on this subject.  He did not even rejoin the party and lived by doing very modest editorial work.  At the end of 1936 he and his wife were suddenly arrested and after torture were sentenced to be shot.  He was accused of planning with Mdivani, to murder Stalin.  Soon after sentencing, Mdivani we shot.  Kavtaradze, however, was kept in the death cell for a long time.  Then he was suddenly taken to Beria'a office, where he met his wife, who had aged beyond recognition.  Both were released.  First he lived in a hotel; then he got two rooms in a communal apartment and started doing editorial work again.  Stalin began to show him various signs of favor, inviting him to dinner and once even paying him a surprise visit along with Beria.  (This visit caused great excitement in the communal apartment.  One of Kavtaradze's neighbor's fainted when, in her words, "the portrait of Comrade Stalin" appeared on the threshold.) When he had Kavtaradze to dinner, Stalin himself would pour the soup, tell jokes, and reminisce. But during one of these dinners Stalin suddenly went up to his guest and said, "And still you wanted to kill me."

Medvedev, Roy. Let History Judge. New York: Columbia University Press, 1989, p. 548

 

            Critics of the trials repeatedly make the mistake of not applying the historical method to their consideration of them.  Thus, to call Radek, Pyatakov, Smirnov, Kamenev, and Zinoviev Old Bolsheviks is as essentially true as to call Mr. J. H. Thomas, Mussolini, and Sir Oswald Mosley Old Socialists.  Marx himself would have been the first to recognize that the truth of such descriptions is relative to time.

            Little is known generally in this country of the "Opposition" which functioned in the USSR from the days of Stalin's triumph with his General Line to the period of the Moscow Trials, but an understanding of it is essential to an understanding of the trials.  The defeat and exile of Trotsky did not mean the immediate defeat of his policy.  Millions of his former supporters, it is true, accepted the Communist Party decisions and transferred their support to Stalin's policy of obtaining Socialism in one country.  On the other hand, a strong body of theorists maintained their ideological opposition to Stalin.  Kamenev, Zinoviev, and Radek transferred their allegiance to Stalin, but the former two were numbered among the recalcitrants.  They were on several occasions expelled from the Communist Party and several times, after making public penance, were reinstated to high posts.  There was, in fact, a strong movement among the Stalinists, led by Kirov in the Politburo and Gorky outside it, for reconciliation with the Opposition.  There were Opposition groups in Leningrad and Moscow which were tolerated.  Professorial posts were held by theorists who admittedly were opposed to the Stalin Line.  But faith to Lenin's injunction to his comrades against mutual extermination, drastic measures were not used against such "Counter-Revolutionaries."  In the case of Ryutin, for example, who circulated a memorandum imputing slanderous motives to the Stalin General Line, the penalty was administrative exile.

Edelman, Maurice. G.P.U. Justice. London: G. Allen & Unwin, ltd.,1938, p. 212

 

            Stalin's private secretary Kanner has described this period:

"The leaders of the Opposition made a promise to submit to the decisions of the 15th Party Congress, and to observe the discipline of the statutes of the Party.

            'I don't believe them,' said Stalin, 'but we must make the experiment of readmitting them to the Party.  I feel that I am under a personal obligation to do so, and that I am loyal and impartial, even towards my personal enemies.'

Fishman and Hutton. The Private Life of Josif Stalin. London: W. H. Allen, 1962, p. 64

 

            The Tenth Anniversary of the Bolshevist government was approaching.  Stalin displayed extraordinary restraint and prudence.

Levine, Isaac Don.  Stalin.  New York: Cosmopolitan Book Corporation, c1931, p. 283

 

            Comrade Lenin saw all things in a different light.  You know that in 1921 Lenin proposed that Shlyapnikov be expelled from the Central Committee and from the Party not for organizing an anti-Party printing press, and not for allying himself with bourgeois intellectuals, but merely because, at a meeting of a Party unit, Shlyapnikov dared to criticize the decisions of the Supreme Council of National Economy.  If you compare this attitude of Lenin's with what the party is now doing to the opposition, you will realize what license we have allowed the disorganizers and splitters....

            You surely must know that in 1917 just before the October uprising, Lenin several times proposed that Kamenev and Zinoviev be expelled from the Party merely because they had criticized unpublished Party decisions in the semi-socialist, in the semi-bourgeois newspaper Novaya Zhizn.  But how many secret decisions of the Central Committee and the Central Control Commission are now being published by our opposition in the columns of Maslow's newspaper in Berlin, which is a bourgeois, anti-Soviet, counter-revolutionary newspaper!  Yet we tolerate all this, tolerate it without end, and thereby give the splitters in the opposition the opportunity to wreck our Party.  Such is the disgrace to which the opposition has brought us!  But we cannot tolerate it forever, comrades. 

Stalin, Joseph. Works. Moscow: Foreign Languages Pub. House, 1952, Vol. 10, p. 195-196

 

            It is said that such things are unprecedented in the history of our Party.  That is not true.  What about the Myasnikov group?  What about the "Workers' Truth" group?  Who does not know that the members of those groups were arrested with the full consent of Zinoviev, Trotsky, and Kamenev?  Why was it permissible three or four years ago to arrest disorganizers who had been expelled from the Party, but is impermissible now, when some of the former members of the Trotskyist opposition go to the length of directly linking up with counter-revolutionaries?

            You heard Comrade Menzhinsky’s statement.  In that statement it is said that a certain Stepanov (an army-man), a member of the Party, a supporter of the opposition, is in direct contact with counter-revolutionaries, with Novikov, Kostrov, and others, which Stepanov himself does not deny in his depositions.  What do you want us to do with this fellow, who is in the opposition to this day?  Kiss him, or arrest him?  Is it surprising that the OGPU arrests such fellows?

            Lenin said that the Party can be completely wrecked if indulgence is shown to disorganizers and splitters.  That is quite true.  That is precisely why I think that it is high time to stop showing indulgence to the leaders of the opposition and to come to the conclusion that Trotsky and Zinoviev must be expelled from the Central Committee of our Party.  That is the elementary conclusion in the elementary, minimum measure that must be taken in order to protect the Party from the disorganizers' splitting activities.

            At the last plenum of the Central Committee and Central Control Commission, held in August this year, some members of the plenum rebuked me for being too mild with Trotsky and Zinoviev, for advising the plenum against the immediate expulsion of Trotsky and Zinoviev from the Central Committee.  Perhaps I was too kind then and made a mistake in proposing that the milder line be adopted toward Trotsky and Zinoviev.  But now comrades, after what we have gone through during these three months, after the opposition has broken the promise to dissolve its faction that it made in its special "declaration" of August 8, thereby deceiving the Party once again, after all this, there can be no more room at all for mildness.  We must now step into the front rank with those comrades who are demanding that Trotsky and Zinoviev be expelled from the Central Committee.

            In expelling Trotsky and Zinoviev from the Central Committee we must submit for the consideration of the 15th Congress all the documents which have accumulated concerning the opposition's splitting activities, and on the basis of those documents the congress will be able to adopt an appropriate decision.

Stalin, Joseph. Works. Moscow: Foreign Languages Pub. House, 1952, Vol. 10, p. 196-197

 

            [In a speech delivered regarding the party and the opposition at the 16th Moscow Gubernia Party Conference on November 23, 1927 Stalin stated] The entire history of our disagreements during the past two years is a history of the efforts of the Central Committee of our Party to restrain the opposition from taking steps toward a split and to keep the opposition people within the Party.

Stalin, Joseph. Works. Moscow: Foreign Languages Pub. House, 1952, Vol. 10, p. 267

 

            [In a November 19, 1928 speech at the plenum of the Central Committee of the CPSU Stalin stated] Already in 1924 our Party and the Fifth Congress of the Comintern passed a resolution on Trotskyism defining it as a petty-bourgeois deviation.  Nevertheless, Trotsky continued to be a member of our Central Committee and Political Bureau.  Is that a fact, or not?  It is a fact.  Consequently, we "tolerated" Trotsky and the Trotskyists on the Central Committee.  Why did we allow them to remain in leading Party bodies?  Because at that time the Trotskyists, despite their disagreements with the Party, obeyed the decisions of the Central Committee and remained loyal.  When did we begin to apply organizational penalties at all extensively?  Only after the Trotskyists had organized themselves into a faction, set up their factional centre, turned their faction into a new party and began to summon people to anti-Soviet demonstrations.

Stalin, Joseph. Works. Moscow: Foreign Languages Pub. House, 1952, Vol. 11, p. 298

 

            Trotsky was sent away.  Bukharin could also have been.

            Those were difficult and complicated times.  This only shows Stalin's patience, that he carried along with Trotsky, Zinoviev and Kamenev up til 1927.  Kamenev in those days had organised a parallel rally: 'Down with the Government, Down with Stalin!'  Then he was dropped from the Politbureau, he was a member of the P.B. until 1927.  How forbearing Stalin was!  There were times when Kirov and Kamenev wanted to drop Trotsky from the Politbureau and Stalin was defending him.

THUS SPAKE KAGANOVICH by Feliks Chuyev, 1992

 

IN MID-20’S THE OPPOSITION SWEARS AN OATH OF ALLEGIANCE

 

            The opposition was taken aback by the initial success of the official policy.  Zinoviev, Kamenev, Pyatakov, Sokolnikov, Trotsky, and Evdokimov went so far as to sign a declaration on Oct. 16, 1926, which was in effect a confession of defeat and of support for the official policy.

Grey, Ian. Stalin, Man of History. London: Weidenfeld and Nicolson, 1979, p. 223

 

STALIN’S GENERALS IN 1941 LED HIM TO BELIEVE WAR IS NOT IMMINENT

 

            Among members of the Politburo and the Soviet High Command the firm opinion was that war would be averted in 1941.  Zhdanov held that Germany was taken up with war against Britain and incapable of fighting on two fronts.  On March 20, 1941, Gen. Golikov, head of military intelligence, submitted to Stalin a report on German troops concentration in the borderlands, but expressed the opinion that the information must have originated from the British and German intelligence services.  Early in May Adm. Kuznetsov, commanding the Soviet Navy, sent a similar report to Stalin, giving information received from the Soviet naval attache in Berlin on the imminence of war.  Like Golikov, he nullified the value of the report by adding that in his opinion the information was false and planted by some foreign agency.

Grey, Ian. Stalin, Man of History. London: Weidenfeld and Nicolson, 1979, p. 319

 

            Stalin's generals do not excuse his miscalculations at the start of the war.  But in memoirs, and in other recollections, the generals assert that the blame was not only Stalin's but must be shared with the top military leadership.  Marshal Zhukov, in his memoirs admits a share of responsibility for the miscalculations on invasion-Day.

Axell, Albert. Stalin's War: Through the Eyes of His Commanders. London, Arms and Armour Press. 1997, p. 73

 

STALIN TRIES TO FORESTALL AN ATTACK UP TO THE LAST MINUTE BUT STILL PREPARES

 

            Timoshenko produced a draft directive, alerting all commands.  But Stalin had not given up hope that might be a false alarm.  He had the directive redrafted and finally approved its dispatch.  It ordered all units on the fronts of the Leningrad, Baltic, Western, Kiev, and Odessa military districts to come to immediate readiness for a possible sudden German attack.  Transmission of the directive was completed by 0030 hours on June 22, 1941.  At 0400 hours the invasion began.

Grey, Ian. Stalin, Man of History. London: Weidenfeld and Nicolson, 1979, p. 321

 

            In mid-March 1941 Timoshenko and I asked Stalin's permission to call up the inductible reserve personnel so as to update their military training in infantry divisions without delay.  At first our request was declined.  We were told that calling up reservists on such a scale might give the Germans an excuse to provoke a war.  At the end of March, however, we were allowed to call up 500,000 men and non-coms and send them to border military districts to augment infantry divisions there, bringing the strength of each up to at least 8000.

            To dispose of this subject, I shall tell you that another 300,000 reservists were called up a few days later so as to man the fortified areas fully with specialists, as well as to augment other arms and services, general headquarters reserve artillery, engineer, signal, air defense, and Air Force logistical service troops.  Thus on the eve of the war the Red Army received an additional 800,000 men.

Zhukov, Georgii. Memoirs of Marshal Zhukov. London: Cape, 1971, p. 196

 

            It is true that in March 1941 Stalin, grudgingly, agreed to Zhukov's request to call half a  million reservists to the colors, with a further 300,000 several days later.  True, too, that the frantic rearmament called for in 1940 brought new labor laws in June 1940 that lengthened the working week to seven days on, one day off.

Overy, R. J. Russia's War: Blood Upon the Snow. New York: TV Books, c1997, p. 94

 

            In these circumstances it is not surprising that Stalin avoided as much as possible any appearance that he was preparing for immediate war.  Had not Nicholas II brought about the German attack in 1914 by mobilizing his army?  Considering that it was well known that Soviet military doctrine stressed the offensive, would not an increase in Soviet battle-readiness have invited a German preemptive blow?  This was the sense of Stalin's response to the proposal of the narkom of defense, Marshal Timoshenko, and General Zhukov on 14 June that the Red Army should undertake full mobilization.  'That's war,' replied Stalin, 'Do you understand that or not?'  Even on the evening of 21 June, by which time reports of an imminent attack had intensified, Stalin rejected the recommendation of these military men.  Full wartime mobilization would be 'premature'.  The question still can be settled by peaceful means', said Stalin, and he approved a compromise order that ambiguously acknowledged the possibility of German attack on 22-23 June and urged troops not to yield to 'provocation'.

            ...In a a few hours the German onslaught destroyed a large part of the Soviet Air Force, had penetrated the positions of forward Soviet formations and, perhaps, most important, had smashed Soviet communications, which depended heavily on vulnerable wire lines to Moscow.  The first reports to reach the capital were treated as provocation, but within only about an hour Stalin had accepted Zhukov's affirmation of their validity and at 4:30 a.m. convened the Politburo.  Stalin was 'pale', Zhukov recalls, and his first thought was that they must contact the German ambassador.  Evidently he still hoped to find a diplomatic alternative.  Within an hour or two Molotov had received what amounted to a declaration of war in the name of the Fuhrer.  Stalin reacted to this news with a prolonged silence, which Zhukov broke to propose that they order the troops to fight.  Stalin then approved orders for the Red Army to destroy the invader on Soviet territory, but not to pursue him to the west.  As matters turned out, this was an irrelevant constraint, but it reflected Stalin's intent, even in the circumstances, of leaving open the door for a negotiated settlement.

McNeal, Robert, Stalin: Man and Ruler. New York: New York University Press, 1988, p. 238

 

            From memoirs and speeches we know that Stalin had no illusions about Hitler's Germany.  Here is what he told Marshal Timoshenko, shortly before the invasion: 'If a provocation needs to be staged, Hitler's generals would bomb even their own cities.  'More to the point, he knew that Hitler's appetite for the Ukraine had never abated.  While the Fuhrer had at times disavowed what he had said belligerently about France in Mein Kampf, he never retracted the part in which he promised the German people the Breadbasket of the Ukraine....

            Far from trusting Hitler, Stalin had secretly moved sizable forces up to the border before the invasion.  These comprised five Russian armies, according to a former chief of the General Staff Shtemenko.  In the critical days and weeks before the invasion, the following additional measures were taken to strengthen the armed forces in the border areas.  Taken together these steps show, in the words of Marshal Bagramyan, that a 'titanic effort was made to prepare the nation for war'.  The measures were:

 

            1.  In mid-May as many as 28 divisions started moving to border districts on General Staff directives.

 

            2.  On 27 May the General Staff ordered the western border districts 'urgently' to build up front command posts and on 10 June the Baltic, Western and Kiev Military Districts were ordered to move their front commands to the newly built posts.

 

            3.  In early June, 800,000 reservists were called up for field training and sent to reinforce the western military districts.

 

            4.  The Odessa Military District (on the Black Sea) had obtained permission to do this earlier.

 

            5.  On 12-15 June the military districts were ordered to bring their divisions closer to the border.

 

            6.  On 19 June the military districts were ordered to camouflage airfields, army units, transport, depots and other bases and to disperse the aircraft on the airfields.

 

            7.  By mid-1941, Russia's armed forces totaled more than 5 million, almost 3 times that of 1939.

 

            8.  In June instructions were issued to naval vessels to intensify patrols.  Naval bases were moved to safer ports.  On the eve of the invasion, the Baltic, Northern and Black Sea Fleets were placed on battle alert.

Axell, Albert. Stalin's War: Through the Eyes of His Commanders. London, Arms and Armour Press. 1997, p. 71-72

 

STALIN HONORED WITH A CEREMONIAL BRITISH SWORD AT TEHRAN

 

            Shortly after the session of November 29 began [at Tehran], there was a brief but impressive ceremony in the conference room of the Soviet Embassy, when the Stalingrad Sword of Honor was presented.  It was inscribed in English and in Russian "to the steel-hearted citizens of Stalingrad.  The gift of King George VI in token of the homage of the British people."  The ceremony was brief.  The British lieutenant commanding the guard of honor handed the magnificent sword to Churchill, who, turning to Stalin, stating that he had been commanded by the King to present to him the Sword of Honor for transmission to the city of Stalingrad.  Birse, who was standing close to Stalin, saw that he was deeply moved as he took the sword, kissed the hilt, and handed it to Voroshilov.  Unfortunately, Voroshilov fumbled and nearly dropped it, but managed to pass it to the Russian lieutenant of the ceremonial guard, Stalin spoke briefly, expressing his appreciation, and shook Churchill by the hand.

Grey, Ian. Stalin, Man of History. London: Weidenfeld and Nicolson, 1979, p. 382

 

CHURCHILL IS MAD ABOUT STALIN’S JOKE OF SHOOTING 50,000  GERMAN OFFICERS

 

            On a number of occasions Stalin made teasing remarks which Churchill took in good part.  But at dinner on the first evening of the conference, he was not sure at one point whether Stalin was serious or joking, and he overreacted.

            Talking of the punishment to be inflicted on the Germans after the war, Stalin said that the German general staff must be liquidated and that since German military might depended on some 50,000 officers, they should all be shot.  He may have been serious, but, in fact, field Marshal von Paulus and other officers, taken prisoner at Stalingrad and elsewhere, had been accorded respectful treatment.

            Churchill responded vehemently that "the British Parliament and people would not tolerate mass executions."  Stalin mischievously repeated that "50,000 must be shot!"  Churchill blazed with anger.  Eden made signs and gestures to assure him that it was all a joke, but he ignored them.  Roosevelt tried to bring good humor back to the occasion by suggesting that not 50,000 but 49,000 should be shot.  "I would rather," growled Churchill, "be taken into the garden here and now and be shot myself than sully my own and my country's honor by such infamy!"

            At this point Roosevelt's son, Elliott, an uninvited guest who had joined the company after dinner, ineptly made a speech stating that he agreed with Stalin's plan and that he was sure the U.S. Army would support it.  Churchill got up from the table and walked into the adjoining room.  A minute later he felt hands clapped on his shoulder and turned to find Stalin and Molotov grinning broadly.  They assured him that it had only been a joke....

Grey, Ian. Stalin, Man of History. London: Weidenfeld and Nicolson, 1979, p. 388

 

STALIN TRIES TO GET ALONG WITH THE WEST AFTER WWII

 

            At Dumbarton Oaks the Soviet government had demanded that the republics of the Soviet Union should be founding members [of the United Nations], each with a vote.  Britain and the United States had questioned this demand as excessive.  Now in Yalta, Molotov announced that the Soviet government would be content if three of the republics--namely, the Ukraine, Byelorussia, and Lithuania--or at any rate two became founding members.  On these and several other major issues Stalin showed his readiness to compromise.

Grey, Ian. Stalin, Man of History. London: Weidenfeld and Nicolson, 1979, p. 413

 

POLISH UNDERGROUND FOUGHT THE SU BUT ITS LEADERS WERE TREATED LENIENTLY

 

            In January 1945 the Armija Krajowa [Polish underground] was converted into an underground army on the orders of the Polish government in London.  General Okulicki headed this Polish underground which waged guerrilla war against Russians in Poland.  The London government and the church in Poland worked to intensify anti-Russian feeling.  In the early postwar months the Polish underground assassinated more than 100 Red Army officers and men.  Indeed Alexander Werth, who was one of a large group of Western press correspondents who visited Poland at this time, witnessed a special anti-Russian demonstration, staged for their benefit by the underground, in which two unfortunate Russian soldiers were shot outside their hotel.  In March, Okulicki and 15 other underground leaders were arrested and taken to Moscow.  An outcry was aroused in the West.

            On his arrival in Moscow Hopkins interceded with Stalin on behalf of the Polish underground leaders.  In June 1945 they were tried in Moscow for assassinating Red Army personnel and were given lenient sentences.

Grey, Ian. Stalin, Man of History. London: Weidenfeld and Nicolson, 1979, p. 428

 

MILLIONS MOURNED AT HIS FUNERAL AFTER STALIN’S DEATH

 

            Early in the morning of March 6, Moscow radio announced the death of Stalin.  A vast crowd began filling Red Square... and by late afternoon the line of mourners was reported to stretch for 10 miles.  In their thousands Russians from Moscow and distant regions filed past the bier in a slow, unending procession, taking leave of their father.

            In every part of the country from Vladivostock in the east to Leningrad in the west, from Archangel in the north to Astrakhan in the south, houses and windows were draped in red flags, hung with black crepe.  Even in the numerous labor camps... there were displays of grief.  A nation of over 200 million people was united in the solemn quiet of morning for their leader who had guided and driven them through harsh trials and a savage war and who, they knew instinctively, had sought to serve them and Russia.

Grey, Ian. Stalin, Man of History. London: Weidenfeld and Nicolson, 1979, p. 464

 

            When he [Stalin] died in March 1953 the grief of hundreds of millions, both in the Soviet Union and around the world, was quite sincere.

Medvedev, Roy. Let History Judge. New York: Columbia University Press, 1989, p. 617

 

            I wanted to do my job so that he [Stalin] would be pleased.  His smile of approval was a priceless gift.  I didn't identify the things that happened to my father with Stalin but rather with the bad people who had penetrated his inner circle.  Was it not Stalin who with his article "Dizzy with Success" had tried to put the brakes on the runaway forced collectivization?  He didn't hesitate to remove or execute the people who violated "socialist law."  Yagoda, Yezhov, and other butchers paid for their lives for their hideous crimes.  He was also ruthless to those who departed from or perverted Lenin's teaching.

            Millions and millions of Soviet people shared that thinking then.  I was one of them who just happened to have the good and rare fortune to be near the Great Leader.

            Stalin's death hit me hard.  For me he was not just the leader of our country, a faithful follower of Lenin and the alpha and omega of all we lived by before, during, and after the war.  For me he was someone I had known personally, someone I had sat next to, hanging on his every word in an effort to get across to his interlocutors the tone and tenor of his every thought.  When he died, I no longer felt heartbroken over the fact that he had spurned me.  What was my puny pain compared to the irreparable loss for our people and for humanity as a whole!

Berezhkov, Valentin. At Stalin's Side. Secaucus, New Jersey: Carol Pub. Group, c1994, p. 348

 

            For three days the body lay in state at the Hall of Columns in the House of Trade Unions, three blocks from the Kremlin.  On the first day hundreds died in the crush of thousands pushing forward, not knowing that admission to the hall was by ticket.

Deriabin, Peter. Inside Stalin's Kremlin. Washington [D.C.]: Brassey's, c1998, p. 137

 

            Anatoly remembered the day Stalin died, and how everyone around, even those with parents and friends in the camps, wept as if the world were lost.  "It was March 1953," he said.  "I was a Young Pioneer, and we always wore those orange scars.  They gave us black ones to wear, and when the teacher started crying, we cried, too.

Remnick, David. Lenin's Tomb. New York: Random House, c1993, p. 230

 

            The first blow fell powerfully, on March 5, 1953, with Stalin's death.  For the overwhelming majority of Russians, that was a day of emotional trauma.  It is hard for Americans, who see Stalin as an evil tyrant, to understand how differently Stalin was seen at that time by his own people.

            Stalin's death was personally even more devastating for Russians than the assassination of John F. Kennedy was for many Americans a decade later.  To this day, Russians can remember what they were doing when they heard Stalin had died, where they were standing, how they were feeling--as if it were yesterday.  For most of them, Stalin was not the paranoid dictator of the purges, but their infallible leader, the father of their country.  Stalin had industrialized country, had led them to victory in war.  Millions had gone into battle shouting, "For the Motherland, for Stalin!"  He was the linchpin of their universe, their compass, their czar, the ruler who held life together and gave it meaning.  His death shattered their national self-confidence, leaving them feeling bereaved and abandoned, vulnerable to external enemies, uncertain of a future without him.  On the day of his funeral, millions stampeded in the center of Moscow in a frenzy of anxiety and grief.

Smith, Hedrick. The New Russians (Pt. 1). New York: Random House, 1990. p. 51

 

            "When my father died there was a tremendous outpouring of feeling from the people as he lay in state.  It was all filmed by Gerasimov who had by then made a lot of documentaries and feature films.  I knew him very well, and he told me, "I filmed mostly the ordinary people, not the official personnel.  I am not making the official version!"  That was in 1953.  When I asked him, years later, what had happened to the film of the funeral, he said, "I showed it and it was banned.  It was banned because it showed the truth of what happened.  The later official story was that nobody cried."

            "All his marshals stood near my father's open coffin, and Marshal Rokossovsky was weeping.  He was Polish, and had been saved from prison by my father and had risen to high rank under him."  Rokossovsky had joined the Red Army in 1919 and had a brilliant career, being one of the most outstanding generals of the Second World War.  He was twice awarded the title of Hero of the Soviet Union for his part in the defense of Moscow and Stalingrad.  In 1949 he was officially transferred to the Polish army.  "I have never seen a man cry like this.  Tears were rolling down his uniform, over his tunic and decorations.  The others were weeping too, especially those who had been through the war with him.  They knew that the war would probably not have been won without Stalin.  When there was a need to hold everything in one pair of hands and pull everybody together to make the effort, he was there.  They depended on him for that, and they had been through it all  together.  It was a powerful experience."       

            "General Vishnevsky told me, "When I was fighting in the war, I was not afraid of anything.  I was under shellfire, I was wounded, and I didn't care.  But when I saw your father in his coffin, when we all came to say goodbye in the civil farewell, and when I saw all those marshals sobbing, my knees gave out.  I had to go looking for a chair and I sat down like a sack!  I couldn't stand up.  It was a very strong emotion."

Richardson, Rosamond.  Stalin’s Shadow. New York: St. Martin’s Press, 1994, p. 253

 

            "When the funeral was over," continues Svetlana, "there were so many wreaths in Red Square that they could not all be put on the mausoleum, but on the stone ramparts where the people came to watch."

            ...On New Year's Eve 1991 there were more flowers on Stalin's grave than on any other in sight.

Richardson, Rosamond.  Stalin’s Shadow. New York: St. Martin’s Press, 1994, p. 255

 

            When the news of his death reached Siberia the scenes of grief in the village on my kolkhoz surpassed anything I have ever witnessed, and I understand that this small hamlet faithfully reflected the mood that swept through the country.  The people's sorrow was sincere and crushing; they behaved as though their own beloved Father had died, the protector behind whose backs they had sheltered.  I saw old peasant men and women who could not have put on an act, and had no reason to do so, looking distraught.  They lamented, 'Who will defend Russia now?  The Germans will fall on us.  The foreigners will attack us.  Russia is lost.'  These simple people spoke of civil war, famine and chaos; they were in despair.  The behavior of the children was particularly extraordinary.  All the schools were closed, indeed all life had come to a halt, and out into the village street poured children from the age of six to sixteen, their eyes red from crying as though they had indeed been orphaned.  Around them was a crowd of men and women, sobbing hysterically; even Party members, even the members of the local Party Committee, were weeping.  At one moment the District Secretary of the Party called out, 'Enough tears', and for a short time the weeping stopped, but then it started up again.

Berger, Joseph. Nothing but the Truth.  New York, John Day Co. 1971, p. 236

 

            The funeral took place on the ninth.  Not only the whole of Moscow came to have a last look at Stalin but people walked tens of kilometers from outlying villages into the capital.  The result was a stampede; generals and other high-ranking officers linked arms, spoke to the people and ordered them to move back.  In spite of this hundreds were crushed to death.  Of course, we did not hear of this till long afterwards.

Berger, Joseph. Nothing but the Truth.  New York, John Day Co. 1971, p. 238

 

BERIA WAS A TRAITOR, CAPITALIST AGENT, CAREERIST, AND LIAR TO STALIN

 

MOLOTOV: It is totally obvious that he kept his plan secret, a plan aimed against building Communism in our country.  He had another course--a course for Capitalism.  This faint-hearted traitor, like other faint-hearted traitors whom the Party has dealt with satisfactorily, was planning nothing less than a return to Capitalism.

            I must again draw your attention to Beria's attempts to establish ties with Rankovich and with Tito, which Comrade Malenkov has already mentioned.

Stickle, D. M., Ed. The Beria Affair. New York: Nova Science Publishers, 1992, p. 30

 

MOLOTOV: Hence it follows that we must seriously dig into his biography, into his past, in order to fully understand his rotten, treacherous role in our country, in our Party.  We have studied his biography very little.  Let as now take this up more seriously.

            How did it happen, that such an inveterate enemy like Beria, could get into our Party and into its leadership organs?

            Without going into the deeper reasons for this type of fact, one can give a simple answer to this question: This is the result of insufficient vigilance on the part of our Central Committee, including Comrade Stalin.  Beria found certain human weaknesses in Comrade Stalin, and who doesn't have them?  He skillfully exploited them, and was able to do so for many, many years.

Stickle, D. M., Ed. The Beria Affair. New York: Nova Science Publishers, 1992, p. 32

 

MOLOTOV: Although it was written by certain of Beria's self-serving cronies, he didn't hesitate to put his name on the brochure, which was destined to play its role in his progress toward a central job.  Beria also used other methods for his careerist goals.  The methods of a smooth operator and unforgivable careerist, when activity in work is hardly explained by ideological ideas or true faithfulness to the Party.  We can't deny his organizational abilities, which showed in organizing and implementing a number of economic measures.  The Party had to use these abilities when they were used to execute necessary tasks.  The Party does not refuse to use even the abilities of exposed wreckers, when it has the opportunity to do so.

Stickle, D. M., Ed. The Beria Affair. New York: Nova Science Publishers, 1992, p. 34

 

BULGANIN: All these facts tell us that Beria was acting on the principle of: the worst things are, the better things are for him.

Stickle, D. M., Ed. The Beria Affair. New York: Nova Science Publishers, 1992, p. 46

 

BAGIROV (Candidate Member of the Presidium of the Central Committee): Beria--this chameleon, this most evil enemy of our Party, our people--was so cunning and adept that I personally, having known him for some 30-plus years before his exposure by the Presidium of the Central Committee, could not see through him, could not draw out his true enemy nature.  I can only explain this as my excessive gullibility, and the dullness of my Party and Communist vigilance toward this double-dealer and scoundrel.  This will be a serious lesson for me, too.

Stickle, D. M., Ed. The Beria Affair. New York: Nova Science Publishers, 1992, p. 78

 

MALYSHEV (Member of the Central Committee): For example, I, as a minister, have worked under the leadership of several comrades--Comrade Molotov, Comrade Kaganovich, and Beria.  I must say, that each time you go to report on some matter to the comrades, you go with different feelings.  You go to comrade Molotov with one feeling--we know that he is a strict leader, demanding, but whenever you go to him you know that there will be no hasty decisions, adventurist decisions, if you made a big and serious mistake you will never be struck at because of his mood.  Then there's comrade Kaganovich--a sometimes hot tempered fellow, but we know that he does not bear grudges.  He'll erupt, but it quickly passes and he makes the right decision.  Beria is another thing.  We minister's knew that you would enter his office a minister, but who you would be on return--you didn't know.  Perhaps a minister, or perhaps you'd land in prison.  This was his method: "A knock on the head"--and you'd come out staggering.  In one word, Beria's leadership style was the crude style of a dictator, no Party spirit.  And speaking of Party spirit, I worked under Beria during the war, in charge of tanks,... and I was convinced that he never had any Party spirit.

Stickle, D. M., Ed. The Beria Affair. New York: Nova Science Publishers, 1992, p. 83

 

MIKOYAN: From the date when Comrade Stalin fell ill, and the doctors told us he would not recover, the chief concern of each of us was to preserve the iron unity of the Party leadership collective, since Party unity had been secured during Stalin's lifetime.

            Many comrades may ask how is it that members of the Central Committee who knew Beria for many years weren't able to recognize in their midst this foreign and dangerous person for such a long time.  By the way this wasn't such a simple matter, it wasn't so easy to achieve.  In the first place, we didn't know all the facts.  In the second place, the facts occurred at various times and, taking each one separately, they didn't have the same significance which they take on when you see them all together.  We mustn't forget that there was a good deal of skillful work in masking these facts, in muddying up their significance and interpreting them in a totally different meaning.  There were many instances of Beria's positive work, and in the shadow of these successes the negative facts were hidden.

Stickle, D. M., Ed. The Beria Affair. New York: Nova Science Publishers, 1992, p. 107

 

MIKOYAN: Even before Beria's coming to Moscow, and especially when he was in Moscow, he was able to skillfully, with every truth and every untruth, worm his way into Comrade Stalin's trust.  Even during Comrade Stalin's life, especially in recent years when Comrade Stalin couldn't work as he used to, when he had begun to meet with people less often, read information less often, at that time Beria skillfully got himself made Chief Information Officer to Comrade Stalin.

            I must say that lately Comrade Stalin didn't trust Beria.  Beria was forced to recognize, at his last session of the Presidium of the Central Committee, that Comrade Stalin didn't trust him,...

            During the war Comrade Stalin divided the MVD and State Security.  It seems to me that this, too, was done from a certain lack of trust in him, otherwise there was no point in dividing the ministry.  This had to be done in order to take away his rights as a Minister.  At that time they appointed him to the Council of Ministers and to the GOKO.  This, too, was one of the first signs of a lack of trust.  But in spite of all this, Comrade Stalin showed him a great deal of trust.

            ... He feigned being a buddy--first of one-person, then another--saying one thing to your face and another behind your back, he alienated the comrades -- first some, then others--and stacked the deck for his purposes.  We all saw this, but didn't give it the significance which it all took on after Comrade Stalin was gone.

Stickle, D. M., Ed. The Beria Affair. New York: Nova Science Publishers, 1992, p. 109

 

MIKOYAN: A few days before his death the late Ordzhonikidze, in a private conversation with me said "I don't understand why Stalin doesn't trust me.  I am completely loyal to him, I don't want to fight with him, I want to support him, but he doesn't trust me.  Beria's schemes play a large part in this--he gives Stalin wrong information, but Stalin trusts him."

Stickle, D. M., Ed. The Beria Affair. New York: Nova Science Publishers, 1992, p. 110

 

 

SHATALIN (Secretary of the Central Committee): In the light of materials we now have on Beria, it is absolutely clear that presenting the Doctor's Affair was useful only to him and his protectors.  He wanted to use this incident to make points as a humanitarian and brave initiator.  What does this rogue care for the interests of the State.

Stickle, D. M., Ed. The Beria Affair. New York: Nova Science Publishers, 1992, p. 119

 

 

SARKISOV (For 18 years he worked in Beria's security force): I also know that Beria cohabited with a certain Sophia.  At Beria's suggestion, through the Chief of the Health Department of the USSR MVD, she had an abortion.  I repeat, Beria had many, many such relationships.

            On Beria's instructions, I kept a special list of women with whom he cohabited.  Later, at his suggestion, I destroyed this list.  However, I kept one list.  In this list are the surnames and names and addresses of telephone numbers of more than 25 such women.  This list is in my apartment in my jacket pocket.  (The list to which Sarkisov was referring was found, it contained 39 names of women.).

            One or 1 1/2 years ago, I learned for a fact that, as a result of his relationships with prostitutes, Beria contracted syphilis.  He was treated by a doctor in the MVD clinic, initials U.B.  I don't remember his name.

Stickle, D. M., Ed. The Beria Affair. New York: Nova Science Publishers, 1992, p. 121

 

 

VOROSHILOV: However, the question reasonably arises, why was this subject able to freely work in Party leadership and government for so long, without being exposed sooner, why did he have such a great authority, and hold such high Party and State positions?  The question is entirely legitimate.

            First and foremost,... Beria is an insidious and cunning enemy, a consummate adventurist, schemer, who knows how to skillfully worm his way into the trust of a leader, who can hide his base plans for a long time and wait for the proper moment.  He witnessed the daily life of the great Stalin.  Together with all of us he knew that Stalin, as the result of intense work, often fell sick in recent years, obviously this circumstance to a certain extent was the basis for Beria's vile tactics.  He waited in the hope that sooner or later Stalin would be no more.  As the facts have now shown, after the death of Stalin this adventurist was counting on the speedy realization of his criminal plans against the Party and the State.  That's why he was in such a hurry after the death of Stalin, or perhaps he was being hurried....

            In all these characteristics of his, Beria feared Stalin, he ingratiated himself with Stalin, but skillfully, in his own way; he would whisper all manner of disgusting things, would completely confuse him.  And we could tell just by Comrade Stalin's mood, when we met either for business or other reasons, we could all feel whom Beria had been "whispering" against that day.

Stickle, D. M., Ed. The Beria Affair. New York: Nova Science Publishers, 1992, p. 143

 

 

VOROSHILOV: We were by our Stalin's side until his last breath, and Beria immediately demonstrated his "activity"--as if to say don't forget, I'm here.

Stickle, D. M., Ed. The Beria Affair. New York: Nova Science Publishers, 1992, p. 145

 

 

ANDREYEV (Member of the Central Committee and the Presidium of the Supreme Soviet): In this sense, Beria's plan differed from the plan of other traitors of the Soviet people, former enemies.  As we now know, this plan was about:

            Firstly, worming his way into the trust of Comrade Stalin, whatever the cost.  This he considered a fundamental condition for his enemy activity.  And so in any way he tried to worm his way into Stalin's trust.  Did he achieve this?  Undoubtedly he did.  Comrades here have already mentioned that Comrade Stalin had a weakness of being too trusting.  This is the truth.

            The second, and obviously the central, task in his plan, was to destroy the Bolshevik nucleus of our leadership.... to undermine the trust Comrade Stalin had in various leaders, to sow strife among the Party leaders and the leaders of the government. 

            Was he able to achieve any of this?  Certainly, he was successful for a time.

            Now Comrade Voroshilov spoke about Comrade Ordjonikidze.  Ordjonikidze was the most honest, most noble Bolshevik, and you may be sure that he was a victim of Beria's intrigues....

            Beria divided Comrade Stalin and Ordjonikidze and Comrade Ordjonikidze's noble heart couldn't take it; thus Beria took out of commission one of the best leaders of the Party and friends of Comrade Stalin.

            Going on.  All of us Chekists and the new ones too, know what a warm key friendship there was between Comrade Stalin and Molotov.  We all considered this a natural friendship, and were happy for it.  But then Beria appeared in Moscow, and fundamentally changed everything, Comrade Stalin's relationship with Comrade Molotov was ruined.  Comrade Molotov began to be subjected to undeserved attacks from Comrade Stalin.  This was Beria, successfully undermining the close friendship of Comrade Stalin and Comrade Molotov with his intrigues.

Stickle, D. M., Ed. The Beria Affair. New York: Nova Science Publishers, 1992, p. 154

 

 

ANDREYEV: It was only lately, in the German question, and in other questions, that we saw his bourgeois degeneracy.

Stickle, D. M., Ed. The Beria Affair. New York: Nova Science Publishers, 1992, p. 155

 

 

ANDREYEV: And Beria, of course, at times did great work, but this was work done for a disguise, and in this was the difficulty of exposing him.  He created himself a halo, that, for example, during the war he was during enormous work, etc., he was blackmailing in the name of Comrade Stalin.  He was difficult to expose.

Stickle, D. M., Ed. The Beria Affair. New York: Nova Science Publishers, 1992, p. 157

 

 

TEVOSYAN (Member of the Central Committee): Yesterday, we learned from the speech of Comrade Kaganovich that this scoundrel Beria protested against referring to Comrade Stalin--along with the names of Marx, Engels, Lenin--when speaking about the teachings which guide our Party.  That's how far this scoundrel went.

Stickle, D. M., Ed. The Beria Affair. New York: Nova Science Publishers, 1992, p. 159

 

 

MALENKOV: As you see, comrades, great people, too, can have weaknesses.  Comrade Stalin had these weaknesses.  We must say this, in order to bring up the need for collective party leadership properly, like Marxists, the need for criticism and self-criticism in all branches of the party, including, before all else, the Central Committee in the Presidium of the Central Committee.

Stickle, D. M., Ed. The Beria Affair. New York: Nova Science Publishers, 1992, p. 176

 

 

Special Judicial Session of the Supreme Court: All the accused were indisputably proven guilty of the accusations against them, through original documents, exhibits, handwritten letters of the accused, and the testimony of numerous witnesses.

Stickle, D. M., Ed. The Beria Affair. New York: Nova Science Publishers, 1992, p. 196

 

            Another provocation... an anonymous letter from Italy stated: "Comrade Stalin, in your car there is an explosive device underneath the hood."  We looked... of course, there was no explosive.  Then another letter from Italy came: "Comrade Stalin, it seems that your living expenses are extremely high... costing the Government money!"

            Stalin decided after this to set up a commission, under Malenkov, to look into the finances.  The commission detailed all of the expenses of running the government Dacha.  Malenkov brought this to Orlov in order for him to sign.  Orlov refused, because Stalin was a light eater, hardly drank, and took no liquors.  A bottle of "Tsinandali" was enough to last him for two weeks.  It was proven that it was Stalin's "friends," under the aegis of Beria, who really lived it up, charging the cost to Stalin's budget.  Vodka was the main culprit in the inflated costs charged to Stalin's name.

Rybin, Aleksei. Next to Stalin: Notes of a Bodyguard. Toronto: Northstar Compass Journal, 1996, p. 66

 

            Grandma Olga and Anna used to say--which always sounded strange to me but now I don't think it's so strange--"Your father could be influenced very easily.  He could be influenced by good people: Kirov had a wonderful influence on him.  Beria had a terrible influence."

Richardson, Rosamond.  Stalin’s Shadow. New York: St. Martin’s Press, 1994, p. 209

 

MOLOTOV SAYS THERE ARE ANTI-SOVIET TRAITORS IN THE POST-STALIN GOVT

 

MOLOTOV: We can be certain that foreign capital would throw any millions and billions of rubles--merely for the chance to back any political organization opposing the Communist Party in power in the USSR.  This particular political organization could have the most leftist platform and bear any sign, but in one way or another it would immediately be used by foreign capital and imperialist espionage, to crack and split the workers of the USSR, which is the dream of the imperialists.  They would use this type of special organization to break up the union of workers and peasants, to undermine socialist construction in all possible ways, to create intrigues and break down the Soviet state.  Why, Tito's anti-Communist clique seized power in Yugoslavia under the guise of Communism.  Why, this clique even now calls itself "Communist," although it is already openly a lackey of the North Atlantic bloc of imperialists.

Stickle, D. M., Ed. The Beria Affair. New York: Nova Science Publishers, 1992, p. 33

 

STALIN MADE MISTAKES AND ADMITTED AS MUCH

 

KAGANOVICH: We know very well that even every great person has faults, Comrade Stalin had them, too.  And we, his pupils, do not intend to deify him, describe him with no faults.

Stickle, D. M., Ed. The Beria Affair. New York: Nova Science Publishers, 1992, p. 74

 

BERIA HAD A POOR KNOWLEDGE OF MARXIST IDEOLOGY

 

            ... he [Beria] himself not only underestimated this theory, but simply didn't understand it--in his speeches, both published and unpublished, you'll find very little Marxism-Leninism.  He did not know Marxism-Leninism.  He had a poor theoretical foundation; the book mentioned by Comrade Molotov was written not by him, he was using it to earn points for himself.

            Beria had a hostile response to statements that Stalin was a great continuer of the work of Lenin, Marx, and Engels.

Stickle, D. M., Ed. The Beria Affair. New York: Nova Science Publishers, 1992, p. 74

 

VYSHINSKY WAS VERY INTELLIGENT

 

            Vyshinsky, the former Public Prosecutor, at that time a Deputy Foreign Minister,...  Of all the officials we dealt with, he was unquestionably the brightest and most intelligent.  As a former teacher of Latin, and with a legal career behind him, he had many intellectual advantages over his colleagues.

Birse, Arthur Herbert. Memoirs of an Interpreter. New York: Coward-McCann, 1967, p. 139

 

VYSHINSKY DEFENDS HIMSELF IN THE TRIALS

 

            Then we somehow got onto the theme of his having been Public Prosecutor during the Great Purge shortly before the war.  I felt this was delicate ground and I should have to be careful what I said, but he came out with the following: "I know what you people abroad have been saying--that I was responsible for the death and exile of many innocent people.  But do you realize that I saved the lives of thousands who might have been engulfed in the plot to undermine the safety of our State?"

Birse, Arthur Herbert. Memoirs of an Interpreter. New York: Coward-McCann, 1967, p. 185

 

ADVANCEMENTS AND ACCOMPLISHMENTS OF THE REVOLUTION

 

            Inside the Soviet Union, while the mortality of early Soviet institutions has been comparatively high, and while modifications in Soviet thinking have been numerous and profound, Soviet society has retained a phenomenally large proportion of the innovations which it inaugurated immediately after the revolution.  Social ownership of the means of production has been retained and enlarged as the basis of Soviet economy.  Social planning has been carried to a high state of proficiency.  Racial minorities have been federated, their position has been respected, and despite their long tradition of friction and conflict under Czarism, they have worked together with remarkable effectiveness.  The one-party state has continued.  Control within the party has been more highly centralized.  The local autonomy of members of the Soviet Federation has been decreased.  Opposition was liquidated in the drastic purges of 1936-38.  Nevertheless, the test imposed by the Nazi invasion of 1941 showed the Russian people solidly behind their leadership. 

            When Eric Johnston, President of the United States Chamber of Commerce, returned from an extensive inspection trip of Russia in the summer of 1944, he wrote a series of signed newspaper articles summing up his observations.  "The Soviet's life is based upon the State's ownership of all the means of production....  There is absolutely no evidence that the Soviet Union intends to abandon, even in the smallest degree, this principle of the State's ownership of all the means of production.  In fact, the people's devotion to this system has been strengthened by the successes of war....  The older, top-ranking Communist leaders installed this system of collectivism 27 years ago.  They believed it saved Russia from German enslavement.  These older leaders are not going to change the system.  The directors of factories and farms are men in their thirties.  They know no other system for comparison....  Today, not even telescopic X-ray vision could see any private enterprise clothing in the Russian Bear's wardrobe."  (New York Times, July 30, 1944)

            Granted the correctness of Mr. Johnston's contention, and in the article he goes on to argue that the Russian rank-and-file support their leaders in this position, it is evident that the revolution has brought benefits that make it appear superior to Czarism.  What are some of those benefits?

            1.  A people, living in the dark, has been enlightened.  An illiterate famine-ridden exploited community, saturated with superstition, has been replaced by a literate, scientifically-minded generation, convinced that it can play a major role in shaping its own destiny and in modifying the destiny of the entire human race.

            2.  A technically backward community has been converted, within one generation, into one of the most technically advanced areas of the world.  This transformation has been effected as a result of social plans which the masses helped to make and to carry out.  The collectivization and mechanization of agriculture is one of the most important aspects of this technological revolution.

            3.  A widely-flung nation, consisting largely of farmers scattered in some 300,000 villages and enjoying few social services beyond those grudgingly rendered by a poorly served ecclesiastical apparatus, has come into possession of an elaborate social security and social service organization including public health, public education, public recreation, multiple social insurance, electrification, postal service, roads.

            4.  Industrialization, technical improvements, the broadening of scientific activity, the encouragement of the arts and the growth of the social services have created an unprecedented demand for trained personnel.  Consequently, within a decade after the revolution the Soviet Union was turning out tens of thousands of trained men and women who were learning and following a wide variety of technical and professional careers.  In the language of the capitalist world, the revolution greatly expanded the Russian middle-class.  In Soviet language, the revolution created a mass technological intelligentsia.

            5.  Socialistic construction offered energetic, ambitious boys and girls of the new generation an opportunity to make a career for themselves in the professions of their choice.  Youth responded, as young people anywhere respond under similar circumstances, crowding into the schools, activating organizations, pouring time, energy, and enthusiasm into the multiple channels opened to them by the revolution....

            7.  Czarism confined opportunity to a relatively small group at the apex of the social pyramid.  In accordance with feudal tradition, the top leaders were generally born to authority, whether they were capable of exercising it or not.  The revolution opened the gates of opportunity to the masses, and through them flooded a great wave of popular enthusiasm to know, to plan, to build and create.

Nearing, S. The Soviet Union as a World Power. NY: Island Workshop Press, 1945, p. 16-18

 

            The goal of the party founded by Lenin was to create a genuinely socialist society.  After the October Revolution quite a lot was done toward that goal through the efforts of the party and the people.  The October Revolution made the factories the property of the workers' state and gave land to the peasants, thereby laying the economic foundation for a truly socialist democracy.  The workers won extensive social rights and freedoms, women received equal rights with men, the road to culture and education was opened to the masses, and the way to abolition of national and class antagonisms was cleared.  It would be wrong to deny these achievements....  In place of relationships of enmity, rivalry, and exploitation those of friendship and co-operation came into existence more and more.

Medvedev, Roy. Let History Judge. New York: Columbia University Press, 1989, p. 853

 

            It would be wrong to deny that much has been achieved in the social and cultural life of the country: employment, social security (albeit on a very low basis), universal education of quite a high caliber, bringing the rudiments of culture to the broad masses, free (if poor quality) medical treatment, low prices for basic foodstuffs, extraordinarily low rents for (uncomfortable) state-owned apartments, children's summer camps, kindergartens and creches at nominal charges, and various other social amenities.  The trend towards gradual but perceptible improvement inspired the people.

Volkogonov, Dmitri. Stalin: Triumph and Tragedy. New York: Grove Weidenfeld, 1991, p. 560

 

(Sinclair’s comments only)

            There is a great deal in Russia which I would like to see different.  I said so in my birthday greetings.  On the other hand, there are developments in Russia which I consider to represent the most extraordinary progress ever made by any backward nation in the course of 20 years.  A hundred million people have been taught to read and write.  Tens of millions of children of oppressed workers and peasants have been sent to high schools and colleges.  Racial minorities have been set free to have their own culture and speak their own language.  Persecution of the Jews has been stopped.  Women have been freed from age-old slavery and have been permitted to earn their own money and shape their own lives.  Small-scale peasant farming has been replaced by modern scientific agriculture, and that means that the backbone of religious superstition has been broken; because everywhere throughout Europe and Asia it is the peasant who is the mainstay of reaction in ideas.

Sinclair and Lyons. Terror in Russia?: Two Views. New York : Rand School Press, 1938, p. 13

 

            An account provided by Malakhov about the fate of his generation conveys a general picture very similar to that given by Benediktov:

            "I am amazed how we had the strength for all that.  When did we sleep and eat?  And when did we find time to love, to rejoice, and to raise our cultural level?  Our Komsomol girlfriends also combined work, studies, and social affairs and still managed to be very pretty, sweet, modest, kind, and loving.  And they were able to manage at home, too, without shirking any kind of work.  And how chaste the relationships were among the young women and men!  We were afraid to offend our young girlfriends with awkward advances, immodest words, or crude behavior....  At night we slept soundly, for we were tired from our hard and intensive labor, and we did not lie awake listening for the knock on the door.  What's more, the door to the house was seldom locked, for it was always open to our friends and neighbors, and thieves had no use for our poor possessions.  These days it is acceptable among young people if everything is not just so at home or at work to write, to demand, to complain to all levels of authority.  In my time such things simply could not be; there was no one and nowhere to complain to....  There were perhaps some people "overzealous" in their demands on themselves and their comrades.  It was considered shameful to visit restaurants; divorce was condemned, as were unofficial marriages and modish or ostentatious clothing.  On the other hand, high-value was put on labor, knowledge, friendship, patriotism, social activities, discipline, and proletarian internationalism.  Narcotic addicts and prostitutes were simply unheard of in our working milieu, and drunkenness and absenteeism were punished severely....  Our life was not idyllic.  There were many hardships; there was hunger and cold, the destruction of basic tools and equipment as a result of the civil war.  There was an acute ideological war and sabotage and wreckers (yes, wreckers: these were not statements of the imagination of state authorities suffering from acute paranoia)....  We wanted universal knowledge.  We studied philosophy and literature.  We were interested in scientific innovations.  We delved into politics; we learned to know music and the fine arts, everything that our family and school could not give us."

Laqueur, Walter. Stalin: The Glasnost Revelations. New York: Scribner's, c1990, p. 246

 

THE NUMBER OF WORLD POWERS HAS STEADILY GONE DOWN FOR OVER 100 YEARS

 

            Through the greater part of the 19th-century Britain was THE World Power.  Then, as the struggle to redivide the world matured, several competing powers replaced the One.  During a half century preceding World War I nearly a dozen powers had world leadership pretensions.  Between World Wars I and II the number was cut to six or eight.  With the defeat of the Axis forces, the devastation of Germany and Japan, and a humbling of France and Italy, another drastic cut in the number of world powers has been made.

Nearing, S. The Soviet Union as a World Power. New York: Island Workshop Press, 1945, p. 68

 

SURROUNDING WORLD CAPITALISM HAS MADE SOVIET SOCIALISM SOMETHING IT IS NOT

 

            In a very real sense, Soviet world policy today is Our Baby.  We have made it what it is.  It is opposed to socialistic theory and is inimical to Soviet interests as these were conceived for 15 years after the Revolution.  So the world policy is a departure from world socialism and a reluctant adaptation necessitated by a ring of armed imperial enemies.

Nearing, S. The Soviet Union as a World Power. New York: Island Workshop Press, 1945, p. 87

 

            Communist Russia, born in the throes of foreign intervention, has never got free of its obsession that the capitalist States all around her are planning her overthrow.

Pares, Bernard. Russia. Washington, New York: Infantry Journal, Penguin books, 1944, p. 157

 

            But far more striking and far more convincing was the new direction taken in internal policy in Russia.  In insisting, day in and the out, that a united attack of the capitalist world on "the one Socialist State" was imminent, Party and Government had perhaps over-reached themselves.

Pares, Bernard. Russia. Washington, New York: Infantry Journal, Penguin books, 1944, p. 194

 

            The intense repression in the Soviet Union in the 1930s and 1940s, far from being an inherent characteristic of socialism, was rather a result of the extraordinary crisis in which Soviet society found itself at that time.

Szymanski, Albert. Human Rights in the Soviet Union. London: Zed Books, 1984, p. 298

 

            They [the Soviet leaders of the 1920s and 1930s] expected further foreign wars because it was in the nature of imperialism, as Lenin had also argued.  They anticipated ceaseless struggles against the domestic enemies of revolution, whether peasant-capitalists or foreign spies.  The result was a society that was kept in an almost perennial state of mobilization.

Overy, R. J. Russia's War: Blood Upon the Snow. New York: TV Books, c1997, p. 22

 

            Then there were the distorting effects that unremitting capitalist encirclement had up on the building of socialism.  Throughout its entire 73 year history of counterrevolutionary invasion, civil war, forced industrialization, Stalinist purges and deportations, Nazi conquest, cold war, and nuclear arms race, the Soviet Union did not know one day of peaceful development.

Parenti, Michael.  Blackshirts and Reds, San Francisco: City Light Books, 1997, p. 84

 

DUMA TRIES TO LULL PEOPLE AND DIVERT THEM FROM THE REAL BATTLE IN THE STREETS

 

            The miserable Duma with its miserable Cadets is high and dry in this midstream.  It wants to reconcile the revolution with the counter-revolution, so that the wolves and the sheep may lie down together--and thus "at one stroke" lull the storm of the revolution.  That is why the Duma has so far done nothing but beat the air; that is why it has not been able to rally any part of the people around it, and is left high and dry.  The street still remains the main arena of struggle.  The facts prove this.  Moreover the same facts tell us that in today's struggle, in the street fighting, and not in the palaver of the Duma, the forces of counter-revolution are weakening and disintegrating day by day, while the forces of revolution are growing and mobilizing themselves;...

Stalin, Joseph. Stalin's Kampf. New York: Howell, Soskin & Company, c1940, p. 27

 

STALIN SAYS LAND MUST BE TAKEN FROM NOBLES AND GIVEN TO PEASANTS

 

            The land was taken away from the peasantry and handed to the nobles; all this land must be taken back without any compensations or remunerations for the nobility!

Stalin, Joseph. Stalin's Kampf. New York: Howell, Soskin & Company, c1940, p. 32

 

            [1939 essay on life in Voronezh Oblast village sent by rural correspondent Grebennikov to Krest'ianskaia Gazeta]

            And only Soviet rule loosened the grip of landowners, which for many years squeezed the village of Kazinka, and only Soviet rule allowed the people of Kazinka to breathe freely in their own expansive domain.  The people of Kazinka understood this and were always in the forefront in establishing the Kalinin kolkhoz.  They took more than one kolkhoz in tow and allowed more than one shock brigade to help sovkhozes.  The kolkhoz itself had a Red Banner fluttering at its board office for several years with the inscription: "Labor is a matter of honor, a matter of valor and heroism!"

Siegelbaum and Sokolov. Stalinism As a Way of Life. New Haven, Conn.: Yale University Press, c2000, p. 299

 

            Whoever thinks that under our conditions alliance with the peasantry means alliance with the kulaks has nothing in common with Leninism.  Whoever thinks of conducting a policy in the countryside that will please everyone, rich and poor alike, is not a Marxist, but a fool, because such a policy does not exist in nature, comrades.

Stalin, Joseph. Works. Moscow: Foreign Languages Pub. House, 1952, Vol. 11, p. 52

 

STALIN CONTRASTS MARXISM WITH ANARCHISM

 

            Marxism and anarchism are based upon entirely different principles, irrespective of the fact that they both enter the arena of struggle under a socialist flag.  The cornerstone of anarchism is the individual, whose emancipation, according to it, is the main prerequisite for the emancipation of the mass, i.e., according to anarchism the emancipation of the mass is impossible until the individual is free; hence its slogan: "Everything for the individual."  The cornerstone of Marxism, on the contrary, is the mass, the emancipation of which, according to it, is the main prerequisite for the emancipation of the individual, i.e., according to Marxism, the emancipation of the individual is impossible without the emancipation of the mass.  Hence its slogan, "Everything for the mass."

Stalin, Joseph. Stalin's Kampf. New York: Howell, Soskin & Company, c1940, p. 38

 

STALIN REJECTS POSITION THAT PROLETARIAT MUST BE A MAJORITY FOR THE REVOLUTION

 

            The opportunists of the Second International have a series of theoretical dogmas which they always use as a starting point.  Let us consider some of them.

            First dogma: Concerning the prerequisites for the seizure of power by the proletariat.  The opportunists assert that the proletariat cannot and ought not to seize power if it does not itself constitute a majority in the country.  No proofs are adduced, for this absurd thesis cannot be justified either theoretically or practically.  Let us admit this for a moment, Lenin replies to the gentleman of the Second International.  But suppose an historic situation arises (war, agrarian crises, etc.) in which the proletariat, a minority of the population, is able to rally around itself the vast majority of the working masses, why should it not seize power then?  Why should it not profit by the favorable internal and international situation to pierce the front of capitalism and hasten the general climax?  Did not Marx say, as far back as the 1850s, that the proletarian revolution in Germany would be in a "splendid" position if it could get the support of a "new edition, so to speak, of the Peasant War"?  Does not everyone know that at that period the number of proletarians in Germany was relatively smaller than, for example, in the Russia of 1917?  Has not the practical experience of the Russian proletarian revolution shown that this favorite dogma of the heroes of the Second International is devoid of all vital significance for the proletariat?  Is it not obvious that the experience of the revolutionary mass struggle smashes this obsolete dogma?

Stalin, Joseph. Stalin's Kampf. New York: Howell, Soskin & Company, c1940, p. 43

 

            The revolution of 1848 in France suffered defeat because among other things, it failed to evoke a sympathetic response among the French peasants.  The Paris Commune fell because, among other things, it encountered the opposition of the middle strata, especially of the peasantry.  The same must be said of the Russian Revolution of 1905.  Some of the vulgar Marxists, with Kautsky at their head, basing themselves on the experience of the European revolutions, arrived at the conclusion that the middle strata, especially of the peasantry, were well-nigh born enemies of the workers' revolution, and that it was necessary on that account to steer towards a more lengthy period of development, as a result of which the proletariat would become the majority of the nation whereby the actual conditions prerequisite to a victory of the workers revolution would be created.  On the basis of this conclusion, these vulgar Marxists warned the proletariat against a "premature" revolution.  On the basis of this conclusion, they, for "considerations of principle" placed these middle strata at the complete disposal of the capitalists.  On the basis of this conclusion, they prophesied to us the doom of the Russian October Revolution, referring to the fact that the proletariat constituted a minority in Russia, that Russia was a peasant country, and that on that account the victorious workers' Revolution was impossible in Russia.

Stalin, Joseph. Stalin's Kampf. New York: Howell, Soskin & Company, c1940, p. 54

 

            The October Revolution undoubtedly presented the happy combination of a "peasant war" and a "proletarian revolution" of which Marx wrote, all the chatterboxes and their "principles" notwithstanding.  The October Revolution proved that such a combination is both possible and feasible.  The October Revolution proved that the proletariat can seize power and maintain it, provided it is able to wrest the middle strata, especially the peasantry, from the capitalist classes, provided it knows how to transform the strata from reserves of capitalism to reserves of the proletariat.

Stalin, Joseph. Stalin's Kampf. New York: Howell, Soskin & Company, c1940, p. 56

 

 

MARXISTS SAY FIGHT FASCIST VIOLENCE WITH FORCE

 

Take Fascism for example.  Fascism is a reactionary force which is trying to preserve the old world by means of violence.  What will you do with the fascists?  Argue with them?  Try to convince them?  But this will have no effect upon them at all.  Communists do not in the least idealize the methods of violence.  But they, the Communists, do not want to be taken by surprise, they cannot count on the old world voluntarily departing from the stage, they see that the old system is violently defending itself, and that is why the Communists say to the working class: Answer violence with violence; do all you can to prevent the old dying order from crushing you, do not permit it to put manacles on your hands, on the hands with which you will overthrow the old system.  As you see, the Communists regard the substitution of one social system for another, not simply as a spontaneous and peaceful process, but as a complicated, long and violent process.  Communists cannot ignore facts.

Stalin, Joseph. Stalin's Kampf. New York: Howell, Soskin & Company, c1940, p. 46

 

RULING CLASS WILL NOT LEAVE VIA REFORMS AND CONCESSIONS

 

That is why we cannot count on the change of social systems taking place as an imperceptible transition from one system to another by means of reforms, by the ruling class making concessions.

Stalin, Joseph. Stalin's Kampf. New York: Howell, Soskin & Company, c1940, p. 49

 

DICTATORSHIP OF THE PROLETARIAT CAN ONLY COME ABOUT THROUGH VIOLENT REVOLUTION

 

Can such a radical transformation of the old bourgeois system of society be achieved without a violent revolution, without the dictatorship of the proletariat?

Obviously not.  To think that such a revolution can be carried out peacefully within the framework of bourgeois democracy, which is adapted to the domination of the bourgeoisie, means one of two things.  It means either madness, and the loss of normal human understanding, or else an open and gross repudiation of the proletarian revolution.

Stalin, Joseph. Stalin's Kampf. New York: Howell, Soskin & Company, c1940, p. 51

 

STALIN SAYS THE DIC, OF THE PROL. IS THE ENTIRE PERIOD FROM CAPITALISM TO COMMUNISM

 

We must, therefore, regard the dictatorship of the proletariat, the transition from capitalism to communism, not as a fleeting period replete with "super-revolutionary" deeds and decrees, but as an entire historical epoch full of civil wars and external conflicts, of persistent organizational work and economic construction, of attacks and retreats, of victories and defeats.

Stalin, Joseph. Stalin's Kampf. New York: Howell, Soskin & Company, c1940, p. 58

 

STALIN SAYS IT IS MASSES, PEOPLE, THAT COUNT, NOT LEADERS

 

I recall an incident in Siberia, where I was at one time in exile.  It was in the spring, at the time of the spring floods.  About 30 men went to the river to pull out timber which had been carried away by the vast, swollen river.  Towards evening they returned to the village, but with one man missing.  When asked where the 30th man was, they unconcernedly replied that the 30th man had "remained there."  To my question, "How do you mean, remained there?"  They replied with the same unconcerned, "Why ask?--drowned, of course," Thereupon one of them began to hurry away, saying, "I have got to go and water the mare."  When I reproached them for having more concern for animals than for men, one of them, amid the general approval of the rest, said, "Why should we be concerned about men?  We can always make men.  But a mare--just try and make a mare!"

Here you have a case, not very significant perhaps, but very characteristic.  It seems to me that the indifference shown by certain of our leaders to people, to cadres, and their inability to value people, is a survival of that strange attitude of man displayed in the episode in far-off Siberia just related.

And so,... if we want successfully to overcome the famine and the matter of people and to provide our country with sufficient cadres capable of advancing technique and setting it going, we must first of all learn to value people, to value cadres, to value every worker capable of benefiting our common cause.  It is time to realize that of all the valuable capital the world possesses, the most valuable and most decisive is people, cadres....

...In this connection there is too much talk about the merits of chiefs, about the merits of leaders.  All or nearly all our achievements are ascribed to them.  That, of course, is wrong, it is incorrect.  It is not merely a matter of leaders....

Stalin, Joseph. Stalin's Kampf. New York: Howell, Soskin & Company, c1940, p. 93

 

            Josef Stalin was a great man; few other men of the twentieth century approach his stature.  He was simple, calm and courageous.  He seldom lost his poise; pondered his problems slowly, made his decisions clearly and firmly; never yielded to ostentation nor coyly refrained from holding his rightful place with dignity.  He was the son of a serf, but stood calmly before the great without hesitation or nerves.  But also -- and this was the highest proof of his greatness -- he knew the common man, felt his problems, followed his fate.

Statement by W.E.B DuBois regarding COMRADE STALIN on March 16, 1953

 

            We may take it as the rule that as long as the Bolsheviks maintain connection with the broad masses of the people they will be invincible.  And, on the contrary, as soon as the Bolsheviks become severed from the masses and lose their connection with them, as soon as they become covered with bureaucratic rust, they will lose all their strength and become a mere squib.

            In the mythology of the ancient Greeks there is the celebrated hero Antaeus who, so the legend goes, was the son of Poseidon, god of the seas, and Gaea, goddess of the earth.  Antaeus was particularly attached to his mother who gave birth to him, suckled him and reared him.  There was not a hero whom this Antaeus did not vanquish.  He was regarded as an invincible hero.  Wherein lay his strength?  It lay in the fact that every time he was hard pressed in the fight against his adversary he touched the earth, his mother, who gave birth to him and suckled him, and that gave him new strength.  But he had a vulnerable spot -- the danger of being detached from the eaarth in some way or other.  His enemies took this into account and watched for it.  One day an enemy appeared who took advantage of this vulnerable spot and vanquished Antaeus.  This was Hercules.  How did Hercules vanquish Antaeus?  He lifted him off the ground, kept him suspended, prevented him from touching the ground and throttled him.

            I think that the Bolsheviks remind us of the hero of Greek mythology, Antaeus.  They, like Antaeus, are strong because they maintain connection with their mother, the masses who gave birth to them, suckled them and reared them.  And as long as they maintain connection with their mother, with the people, they have every chance of remaining invincible.

            This is the key to the invincibility of Bolshevik leadership.

Stalin, Joseph. Works, Vol. 14, Speech in Reply to Debate, 1 April 1937, Red Star Press, London, Pravda 1978, pp. 292-296.

 

STALIN SAYS FREEDOM MUST BE ACCOMPANIED BY GOODS IF IT IS TO BE WORTHWHILE

 

            Our revolution is the only one which not only smashed the fetters of capitalism and brought people freedom, but also succeeded in creating for the people the material conditions for a prosperous life.  Therein lies the strength and invincibility of our revolution.  It is a good thing, of course, to drive out the capitalists, to drive out the landlords, to drive out the Tsarist henchman, to seize power and achieve freedom.  That is very good, but, unfortunately, freedom is far from enough.  If there is a shortage of bread, a shortage of butter and fats, a shortage of textiles, and if housing conditions are bad, freedom will not carry you very far.  It is very difficult, comrades, to live on freedom alone.  In order to live well and joyously, the benefits of political freedom must be supplemented by material benefits.  The distinctive feature of our revolution is that it brought the people not only freedom, but also material benefits and the possibility of a prosperous and cultured life.  That is why life has become joyous in our country, and that is the soil from which the Stakhanov movement sprang.

Stalin, Joseph. Stalin's Kampf. New York: Howell, Soskin & Company, c1940, p. 108

 

PARTY PEOPLE MUST NOT BE FAVORED OVER NON-PARTY PEOPLE FOR JOBS

 

            Certain comrades think that only Party members may hold leading positions in the mills and factories and for that reason ignore and hold back non-Party comrades who possess ability and initiative, and advance Party members instead, although they are less capable and possess less initiative.  Needless to say, there is nothing more stupid and reactionary than such a policy, if it may be called a policy.  That such a policy can only discredit the Party and repel non-party workers from it, needs no proof.  It is not our policy to transform the Party into an exclusive caste.  It is our policy to achieve, as between workers who are members of the Party and workers who are not, an atmosphere of "mutual confidence," of "mutual control" (Lenin)"....

Stalin, Joseph. Stalin's Kampf. New York: Howell, Soskin & Company, c1940, p. 139

 

STALIN SAYS THEY MUST NOT AUTOMATICALLY ASSUME EVERY EXPERT IS GUILTY

 

            But from this it follows that we must change our policy towards the old technical intelligentsia.  If, during the height of the wrecking movement, we adopted smashing tactics toward the old technical intelligentsia, now, when these intellectuals are turning toward the Soviet government, our policy toward them must be one of conciliation and solicitude.  It would be wrong and dialectically incorrect to continue our former policy when conditions have changed.  It would be foolish and unwise to regard almost every expert and engineer of the old school as an undetected criminal and wrecker.  "Expert-baiting" always was, and still is regarded by us as a noxious and disgraceful phenomenon.

Stalin, Joseph. Stalin's Kampf. New York: Howell, Soskin & Company, c1940, p. 139

 

STALIN SAYS RESTORATION OF CAPITALISM IS POSSIBLE BECAUSE OF SMALL PRODUCTION

 

            Do the conditions exist in our Soviet country that make the restoration of capitalism possible?  Yes, they do exist.  That may appear strange, but it is a fact.  We have overthrown capitalism, we have established the dictatorship of the proletariat, we are intensely developing our socialist industry and are closely linking it up with peasant economy; but we have not yet torn out the roots of capitalism.

            Where are these roots implanted?  They are implanted in the system of commodity production, in small production in the towns, and particularly in the villages.  As Lenin said, the strength of capitalism lies "in the strength of small production, for unfortunately, small production still survives in a very, very large degree, and small production gives birth to capitalism and to the bourgeoisie, constantly, daily, hourly, spontaneously and on a mass scale."  Hence, since small production is a mass phenomenon, and even a predominant feature of our country, and since it gives birth to capitalism and to a bourgeoisie constantly and on a mass scale, particularly under the conditions of NEP, it is obvious that the conditions do exist which make the restoration of capitalism possible.

Stalin, Joseph. Stalin's Kampf. New York: Howell, Soskin & Company, c1940, p. 145

 

VICTORY OF THE RIGHT IN THE SU WOULD MEAN A CAPITALIST VICTORY

 

            There cannot be the slightest doubt that the triumph of the Right deviation in our Party would release the forces of capitalism, would undermine the revolutionary position of the proletariat and increase the chances for the restoration of capitalism in our country.

Stalin, Joseph. Stalin's Kampf. New York: Howell, Soskin & Company, c1940, p. 147

 

CAPITALIST ENCIRCLEMENT ALWAYS MEANS POSSIBLE FASCIST ATTACK

 

            Indeed, it would be ridiculous and stupid to close our eyes to the capitalist encirclement and to think that our external enemies, the fascists, for example, will not, if the opportunity arises, make an attempt at a military attack upon the USSR.  Only blind braggarts or masked enemies who desire to lull the vigilance of our people can think like that.  No less ridiculous would it be to deny that in the event of the slightest success of military intervention, the interventionists would try to destroy the Soviet system.  Did not Denikin and Kolchak restore the bourgeois system in the districts they occupied?  Are the fascists any better than Denikin or Kolchak?  Only blockheads or masked enemies, who by their boastfulness want to conceal their hostility and are striving to demobilize the people, can deny the danger of military intervention and of attempts at restoration as long as the capitalist encirclement exists.  Can the victory of socialism in one country be regarded as final if this country is encircled by capitalism, and if it is not fully guaranteed against the danger of intervention and restoration?  Certainly it cannot.

Stalin, Joseph. Stalin's Kampf. New York: Howell, Soskin & Company, c1940, p. 161

 

SOMETIMES FORCE AGAINST THE KULAKS WAS NECESSARY

 

            What must be done in order to obtain grain surpluses?  We must, first of all, put an end to the mentality of waiting for the grain to come itself, as a harmful and dangerous one.  Grain collections must be organized.  We must mobilize the poor and middle peasants against the kulaks and organize their public support for the measures adopted by the Soviet government for increasing the grain collections....  It is true that this method is sometimes coupled with the application of emergency measures against the kulaks, which calls forth the comical wailings of comrades Bukharin and Rykov.  But what is wrong with that?  Why is it wrong, sometimes, under certain conditions, to apply emergency measures to our class enemy, the kulaks?  Why is it permissible to arrest the speculators in the towns by hundreds and exile them to the Turukhan region, and not permissible to take surplus grain from the kulaks--who are trying to take the Soviet government by the throat and enslave the poor peasants--by methods of public coercion, and at prices at which the poor and middle peasants sell their grain to our grain collection organizations.  What is the logic of this?  Has our Party ever declared itself opposed in principle, to the application of emergency measures against the kulaks?  Comrades Rykov and Bukharin apparently are opposed in principle to the application of any kind of emergency measures against the kulaks.  But that is a bourgeois liberal policy, and not a Marxist policy.

Stalin, Joseph. Stalin's Kampf. New York: Howell, Soskin & Company, c1940, p. 170

 

TRYING TO MERELY PERSUADE SOME KULAKS TO YIELD THEIR GRAIN IS STUPID

 

            Those who support Comrade Bukharin's group, hope to persuade the class enemy that he should voluntarily forego his interests and voluntarily surrender his grain surplus.  They hope that the kulak, who has grown, who is able to avoid giving grain by offering other products in its place and who conceals his grain surplus, they hope that this same kulak will give us his grain surplus voluntarily at our collection prices.  Have they lost their senses?  Is it not obvious that they do not understand the mechanism of the class struggle, that they do not know what classes mean?  Do they know with what derision the kulaks treat our people and the Soviet government at village meetings called to assist the grain collections?  Have they heard of facts like this, for instance: one of our agitators in Kazakhstan, for two hours tried to persuade the holders of grain to surrender that grain for supplying the country.  At the end of the talk a kulak stepped forth with his pipe in his mouth, and said: "Do us a little dance, young fellow, and I will let you have a couple of poods of grain?"...

Stalin, Joseph. Stalin's Kampf. New York: Howell, Soskin & Company, c1940, p. 172

 

            Summing up the results of the First Five-Year Plan at the January 1933 plenum, Stalin included a special section on the tasks and results of the struggle against 'the remnants of the hostile classes'.  Despite the fact that he was talking about 'remnants', he nevertheless issued a call to 'struggle against them implacably'.  And not a word about re-education, or bringing many 'ex-people' and their families into the new life which might the more effectively help to change their outlook and their 'class instincts'.  Depicting the social scene, he said:

            "The remnants of the dying classes--industrialists and their servants, private traders and their stooges, former nobles and priests, kulaks and their henchmen, former White officers and NCOs, former gendarmes and policemen--they have all wormed their way into our factories, our institutions and trading bodies, our railway and river transport enterprises and for the most part into our collective and state farms.  They have wormed their way in and hidden themselves there, disguised as 'workers' and 'peasants', and some of them have even managed to worm their way into the party.

            What have they brought with them?  Of course, they have brought their hatred of the Soviet regime, their feeling of ferocious hostility to the new forms of the economy, way of life, culture....  The only thing left for them to do is to play dirty tricks and do harm to the workers and collective farmers.  And they do this any way they can, on the quiet.  They set fire to warehouses and break machinery.  They organize sabotage.  They organize wrecking in the collective and state farms, and some of them, including a number of professors, go so far in their wrecking activities as to inject the livestock in collective and state farms with plague and anthrax, and encourage the spread of meningitis among horses, and so on."

Volkogonov, Dmitri. Stalin: Triumph and Tragedy. New York: Grove Weidenfeld, 1991, p. 186

 

BECAUSE EXCESSES HAPPEN DOES NOT MEAN A CORRECT POLICY SHOULD BE ABANDONED

 

            A most fashionable word among the opposition is the word "excesses," as applied to grain collections.  That word has become the most popular word among them, since it helps them to mask their own line.  When they want to mask their own line they usually say we, of course, are not opposed to pressure being exerted on the kulak, but we are against the excesses which are being committed in this sphere and which hurt the middle peasant.  They then go on to relate stories of the horrors of these excesses, they read you letters from "peasants," panic-stricken letters from comrades, such as Comrade Markov, and they then draw the conclusion: the policy of bringing pressure to bear on the kulaks should be abandoned.  How do you like that?  It appears that because excesses occur in carrying out a correct policy, the correct policy must be abandoned.  That is the usual trick of the opportunists: on the pretext that excesses are committed in carrying out a correct line, to abandon that line and replace it by an opportunist line.  Moreover, the men in Comrade Bukharin's group are very careful to say nothing about the fact that there is another kind of excess, which is more dangerous and more harmful, namely, excess expressed in a tendency to become merged with the kulak, to adapt oneself to the wealthy sections of the countryside, to replace the revolutionary policy of the Party by the opportunist policy of the Right deviationist.

            Of course, we are all opposed to excesses.  None of us want the blows directed against the kulaks to fall on the middle peasants.  That is obvious, and there can be no doubt on that point.  But we are most decisively opposed to the nonsensical talk about excesses which Comrade Bukharin's group so zealously indulges in being used in order to secure the abandonment of the revolutionary policy of our Party and to substitute for it the opportunist policy of the Bukharin group.

            Is there a single political measure taken by the party that has not been accompanied by excesses?  The conclusion we must draw is that we have to combat excesses.  But ought we for this reason decry the line itself, the only correct line?  Take a measure like the seven-hour day.  There can be no doubt that this is one of the most revolutionary measures carried out by our Party in recent years.  Who does not know that this measure, which in itself is a most revolutionary one, is frequently accompanied by excesses, sometimes of a most objectionable kind?  Does that mean that we ought to abandon the policy of the seven-hour day?  Does the opposition understand what a mess it is slipping into, when it tries to make capital of the excesses committed during the grain collections?

Stalin, Joseph. Stalin's Kampf. New York: Howell, Soskin & Company, c1940, p. 172-173

 

STALIN’S NATIONALITIES PROGRAM HAS DEGREES OF INDEPENDENCE AND AUTONOMY

 

            Soviet autonomy is not a rigid thing fixed once and for all time; it permits of the most varied forms and degrees of development.  It passes from narrow administrative autonomy (the Volga Germans, the Chuvashes and the Karelians) to a wider, political autonomy (the Bashkirs, the Volga Tatars and the Kirghiz); from wide political autonomy to a still wider form of autonomy (the Ukraine and Turkestan); and finally from the Ukrainian type of autonomy to the supreme form of autonomy --contractual relations (Azerbaijan).  This elasticity of Soviet autonomy constitutes one of its prime merits, for this elasticity makes it possible to embrace all the various types of border regions in Russia, which vary greatly in their levels of cultural and economic development.

            Soviet autonomy is the most real and concrete way of uniting the border regions to Central Russia.  Nobody will deny that the Ukraine, Azerbaijan, Turkestan, the Kirghiz Republic, the Bashkir Republic, the Tatar Republic, and other border regions, since they are striving for the cultural and material prosperity of their masses, must have their native schools, courts, administration and government bodies recruited principally from among the native people.  Furthermore, the real Sovietization of these regions, their conversion into Soviet countries closely bound to Central Russia and forming with it one state whole, is inconceivable without the widespread organization of local schools, without the creation of courts, administrative bodies, organs of government, etc., recruited from among people acquainted with the life and language of the population.

Stalin, Joseph. Stalin's Kampf. New York: Howell, Soskin & Company, c1940, p. 201-202

 

            There was a brighter side, too, to Stalin's activity.  He worked with great vigor and determination on one of the most difficult problems that the revolution had inherited.  It will be remembered that in 1918 he called to life the self-governing republic of Bashkirs.  In the spring of 1920 an autonomous Soviet republic of the Tartars was founded.  In October of the same year Kirghizian self-government followed.  After the civil war a Daghestan republic was constituted, comprising a multitude of tribes speaking 36 languages and vernaculars.  Karelians, Yakuts, and others went ahead with forming their own administrations.  None of these republics was or could be really independent; but all enjoyed a high degree of self-government and internal freedom; and, under the guidance of Stalin's Commissariat, all tasted some of the benefits of modern civilization.  Amid all the material misery of that period, the Commissariat helped to set up thousands of schools in areas where only a few score had existed before.  Schemes for the irrigation of arid land and for hydro-electrical development were initiated.  Tartar became an official language on a par with Russian.  Russians were forbidden to settle in the steps of Kirghizia, now reserved for the colonization of native nomads.  Progressive laws freed Asiatic women from patriarchal and tribal tyranny.  All this work, of necessity carried out on a modest scale, set a pattern for future endeavors; and even in its modest beginnings there was an elan and an earnest concern for progress that captivated many an opponent of Bolshevism.

            In the summer of 1922, soon after Lenin's first stroke, the Politburo began to discuss a constitutional reform that was to settle the relations between Russia and the outlying republics.  Stalin was the chief architect of the reform.  Throughout the second half of 1922 he expounded the principles of the new constitution.  These were, briefly, his ideas: the federation of Soviet Republics should be replaced by a Union of Republics.  The union should consist of four regional entities: Russia, Transcaucasia, the Ukraine, and Byelorussia.  (It was in connection with this scheme that he pressed the Georgians to join the Transcaucasian federation.) He was opposed to the idea that the union should be formed directly by the constituent republics; and he insisted on the need for intermediate links between the central administration and the individual republican governments.  His motive was that central control would be more effective if it were exercised through four main channels than if it were dispersed in a much greater number of direct contacts between Moscow and the local administrations.  The Commissariats were to be classed into three categories: (a) Military Affairs, Foreign Policy, Foreign Trade, Transport, and Communication were to be the sole and exclusive responsibility of the Government in Moscow.  The governments of the various republics were not to possess any commissariats dealing with those matters.  (b) In the second category were the departments of Finance, Economy, Food, Labor, and the Workers' and Peasants' Inspectorate.  These were not to be subordinate to the central government, though they were to be subject to a measure of co-ordination from Moscow.  (c) Home Affairs, Justice, Education, and Agriculture belonged to the third category and were to be administered by the provincial governments in complete independence.  Sovereign power was to reside in the All-Union Congress of Soviets and, between the congresses, in the Central Executive Committee.  The latter was to be composed of two chambers: the Supreme Council and the Council of Nationalities.  All ethnical groups were to be represented by an equal number of delegates in the Council of Nationalities.  The Central Executive Committee appointed the Council of People's Commissars, the Government.

            During his first convalescence Lenin was consulted on the scheme and endorsed it.  The Politburo once again pressed the Georgians to join the Transcaucasian federation.  The Ukrainians demurred at Moscow's intention to conduct foreign policy on their behalf and refused to wind up their own Commissariat for Foreign Affairs.  Nominally, however, the scheme left the republics with a very wide measure of self-government.  It allowed them to manage independently their home affairs, security, and police, under the circumstances by far the most important department.

Deutscher, Isaac. Stalin; A Political Biography. New York: Oxford Univ. Press, 1967, p. 244

 

            Politically the point was to reconstruct the Tzarist empire, that prison of nations, territorially, politically, and administratively, in line with the needs and wishes of the nations themselves.

Trotsky, Leon, Stalin. New York: Harper and Brothers Publishers, 1941, p. 155

 

CONSTITUTION PRESERVES THE DICTATORSHIP OF THE PROLETARIAT

 

            Such are the facts.  And facts, it is said, are stubborn things.

            I must admit that the draft of the new Constitution really does preserve the regime of the dictatorship of the working-class, just as it also preserves unchanged the present leading position of the Communist Party of the USSR.  If our esteemed critics regard this as a flaw in the draft constitution, it is only to be regretted.  We Bolsheviks regard it as a merit of the Draft Constitution.

Stalin, Joseph. Stalin's Kampf. New York: Howell, Soskin & Company, c1940, p. 228

 

THE EXTERNAL ENEMIES CAUSE NEED FOR THE CHEKA NOT THE INTERNAL ENEMIES

 

            I do not mean to say by this that the internal situation of the country is such as makes it necessary to have punitive organs of the revolution.  From the point of view of the internal situation, the revolution is so firm and unshakable that we could do without the GPU.  But the trouble is that the enemies at home are not isolated individuals.  They are connected in a thousand ways with the capitalists of all countries who support them by every means and in every way.  We are a country surrounded by capitalist states.  The internal enemies of our revolution are the agents of the capitalists of all countries.  The capitalist states are the background and basis for the internal enemies of our revolution.

Stalin, Joseph. Stalin's Kampf. New York: Howell, Soskin & Company, c1940, p. 233

 

RELIGION IS THE OPPOSITE OF SCIENCE AND MUST BE FOUGHT

 

            The Party cannot be neutral towards religion, and it does conduct anti-religious propaganda against all and every religious prejudice because it stands for science, while religious prejudices run counter to science, because all religion is something opposite to science.

Stalin, Joseph. Stalin's Kampf. New York: Howell, Soskin & Company, c1940, p. 261

 

            His attitude toward conventional religion is purely negative.  His religion...is his work; communism is enough faith for him.  Stalin has said, "The party cannot be neutral toward religion, because religion is something opposite to science."  Nevertheless, it is noteworthy that he permitted his wife an almost orthodox religious burial.

            ... People who know him well call him "Yosif Visarionovich"; others simply say Tovarish (Comrade) Stalin.  He has no title.

Gunther, John. Inside Europe. New York, London: Harper & Brothers, c1940, p. 534

 

NOWADAYS WARS ARE NOT DECLARED  BUT JUST BREAK OUT

 

            War may break out unexpectedly.  Wars are not declared, nowadays.  They simply start....

Stalin, Joseph. Stalin's Kampf. New York: Howell, Soskin & Company, c1940, p. 267

 

NATIONAL SELF-DETERMINATION IS SECONDARY TO PROLETARIAN DICTATORSHIP

 

            The right of self-determination means that a nation can arrange its life according to its own will.  It has the right to arrange its life on the basis of autonomy.  It has the right to enter into federal relations with other nations.  It has the right to complete secession.  Nations are sovereign and all nations are equal.

            This, of course, does not mean that Social-Democrats will support every demand of a nation.  A nation has a right even to return to the old order of things; but this does not mean that Social-Democrats will subscribe to such a decision if taken by any institution of the said nation.  The obligations of Social-Democrats, who defend the interests of the proletariat, and the rights of a nation, which consists of various classes, are two different things.

            ... It should be born in mind that besides the right of nations to self-determination there is also the right of the working class to consolidate its power, and to this latter right the right of self-determination is subordinate.  There are occasions when the right of self-determination conflicts with the other, the higher right--the right of a working class that has assumed power to consolidate its power.  In such cases--this must be said bluntly-- the right to self-determination cannot and must not serve as an obstacle to the exercise by the working class of its right to dictatorship.  The former must give way to the latter.

Stalin, Joseph. Stalin's Kampf. New York: Howell, Soskin & Company, c1940, p. 278

 

STALIN SAYS THE REVOLUTION CAN BEGIN IN LESS RATHER THAN MORE DEVELOPED NATIONS

 

            Where will the  revolution begin?  Where, in what country, can the front of capital be pierced first?

            Formerly, the reply used to be-- where industry is more developed, where the proletariat forms the majority, where culture is more advanced, where there is more democracy.

            The Leninist theory of the revolution says: No, not necessarily where industry is most developed, and so forth; it will be broken where the chain of imperialism is weakest, for the proletarian revolution is the result of the breaking of the chain of the imperialist world front at its weakest link.  The country which begins the revolution, which makes a breach in the capitalist front, may prove to be less developed in a capitalist sense than others which are more developed but have remained, nevertheless, within the framework of capitalism.

            To put it briefly, the chain of the imperialist front should break, as a rule, where the links are most fragile and, in any event, not necessarily where capitalism is most developed, or where there is a certain percentage of proletarians and a certain percentage of peasants, and so on....

Stalin, Joseph. Stalin's Kampf. New York: Howell, Soskin & Company, c1940, p. 283-284

 

ENGLISH WERE THE PRIME OPP0NENTS OF PEOPLE GAINING FREEDOM

 

            ... the English bourgeoisie has always been in the front rank of the annihilators of the movements for freedom of humanity....

            This was also the case after the October Revolution in the Soviet Union, when the English bourgeoisie, after having attacked the Soviet Union, attempted to set up "an alliance of 14 states," and, when, in spite of this, it was driven out of the Soviet Union.

Stalin, Joseph. Stalin's Kampf. New York: Howell, Soskin & Company, c1940, p. 311-212

 

INDIVIDUAL & COLLECTIVE, SOCIALIST, INTERESTS WORK IN HARMONY NOT CONFLICT

 

            There is no, nor should there be, irreconcilable contrast between the individual and the collective, between the interests of the individual person and the interests of the collective.  There should be no such contrast, because collectivism, socialism, does not deny, but combines individual interests with the interests of the collective.  Socialism cannot abstract itself from individual interests.  Socialist society alone can most fully satisfy these personal interests.  More than that; socialist society alone can firmly safeguard the interests of the individual.  In this sense there is no irreconcilable contrast between "individualism" and socialism.

Stalin, Joseph. Stalin's Kampf. New York: Howell, Soskin & Company, c1940, p. 320

 

AMERICAN PRESIDENTS LIKE ROOSEVELT SERVE AT THE WHIM OF THE CAPITALIST CLASS

 

            ... I have some experience in fighting for socialism, and this experience tells me that if Roosevelt makes a real attempt to satisfy the interests of the proletarian class at the expense of the capitalist class, the latter will put another president in his place.  The capitalists will say: Presidents come and presidents go, but we go on forever; if this or that president does not protect our interests, we shall find another.  What can the president oppose to the will of the capitalist class?

Stalin, Joseph. Stalin's Kampf. New York: Howell, Soskin & Company, c1940, p. 320

 

MARXISTS SUPPORT REFORMS, COMPROMISE AND AGREEMENTS

 

            What is the difference between revolutionary tactics and reformist tactics?

            Some are of the opinion that Leninism is opposed to reforms, opposed to compromises and to agreements in general.  That is absolutely untrue.  Bolsheviks know as well as anybody else that in a certain sense "every little [bit] helps," that under certain conditions reforms, in general, and compromises and agreements, in particular, are necessary and useful.

Stalin, Joseph. Stalin's Kampf. New York: Howell, Soskin & Company, c1940, p. 321-22

 

            But since Communists had to fight for partial gains and reforms they had some common ground, however narrow, with the Social Democrats and the moderate trade unionists.  They should try to concert action with them within a united front....

            Lenin had expounded these ideas as early as 1920 in the Infantile Disease of "Leftishness" in Communism, where he dwelled on the harm done to communism by unreasoning ultra-radical sectarians.  The need for a firm and formal disavowal of "ultra-radicalism" became pressing after the German March rising of 1921.  It was then that Lenin placed proposals for the new policy before the Executive of the International.  He met with strong opposition from Zinoviev, Bukharin, Bela Kun, and others.  For a moment it seemed that the ultra-radicals would prevail.  It was only after animated debates in the course of which Lenin and Trotsky jointly faced the opposition that the Executive was persuaded to authorize the policy of "gathering strength" and to instruct both Lenin and Trotsky to expound it at the forthcoming congress of the International.

            ... The Communist parties had come into existence in a desperate struggle against the leaders of the old Socialist parties whom they blamed for supporting the "imperialist slaughter" of 1914-18, for the subsequent suppression of revolution in Europe, for the assassination of Rosa Luxembourg and Karl Liebknecht, and for an ambiguous attitude towards European intervention in Russia.  No wonder that many Communists were bewildered and indignant when they now heard Lenin and Trotsky urging them to acknowledge defeat, be it temporarily, and to co-operate with the hated "social imperialists" and "social traitors."  This to the ultra-radicals was surrender or even betrayal.  At the congress, as earlier on the Executive, Trotsky and Lenin had to use all their influence and eloquence to prevent the opposition from gaining the upper hand--they even threatened to split the International if it backed the ultra-radicals.

Deutscher, Isaac. The Prophet Unarmed. London, New York: Oxford Univ. Press, 1959, p. 62

 

            ...Lenin and Trotsky had set the Communist parties the dual task of fighting arm in arm with the reformists against the bourgeoisie and of wresting from the reformists influence over the working class.  The idea of the united front embodied the whole practical experience of the Bolsheviks who had indeed fought first against Tsardom, then the cadets, and then Kornilov, in a sort of united front with the Mensheviks and Social Revolutionaries until, in the end, they gained ascendancy over the latter too.

Deutscher, Isaac. The Prophet Unarmed. London, New York: Oxford Univ. Press, 1959, p. 64

 

STALIN PREDICTS AN ECONOMIC CRISIS IN THE US AND THE END OF WORLD CAPITALISM

 

            I think the moment is not far off when a revolutionary crisis will develop in America.  And when a revolutionary crisis develops in America, that will be the beginning of the end of world capitalism as a whole.

Stalin, Joseph. Stalin's Kampf. New York: Howell, Soskin & Company, c1940, p. 324

 

STALIN SAYS COMINTERN LEADERS ARE NOT DIRECTING THE WORLD’S COMMUNIST PARTIES

 

            The assertion that the American Communists work under "orders from Moscow" is absolutely untrue.  There are no Communists in the world who would agree to work "under orders" from outside against their own convictions and will and contrary to the requirements of the situation.  Even if there were such Communists they would not be worth a cent.  Communists are bold and courageous, they are fighting against a host of enemies.  The value of a Communist, among other things, lies in that he is able to defend his convictions.  Therefore, it is strange to speak of American Communists as not having their own convictions and being capable only of working according to "orders" from outside.  The only part of the labor leaders' assertion that has any truth in it at all is that the American Communists are affiliated to an international Communist organization and from time to time consult with the central body of this organization on one question or another.  But what is there bad in this?  Are the American labor leaders opposed to an international workers' center?  It is true they are not affiliated to Amsterdam; not because they are opposed to an international workers' center as such, however, but because they regard Amsterdam as being too radical.  Why may the capitalists organize internationally and the working class, or part of it, not have its international organization?

            Is it not clear that Green and his friends in the American Federation of Labor slander the American Communists when they slavishly repeat the capitalist legends about "orders from Moscow"?  Some people believe that the members of the Communist International in Moscow do nothing else but sit and write instructions to all countries.  As there are more than 60 countries affiliated to the Comintern, one can imagine the position of the members of the Comintern who never sleep or eat, in fact do nothing but sit day and night and write instructions to all countries.

Stalin, Joseph. Stalin's Kampf. New York: Howell, Soskin & Company, c1940, p. 326

 

            At the turn of the decade [from the 20’s to the 30’s]Stalin's mastery of the Comintern was still superficial.  Almost anyone who spent those years in the Communist party can relate from experience the bewilderment and the reluctance with which cadres and rankers alike began to conform to the new orthodoxy consecrated in Moscow.

Deutscher, Isaac. The Prophet Outcast. London, New York: Oxford Univ. Press, 1963, p. 28

 

STALIN REFUSES TO LECTURE THE CAPITALISTS ON MORALITY WHEN THEY HAVE NONE

 

            Far be it from me to moralize on the policy of non--intervention, to talk of treason, treachery and so on.  It would be naive to preach morals to people who recognize no human morality.  Politics is politics, as the old, case-hardened bourgeois diplomats say.

Stalin, Joseph. Stalin's Kampf. New York: Howell, Soskin & Company, c1940, p. 335

 

            Actually speaking, the policy of non-intervention means conniving at aggression, giving free rein to war and consequently transforming the war into a world war. The policy of non-intervention reveals an eagerness, a desire not to hinder the aggressors in their nefarious work... Far be it from me to moralize on the policy of non-intervention, to talk of treason treachery and so on. It would be naive to preach morals to people who recognise no human morality.

            Stalin, Joseph. Works. London, 1978. Vol. 14, pages 355; 368.

 

STALIN’S EXILE, IMPRISONMENT, AND ESCAPE CAREER SHOWS GREAT DETERMINATION

 

1902, April 5: Stalin is arrested in Batum (first arrest).

1903, April 19: Stalin is transferred to the Kutais Provincial prison.

1903, Nov.: Stalin is exiled for three years to the Province of Irkutsk, East Siberia, via Batum and Novorossisk (first exile).

1904, Jan. 5: Stalin escapes from exile (from Balagansk, Irkutsk province) and goes first to Batum and later to Tiflis (first escape).

1908, March 25: Stalin is arrested in Baku under the name of Gaioza Nizharadze.  Stalin is sent to the Bailov prison (Second arrest).

1908, Sept. 20: Stalin is exiled for two years to the city of Solvychegodsk in the Vologda province (second exile).

1909, June 24: Stalin escapes from the Vologda Province (2d escape).

1910, March 23: Stalin is arrested in Baku (3d arrest).

1910, August 27: By order of the Vice-Regent of the Caucasus, Stalin is forbidden to reside within the limits of the Caucasian region for a period of five years.

1910, Sept. 23: Stalin is exiled to the city of Solvychegodsk in the Vologda Province (3d exile).

1911, July 6: Stalin escapes from exile (3d escape).

1911, Sept. 9: Stalin is arrested in St. Petersburg (4th arrest)

1911, Dec. 14: a Stalin is exiled to the city of Solvychegodsk and the Vologda Province (4th exile)

1912, Feb. 29: Stalin escapes from exile (4th escape)

1912, April 22: Stalin is arrested in St. Petersburg (5th arrest)

1912, Beginning of summer: Stalin is exiled for four years to the Narym Territory (5th exile)

1912, Summer: Stalin escapes from exiled (from Narym) and returns to St. Petersburg (5th escape)

1913, Spring: Stalin is arrested in St. Petersburg (6th arrest)

1913, June: Stalin is exiled for four years under police surveillance to the Turukhan Territory (6th exile)

1913, June to Feb. 1917: Stalin is in exile in the Turukhan Territory.

Stalin, Joseph. Stalin's Kampf. New York: Howell, Soskin & Company, c1940, p. 353

 

            His education awed the the womenfolk among my family and our friends.  The men were more impressed by his record as a fighter against the authorities.  One of them, Siko Karangozichvili, said to me one day, "Your uncle is a real hero.  He has been fighting all his life to free our country from the Russians.  They keep putting him in jail and he keeps getting out.

Svanidze, Budu. My Uncle, Joseph Stalin. New York: Putnam, c1953, p. 3

 

            He [Stalin] was arrested for the first time in 1902, and in the following year married Yekaterina Svanidze --said to be his one true love--before beinng transported to Eastern Siberia.

            Escaping from exile in 1904, Djugashvili returned to Tiflis, where he became a Bolshevik and adopted the alias 'Koba', the name of the hero of The Patricide, a novel by the Georgian writer Kazbegi....

            Arrested again in 1909 and exiled to Solvychegodsk in the north of the province of Vologda, he escaped after four months and got back to Baku.  In 1912 he was arrested again, this time in St. Petersburg, and deported to Western Siberia, escaping yet again and returning to the capital....

            In 1913 he was arrested again in St. Petersburg and exiled for four years to Turukhansk in Western Siberia, which he was able to leave only after the fall of the Tsar in March 1917.

Volkogonov, Dmitrii. Autopsy for an Empire. New York: Free Press, c1998, p. 86

 

            He carried on Socialist propaganda unceasing among the leather, tobacco, and mine workers.  He worked as a bookbinder to earn his own living, while at the same time he set up and printed his own newspaper in a cellar or sometimes in a wooden hut.  He took part in preparations for organizing attacks against the government and for that reason was constantly watched by the Imperial Police.  In spite of his false beards and other disguises he was discovered again and again; and from his 24th to his 34th year he was imprisoned six times, first in the Caucasus and then in St. Petersburg.  Following each imprisonment he was outlawed and exiled to Siberia, but he invariably escaped after a few weeks or months.  During this 18 years of his existence as law-breaker and outlaw, constantly in danger, impoverished and miserable, he left Russia only a few times and each time he remained abroad only for a little while....

            ...during this first decade as an active Socialist, from the age of 16 to that of 26, neither ambition nor the will to power, nor the desire for action on a broad scale, nor recognition by his comrades, brought him any satisfaction.  For in all that he did he remained anonymous.

Ludwig, Emil. Leaders of Europe. London: I. Nicholson and Watson Ltd., 1934, p. 355

 

            Though born in the South and accustomed to the southern sun, he had to pass the dreary years of the war in this arctic North, wavering between hope and doubt, rather weakened in health through long spells of imprisonment, entirely alone, living in a miserable wooden shack amid the snows, shooting wild geese and duck for his food during the winter and fishing for it in summer.  He cooked for himself, made his own clothes and whatever implements he needed for digging and shoveling and building, while at the same time he read Marx and Darwin, for under the Czarist regime all political prisoners were allowed to take books with them into exile....

Ludwig, Emil. Leaders of Europe. London: I. Nicholson and Watson Ltd., 1934, p. 357

 

            Between his flights from city to city, he was six times imprisoned, for periods of 3 to 10 months; he was exiled to Siberia, escaping five times at the end of a few weeks or months to reappear under a new name.  Between times a bookbinder, a compositor, a printer of prohibited papers in cold cellars, or again a traveling agitator in tobacco factories or coal mines.  Can such an early life, with its sacrifices of money and security, of the cheerful, hopeful education of children, of the respect of the world about him, with no hope of reward or fame--can such a life, if it does not break the man who bears it, make him other than a passionate champion of his community...?

Ludwig, Emil. Three portraits: Hitler, Mussolini, Stalin. New York Toronto: Longmans, Green and Company, c1940, p. 95

 

            Map of Stalin's six exiles and five escapes

The complete records:

First arrest, Batum, April, 1902;

First exile, to Novaya Uda, Irkutsk, November 1903:

First escape, January, 1904.

Second arrest, Baku, March, 1908;

Second exile, to Solvychegodsk, Vologda Province, September, 1908

Second escape (to Baku), June, 1909

Third arrest, Baku, March, 1910

Third exile, Vologda, September, 1910

Third escape (two St. Petersburg), July, 1911

Fourth arrest, St. Petersburg, September, 1911

Fourth exile to Vologda

Fourth escape to St. Petersburg, February, 1912

Fifth arrest, St. Petersburg, April, 1912

Fifth exile to Narym region, June, 1912

Fifth escape to St. Petersburg, September, 1912

Sixth arrest, St. Petersburg, March, 1913

Sixth exile to Turukhansk District

Liberated in February, 1917, arriving in Petrograd, March 12, 1917

Barrett, James. Stalin and God. New York: Booktab, Inc., 1943, p. 21

 

            He [Stalin] had worked in the capital of the oil industry for nearly eight months, he had spent nearly six months in the Baku prison, nearly nine months in the Vologda exile.  A month of underground activity was paid for with two months of punishment.  After escaping he had again worked in the underground for nearly nine months, spent about six months in prison, stayed nine months in exile--a somewhat more favorable ratio.  At the end of exile--less than two months of illegal work, nearly three months of prison, nearly two months in Vologda province: two and a half months of punishment for 1 month of activity.  Again two months of underground, nearly four months of prison and exile.  Another escape.  More than half a year of revolutionary activity, then--prison and exile, this time until the February Revolution; that is, lasting four years.  On the whole, of the 19 years of his participation in the revolutionary movement, he spent two and three quarters years in prison, five and three quarters years in exile.

Trotsky, Leon, Stalin. New York: Harper and Brothers Publishers, 1941, p. 182

 

SPECULATIONS ON STALIN’S MENTAL STATE AND PRIVATE ATTITUDES ARE BASELESS

 

            Unlike some approaches to the politics of the '30s, however, this analysis does not concentrate on Stalin's personality.  Although he was certainly the most authoritative political actor of the period, speculations on his mental state, private attitudes, and prejudices are baseless, given the lack of primary evidence on these matters.

Getty, A. Origins of the Great Purges. Cambridge, N. Y.: Cambridge Univ. Press, 1985, p. 6

 

            Rumors abounded, of course, but in actual fact there was not much to report about his [Stalin] private life.

Laqueur, Walter. Stalin: The Glasnost Revelations. New York: Scribner's, c1990, p. 147

 

 

NUMBERS GIVEN FOR PEOPLE REPRESSED ARE FAR TOO UNRELIABLE AND BIASED

 

            No attempt is made to fix the total number of victims of the Great Purges.  Because there are no convincing statistics, all calculations are quite subjective and appear to reflect the point of view of the person making the calculation.

Getty, A. Origins of the Great Purges. Cambridge, N. Y.: Cambridge Univ. Press, 1985, p. 7

 

EVERYBODY SUPPORTED STALIN AT THE 17TH CONGRESS

 

            The victory of the General Line at the 17th Congress was demonstrated by the return of defeated oppositionists to party life, provided they publicly accepted the Stalin line.  Many of them, including Zinoviev, Kamenev, Preobrazhensky, Pyatakov, and Bukharin, addressed the congress itself.  Although several of them were greeted with catcalls and interruptions from the floor, the fact that they spoke at the congress at all indicated a relatively "soft" attitude on the part of the regime toward the oppositionists, at least in early 1934.

Getty, A. Origins of the Great Purges. Cambridge, N. Y.: Cambridge Univ. Press, 1985, p. 17

 

            I can at least answer for myself.  I spent two years in the Pioneers, six years in the Komsomol, 16 years in the Party.  For 15 years I belonged to the Corps of Officers of the armed forces, for ten of them I was a leading Party member and a senior reader of a Moscow Academy of the highest rank....  The sense of insecurity of the Party man is far greater than that of the non-Party man.

            I attended the [1934 17th Party] Congress as a visitor.  I recall how Postyshev, the Chairman, called on Bukharin to speak, and how Stalin stared at Bukharin with parted lips as if wondering what he would say....

            All the outstanding oppositionists were prevailed upon to attend.  Bukharin, Rykov, Tomsky, Preobrazhensky, Lominadze, Kamenev--all were there.

Tokaev, Grigori. Betrayal of an Ideal. Bloomington, Ind.: Indiana University Press, 1955, p. 231

 

            And in fact all his former opponents spoke [at the 17th Party Congress in February 1934], admitting they had been wrong, praising him enthusiastically, and promising total support for the party line: Zinoviev and Kamenev; Bukharin, Rykov and Tomsky; Pyatakov, Radek, Lominadze...  Kamenev, in the typical tone of the defeated factions, spoke of the Ryutinites as 'kulak scum' who had needed 'more tangible' rebuttal than mere ideological argument.

Conquest, Robert. Stalin: Breaker of Nations. New York, New York: Viking, 1991, p. 177

 

            Some of the erstwhile oppositionists were elected to the leading organs [at the 17th Party Congress]: Pyatakov, full member; Bukharin, Rykov, and Tomsky, alternates in the Central Committee.   The Congress laughed with, as much as at, Radek, currently an authoritative journalistic spokesman on foreign affairs, when he recounted that he had been cured of Trotskyism.

Ulam, Adam. Stalin; The Man and his Era. New York: Viking Press, 1973, p. 374

 

BUKHARIN AND RYKOV RECANT BUT OTHER RIGHTISTS DO NOT

 

            While Bukharin, Rykov, and Tomsky had abandoned the opposition and publicly associated themselves with the Stalin policies, other rightist oppositions surfaced between 1929 and 1932.

            ... repression of these new dissidents was immediate but uneven.  Some were expelled from the party, but others were merely censured publicly.  Thus A. Smirnov was expelled from the Central Committee but not from the party.  Lominadze was expelled from the party for short time, but soon was readmitted and appointed the party secretary in charge of the important Magnitogorsk construction project.  Although Bukharin and Rykov were criticized for inspiring and knowing of these opposition platforms, they remained members of the Central Committee.

Getty, A. Origins of the Great Purges. Cambridge, N. Y.: Cambridge Univ. Press, 1985, p. 19

 

CENTRALIZATION AND TOTALITARIANISM DID NOT RULE IN THE SU OF THE 30’S

 

            According to most Western views, power was transmitted from the top to the bottom, from the center to the localities....  Theoretically, every committee was completely subordinate to the one above it, and individual members had no power or control at all.

            The political reality was much different.  In fact, the chain of command collapsed more often than it functioned.  The Communist Party, far from having penetrated every quarter of Russian life, was more an undisciplined and disorganized force with little influence outside the cities.  Soviet Russia in the '30s resembled a backward, traditional society far more than it did the sophisticated order of totalitarianism.

Getty, A. Origins of the Great Purges. Cambridge, N. Y.: Cambridge Univ. Press, 1985, p. 27

 

            The party in the '30s was neither monolithic nor disciplined.  Its upper ranks were divided, and its lower organizations were disorganized, chaotic, and undisciplined.  Moscow leaders were divided on policy issues, and central leaders were at odds with territorial secretaries whose organizations suffered from internal disorder and conflict.  A bloated party membership containing political illiterates and apolitical opportunists plus a lazy and unresponsive regional leadership was hardly the formula for a Leninist party.  Such a clumsy and unwieldy organization could not have been an efficient or satisfying instrument for Moscow's purposes.

Getty, A. Origins of the Great Purges. Cambridge, N. Y.: Cambridge Univ. Press, 1985, p. 37

 

            Keeping the obvious source caveats in mind, the present analysis has suggested a number of conclusions about Soviet political history in the 1930s.  First, it seems that the Bolshevik party was not the monolithic and homogeneous machine both totalitarian theorists and Stalinists would have us believe.  Administration was so chaotic, irregular, and confused that even Fainsod's characterization of the system as "inefficient totalitarianism" seems to overstate the case.

            Although the Soviet government was certainly dictatorial (or tried to be), it was not totalitarian.  The technical and technological sophistication that separates totalitarianism from dictatorship was lacking in the '30s.  The primitive texture of the Smolensk Archive, the real weakness of the central government in key areas, and a certain degree of political pluralism argue strongly against any totalitarian characterization.

Getty, A. Origins of the Great Purges. Cambridge, N. Y.: Cambridge Univ. Press, 1985, p. 198

 

            Moscow had little information about what was really happening in the far-flung provinces, where regional satraps used distance and poor communications to insulate themselves from Moscow's control and build their own power.  There was not even a telephone line to the Soviet Far East until the eve of World War II.

The Future Did Not Work by J. Arch Getty, Book Review of The Passing of an Illusion by Franois Furet [March 2000 Atlantic Monthly]

 

THE PURGE OR PROVERKA WAS NOT A RESULT OF THE KIROV MURDER

 

            But the fact that a verification had been approved before Kirov's death, coupled with the six-month delay between the assassination and the proverka, suggest that the proverka was not a planned escalation of terror hard on the heels of the Kirov murder, or even the direct result of it.

Getty, A. Origins of the Great Purges. Cambridge, N. Y.: Cambridge Univ. Press, 1985, p. 63

 

            Another lie is that the party card control would have been an act of revenge by the party leadership  by which is meant Stalin of course  for the assassination of Kirov.  Kirov, who was a member of the Central Committee and chairman of the party in Leningrad was assassinated on December 1st 1934 in the party headquarters of the city.  (The murderer Nikolajev entered the party headquarters by using an old, invalid party card.)  The allegation of a revenge, which was to have been horrible and bloody with a huge number of executions, originates with the police agent Robert Conquest.  Anybody reading his book The Great Terror without being familiar with these historical issues will have difficulties in detecting his lies.  But for those who care to seek knowledge about the history, the allegation of a revenge is nothing but non-sensical.  The party card control 1935 was just a consequence of the Central Committee decision concerning a new registration of the members in October 1934.  As a matter of fact, Kirov took part in this decision, which took place two months prior to his assassination!  Would Kirov have decided on an act of revenge for his own assassination, which was to take place two months later?!

Sousa, Mario.  The Class Struggle During the Thirties in the Soviet Union, 2001.

 

            Conquest mixes up the party card control with the very events connected with the police investigation of the assassination of Kirov.  This is a typical Conquest-method of confusing, distorting and falsifying.

            ...the Zinoviev-Kamenev trial took place between 16th and 23rd January 1935.  This was during the new registration of party members which had been decided in October 1934 and which, in January 1935 had almost died out without any result.  The party card control, which according to Conquest was a revenge against the opposition, was a result of the earlier control having proved insufficient for the great problems revealed.  It started only in June 1935, five months after the termination of the Zinoviev-Kamenev trial and after the prison sentences for the opposition.  The party card control could not have influenced the trial, nor could it have been a revenge on the accused.  Conquest is aware of the great ignorance about the historical questions of socialism and does not hesitate to use the ignorance of people to divulge his dirty propaganda.

Sousa, Mario.  The Class Struggle During the Thirties in the Soviet Union, 2001.

 

KIROV WAS NOT LESS REPRESSIVE OR MORE LENIENT THAN STALIN

 

            It is sometimes thought that Kirov was a "moderate" who opposed Stalin's generally hard-line on various issues.  According to much of the literature, Stalin killed Kirov to clear the way for his policy of terror.  In fact, it seems more likely that Stalin and Kirov were allies and that Kirov's death was not the occasion for a change in policy.

Getty, A. Origins of the Great Purges. Cambridge, N. Y.: Cambridge Univ. Press, 1985, p. 92

 

            The Nicolaevsky scenario suffers from serious flaws.  In the first place, virtually no evidence suggests that Kirov favored or advocated any specific policy line other than Stalin's General Line....

            The rumor that Kirov favored lenient treatment for dissidents, for example, is offset by opposite contemporary speculations.  Trotsky, writing three years after the assassination, called Kirov "a clever and unscrupulous Leningrad dictator, a typical representative of his corporation," and maintained that terrorist acts like the killing of Kirov by "despairing individuals" of the "younger generation" "have a very high significance."  Gregory Tokaev, who was on the receiving end of Kirov's policies toward the opposition, said the Kirov "ruthlessly stamped out" the opposition at this time and was the "first executioner."  A contemporary article in Nicolaevsky's [Socialist Herald] labeled Kirov a hard-liner.  If Kirov was soft on the oppositionists, the opposition certainly did not know it.

            Certainly Kirov's public speeches do not reflect a moderate attitude toward members of the opposition.  In his speech to the 17th Congress, he ridiculed members of the opposition, questioning their "humanity" and the sincerity of their recantations.  He sharply denounced Trotsky's "counter-revolutionary chatter" and applauded the services of the secret police, including their use of forced labor on canal construction projects.  It was upon Kirov's motion that Stalin's speech was taken as the basis for the congress's resolution.

Getty, A. Origins of the Great Purges. Cambridge, N. Y.: Cambridge Univ. Press, 1985, p. 93

 

            Simply reading through the minutes of the 17th Congress is enough to raise doubts over Kirov's role as an opposition leader.  Far from making the slightest allusion to any dissident "platform," his speech asked the delegates to adopt "as law" the Central Committee report that Stalin had presented.  Instead of proposing "moderate" reforms, the secretary from Leningrad praised the work of the secret police and the concentration camps.  We find no trace in his contribution of any softness towards old oppositionists; quite the reverse, he jeers at them and makes fun of their repentance at the Congress.

Rittersporn, Gabor. Stalinist Simplifications and Soviet Complications, 1933-1953. New York: Harwood Academic Publishers, c1991, p. 6

 

            Kirov was to acquire a posthumous reputation as a political moderate in the Politburo.  There is little to sustain this beyond the few gestures in the direction of increasing bread supplies in Leningrad where he was City Party Secretary  Kirov did not comport himself as a Leader in the making and gave no sign of this ultimate ambition.  It cannot be demonstrated beyond doubt that the Congress vote for the new Central Committee humiliated Stalin.

Service, Robert. Stalin. Cambridge, Mass.: Belknap Press of Harvard Univ. Press, 2005, p. 314

 

            Kirov has often been depicted as a 'liberal' in contrast to Stalin's despotism, but this is hard to demonstrate.  Stalin as much as Kirov appears to have supported the various forms of relaxation that appeared in 1933.  In his own right Kirov seems to have been a tough Bolshevik and a staunch supporter of Stalin's policies and emergent cult.  The notion that Kirov represented some sort of 'liberal' alternative to Stalin rests in considerable measure on the desire of latter-day anti-Stalinists such as Khrushchev and Roy Medvedev to find such an alternative within the movement.

            Wishful thinking of this sort may have informed the report of Medvedev and Antonov-Ovseenko that on the eve of the 17th Party Congress, about January 1934, a small group of leading Bolsheviks proposed to Kirov that he assume the post of General Secretary, which he declined to consider.  Neither writer reveals the source of this story, and it is curious that neither Khrushchev nor the official historians of his era made reference to such a meeting, even though one would think that they would have welcomed any evidence of resistance to Stalin by 'good Bolsheviks' during this period.

McNeal, Robert, Stalin: Man and Ruler. New York: New York University Press, 1988, p. 170

 

STALIN AND KIROV WERE ALLIES

 

            If Stalin and Kirov were antagonists, it would be difficult to explain Kirov's continued rise.  Stalin chose Kirov for the sensitive Leningrad party leadership position and trusted him with delicate "trouble-shooter" missions to supervise critical harvests (like Kirov's journey to Central Asia in 1934).  Kirov was elected to the Secretariat and Politburo in 1934, and Stalin wanted him to move to the Central Committee Secretariat in Moscow as soon as possible.  Unless one is prepared to believe that Stalin did not control appointments to the Secretariat and Politburo... one must assume that he and Kirov were allies.

            Much more probable than a Kirov-versus-Stalin scenario is one in which Stalin, Kirov, and Zhdanov cooperated.

Getty, A. Origins of the Great Purges. Cambridge, N. Y.: Cambridge Univ. Press, 1985, p. 94

 

            Stalin was often visited by Kirov who even slept on Stalin's divan.

            They took steam baths together.  Such companionship and understanding between them, no one else of the Politburo had with Stalin.  Stalin was very proud of Kirov as a talented, dedicated Bolshevik.  Kirov did masterfully at the last Congress and had the Central Committee in stitches as he devastated the persons of Bukharin, Zinoviev, Kamenev.  And about Trotsky, he said the following: May he three times be damned, that his name should be brought up at a sacred Congress such as this one!

Rybin, Aleksei. Next to Stalin: Notes of a Bodyguard. Toronto: Northstar Compass Journal, 1996, p. 13

 

            On December 1, Kirov was assassinated.  On December 2, Stalin, Molotov, and Voroshilov immediately went to Leningrad.  Now, Stalin himself was under threat of assassination, therefore, the division of Dzerzhinsky was guarding our route, including both sides of the highway to Leningrad.  Stalin became very sorrowful, his face darkened, blotches became evident on his face.  He kissed the dead Kirov on his lips and crying, said:

            Goodbye, my dear friend....

            After the death of his wife, there was no other such close friend as was Kirov.

Rybin, Aleksei. Next to Stalin: Notes of a Bodyguard. Toronto: Northstar Compass Journal, 1996, p. 14

 

            His [Kirov] friendship with Stalin, dating from Civil War days, was close, as witnessed by Stalin's inscription in the copy of On Lenin and Leninism that he gave Kirov in 1924: "To my friend and beloved brother, from the author.   Stalin."

Tucker, Robert. Stalin in Power: 1929-1941. New York: Norton, 1990, p. 240

 

            In the late summer of 1934 Kirov was summoned to Sochi where he found Stalin and Zhdanov at work preparing comments on the prospectuses.   Stalin wanted him to go to Kazakhstan to supervise the gathering of the harvest.

            During the meeting at Sochi, Stalin had a further demand.   He wanted Kirov to stay there for a week or so to take part in discussing (as Kirov's post-Stalin biographer puts it) "the thoughts expressed by Stalin" on the prospectuses for history textbooks.   Embarrassed, Kirov said: "Iosif Vissarionovich, what kind of historian am I"--to which Stalin replied.   "Never mind, sit down and listen!"   When the comments thus prepared in 1934 were published in Pravda on 27 January 1936, they bore the signatures of Stalin, Zhdanov, and Kirov.   Stalin thus established in advance that he and Kirov were in close collaborative relations during the latter's last months.

Tucker, Robert. Stalin in Power: 1929-1941. New York: Norton, 1990, p. 281

 

            Stalin was friends with Kirov.  (I have seen only one affectionate inscription in Stalin's hand, and that was in a book presented to Kirov: "To my friend and favorite brother from the author."  He wrote to no one else in such terms.)

Radzinsky, Edvard.  Stalin. New York: Doubleday, c1996, p. 222

 

            [During the Kirov funeral] Maria Svanidze recorded in her diary that on December 5, 1934, "...The sentries were ready to screw down the coffin lid.  Joseph [Stalin] went up the steps of the catafalque...his face was sorrowful.  He bent down and kissed the dead man's forehead....  It was a heartrending picture for anyone who knew how close they were ....  Everyone in the hall was weeping.  Through my own sobs I could hear men sobbing loudly.  Joseph is suffering terribly.  Pavel was with him at the dacha a day or two after Kirov's death.  They were sitting in the dining room together.  Joseph rested his head on his hand

(I've never seen him do that) and said "now I'm all alone in the world."  Pavel says it was so moving that he jumped up and kissed him.  Joseph told Pavel that Kirov used to look after him like a child.  After Nadya's death Kirov had of course been closer to Joseph than anyone, he could approach him with simple affection and give him the warmth he was missing and peace of mind.

Radzinsky, Edvard.  Stalin. New York: Doubleday, c1996, p. 326

 

            ...Kirov (the only man to figure in the whole of Stalin's career as a genuine personal favorite).

Delbars, Yves. The Real Stalin. London, Allen & Unwin, 1951, p. 153

 

            Stalin was shocked white and rigid [at the killing of Kirov],or at least this was how he appeared to others at the time.

Service, Robert. Stalin. Cambridge, Mass.: Belknap Press of Harvard Univ. Press, 2005, p. 314

 

            Stalin attended Kirov’s funeral looking grim and determined.  Even his close associates wondered how he was going to deal with the situation; but everyone assumed that severe measures would be applied.

Service, Robert. Stalin. Cambridge, Mass.: Belknap Press of Harvard Univ. Press, 2005, p. 315

 

            Most biographers date the beginning of the purges from Kirov's death in 1934.  Kirov was a close friend of Stalin's and undoubtedly the blow was as emotional as it was political: he showed a rare warmth towards Kirov.

Richardson, Rosamond.  Stalin’s Shadow. New York: St. Martin’s Press, 1994, p. 205

 

NEW EVIDENCE DIRECTLY IMPLICATES ZINOVIEV AND KAMENEV IN KIROV MURDER

 

            But in mid-1936, 18 months after the assassination, the Moscow leadership decided to reopen the Kirov affair.  In a July 1936 secret letter to party organizations, Moscow identified certain leaders of the former Left Opposition as traitors and assassins.  The letter, probably written by Yezhov, announced that on the basis of "new NKVD materials obtained in 1936," it had become clear that Zinoviev and Kamenev had joined in a conspiracy with Trotsky back in 1932.  The goals of the conspiracy were terror and assassination of Soviet leaders, and the group had killed Kirov.

Getty, A. Origins of the Great Purges. Cambridge, N. Y.: Cambridge Univ. Press, 1985, p. 116

 

            According to the letter, Zinovievist and Kamenevist opposition circles in the USSR had established contact with the emigre Trotskyists four years before (in Berlin in 1932 when defendant Ivan Smirnov contacted Sedov) and had jointly plotted the assassination of Soviet leaders.  They had done this because the success of the party in industry and agriculture since 1929 meant that opposition politicians had no chance to take power via a political platform.  What could they propose, given the successes of recent years?  Thus, the opposition had turned to terror and assassination and had become "the organizing force for remnants of smashed classes" and "leading detachment of the counter-revolutio­nary bourgeoisie."

Getty, A. Origins of the Great Purges. Cambridge, N. Y.: Cambridge Univ. Press, 1985, p. 122

 

            Kamenev and Zinoviev were originally tried for complicity in Kirov's murder and subsequently sentenced for moral responsibility.  The added charges of counter-revolutionary activity and conspiracy with Trotsky for Imperialist intervention were, however, the fundamental charges against them.  Kirov was an immensely popular leader and the odium of his assassination, lingering on Kamenev and Zinoviev, increased and illustrated their separation from the masses.  Radek's summing up in his own defense is probably the best statement of the position in which the conspirators found themselves after the triumph of the Stalin Line.  Divorced from the people and yet hopelessly committed and entangled in Opposition, their choice was admission and immediate disaster or further conspiracy and ultimate disaster.

            ... The accused were fluent in their confessions, as fluent, for example, as police witnesses speaking with their notes.  Does this suggests that their evidence, therefore, is concocted?  I have shown in my record of my examination how the preliminary interrogation before the charges are fully formulated discards all that is doubtful and accidental and concentrates on what is positive and fundamental.

Edelman, Maurice. G.P.U. Justice. London: G. Allen & Unwin, ltd.,1938, p. 216

 

            Kirov, one of the most important leaders in the Communist Party in the Soviet Union, was assassinated in December 1934.  The actual shots were fired by one Nikolayev, who was an active member of the Zinoviev organization.  As a result of the investigation, a part of the organization is discovered and some of its members are shown to have been in touch with Zinoviev and Kamenev.  Zinoviev and Kamenev admit "moral responsibility" for the murder of Kirov in the sense that they had created such a frame of mind amongst their adherents in relation to the Soviet Government as provided a stimulus for such actions as that of Nikolayev.

            That was the extent of their admission of guilt and they were sentenced accordingly.  When people in Britain declare "It is almost incredible that old Bolsheviks should take to assassination against their opponents in the Party" they are only echoing what was the general opinion in the Soviet Union in January 1935.  People were perfectly willing to accept the statements of Zinoviev and Kamenev that while they had sowed hatred against the policy of the Soviet Government they had not directly organized assassination.  There were no proofs to the contrary discovered at that moment, and everyone was prepared to give Zinoviev and Kamenev the benefit of the doubt.  It was only as a result of the discovery of other terrorist groups that the participation of Zinoviev and Kamenev in the organization of assassination was fully revealed.  Zinoviev and Kamenev at each stage only admitted as much as was already known from other sources.  The full names of the plot, the full meaning of the plotters' association with Nazi Germany, they concealed to the end.  Such behavior is not consistent with the theory that the OGPU first fabricated a plot and then--for reasons which are perfectly grotesque--forced a number of old revolutionists to confess to it.

Campbell, J. R. Soviet Policy and Its Critics. London: V. Gollancz, ltd., 1939, p. 245-246

 

 

STALIN URGES TREATING TROTSKYISTS AND FORMER TROTSKYISTS FAIRLY

 

            Stalin again argued for circumspection (if not restraint) on the liquidation of Trotskyists.  After noting that, of course, the present wreckers, spies, etc., had to be smashed, he reflected: "But here is the question--how to carry out in practice the task of smashing and uprooting the German-Japanese agents of Trotskyism.  Does this mean that we should strike and uproot not only the real Trotskyists, but also those who wavered at some time toward Trotskyism, and then long ago came away from Trotskyism; not only those who are really Trotskyist agents for wrecking, but also those who happened once upon a time to go along a street where some Trotskyist or other had once passed?  At any rate such voices were heard at the plenum.  Can we consider such an interpretation of the resolution to be correct?  No, we cannot consider it correct.

            On this question, as on all other questions, there must be an individual, differentiated approach.  You must not judge everybody by the same yardstick....

            Among our responsible comrades, there are a certain number of former Trotskyists who left Trotskyism long ago, and now fight against Trotskyism not worse, but better than some of our respected comrades who never chanced to waver toward Trotskyism.  It would be foolish to vilify such comrades now."

            Stalin seemed to be cautioning against uncontrolled witch hunting of persons with only tenuous connections to Trotskyism.  "Voices" at the plenum had apparently supported such measures, and it seems safe to presume that they came from two sources.  First, Yezhov and Molotov may have argued for such a root-and-branch approach to Trotskyism in the party and economic leadership.  Stalin warned against vilifying such "responsible comrades" simply because they were former adherents of Trotskyism.  Second, regional party secretaries frequently sought to demonstrate their own vigilance by "unmasking" the enemy (currently defined as Trotskyists) among the rank-and-file.  Given this record, it would not have been strange for local officials to protect their cronies by encouraging the expulsion of rank-and-file members with remote (or no) connections to Trotskyism.  Despite Stalin's strictures, this practice would continue because it was the obvious way for local leaders to expel troublesome critics and subordinates while appearing to be zealous.

Getty, A. Origins of the Great Purges. Cambridge, N. Y.: Cambridge Univ. Press, 1985, p. 144-145

 

            ...on June 14, 1939 Ulrich reported to Stalin and Molotov that a 'large number of cases were pending against members of Right-Trotskyite, bourgeois nationalist and espionage organizations:...  For the sake of secrecy, we suggest the defendants not be allowed to attend their trials.  I await your orders.'  There is no indication on this document of Stalin's response, but given the huge deficiency of officers in the face of a looming war, it is possible that he rejected it as an example of 'mistakes and slander'.

Volkogonov, Dmitri. Stalin: Triumph and Tragedy. New York: Grove Weidenfeld, 1991, p. 368

 

            Thus, on the very eve of 1937, Stalin let it be known that people with "the past sins of Trotskyism" could enjoy "full confidence."

Rogovin, Vadim. 1937: Year of Terror. Oak Park, Michigan: Labor Publications, 1998, p. 90

 

            Just as during the sharpest moments of the legal struggle against the Oppositions of the 1920s, Stalin superficially was distancing himself from the extremist moods of Central Committee members and was speaking in favor of "flexible" decisions.  He declared, "you cannot measure all people by the same yardstick....  Among our leading comrades there are a certain number of former Trotskyists who long ago abandoned Trotskyism and are now waging a battle against Trotskyism no worse, and even better than a few of our respected comrades who did not have the occasion to waiver in the direction of Trotskyism."

Rogovin, Vadim. 1937: Year of Terror. Oak Park, Michigan: Labor Publications, 1998, p. 290

 

            The third episode involved the fate of Khrushchev himself.  Knowing that during the discussion of candidacies, the slightest affiliation of each candidate in the past to "Trotskyism" would be presented, inevitably in an especially biased manner, Khrushchev was terrified that some of the delegates might remember a dangerous page in his biography: during the discussion of 1923 he had spoken in support of Trotsky on the question of inner-party democracy.  Understanding that if this fact became known in the heated atmosphere of the conference, he "would find it very difficult to give an explanation," Khrushchev decided to confess directly to Stalin.  Imagining what consequences this confession might entail, he sought advice from Kaganovich, who at that time was very favorably disposed toward him.  Kaganovich, who "had been entrusted with observing the Moscow conference," began to strongly dissuade Khrushchev from his intentions to tell Stalin about his "Trotskyist vacillations."  Despite his warnings, Khrushchev nevertheless decided to tell Stalin "about the mistake committed in 1923," so that he would not appear at the conference to be a man "who had concealed compromising information."

            After he had told Stalin about his "mistake," Khrushchev added that he "had been taken in at that time by Kharechko, who was a rather well-known Trotskyist."  Stalin reacted to his words: "Kharechko?  Oh, I knew him.  He was an interesting man."  (Kharechko at that time was in a Kolyma concentration camp).  Khrushchev asked Stalin whether he should speak at the conference about his "mistake" from the distant past.  Stalin answered: "As far as I'm concerned, you don't have to mention it.  You have told us, and that is enough."  Molotov, who was present during this conversation, objected: "No, it would be better if he spoke."  Stalin agreed: "Yes, you had better speak about it, because if you don't, then someone might latch onto it, and then they will shower you with questions, and us with denunciations."

            Thirty years after the event, Khrushchev recalled that this discussion produced a certainty in him that "those who had been arrested were truly enemies of the people, even though they had acted so craftily that we were unable to notice because of our inexperience, political blindness, and trustfulness.  Stalin...seemed to rise up even higher on the pedestal: he saw everything, knew everything, judged people's mistakes fairly, defended and supported honest people, and punished those who were undeserving of trust."

            Kaganovich treated this episode somewhat differently in his discussions with Chuev.  Kaganovich reported that Khrushchev came running to him with tears in his eyes: "What am I to do?  Should I speak at the conference or not?"  Kaganovich promised to seek advice on this question from Stalin.  When he learned that Khrushchev "had been a Trotskyist," Stalin asked, "And what about now?"  Kaganovich replied, "He is very active, and fights sincerely."  Then Stalin said: "Let him speak, let him tell about it.  Then you should speak and say the Central Committee knows about this and trusts him...."  As Kaganovich recalls, "That's what was done."

            The episode of Khrushchev's "Trotskyist past" had a noteworthy continuation.  At the session of the Presidium of the Central Committee in June 1957, when Molotov and Kaganovich proposed to remove Khrushchev from his post as First Secretary of the Central Committee, one of their main arguments was reference to Khrushchev's "Trotskyism."  Kaganovich was particularly impassioned in exposing Khrushchev as a "Trotskyist."  When several participants at the session began to protest against this "inadmissible method," Molotov declared, "But it all happened."

Rogovin, Vadim. 1937: Year of Terror. Oak Park, Michigan: Labor Publications, 1998, p. 301-302

 

 

            As at the February-March plenum, Stalin declared his readiness to give indulgences to former Trotskyists who "have left Trotskyism, left it for good and who are putting up a very good fight against it."  Having said that he could "count 20 or 30" such people, Stalin named as an example the Politburo member Andreev, who "had been a very active Trotskyist in 1921," but now "was fighting very well."

Rogovin, Vadim. 1937: Year of Terror. Oak Park, Michigan: Labor Publications, 1998, p. 433

 

            Some of those present had outdone themselves in calling for punishment of all who had ever had the most tenuous ties with Trotskyists or Trotskyism.  This we may infer from the fact that Stalin now cautioned against demands "heard here at the plenum" for casting out not only "real Trotskyists" but also those who had once oscillated toward Trotskyism but then turned away from it, and even those who had occasion "to walk along the same street as a Trotskyist."   An individualized approach was needed, he [Stalin] said.   Some one-time Trotskyists had really reformed, and some non-Trotskyists had maintained personal ties with individual Trotskyists for a time.   But such comrades must not be lumped together with the Trotskyists.

Tucker, Robert. Stalin in Power: 1929-1941. New York: Norton, 1990, p. 427

 

            But the question arises: how is this task of smashing and uprooting the Japano-German Trotskyite agents to be carried out in practice?  Does that mean that we must strike at and uproot, not only real Trotskyites, but also those who at some time or other wavered in the direction of Trotskyism and then, long ago, abandoned Trotskyism; not only those who are really Trotskyite wrecking agents, but also those who, at some time or other, had occasion to walk down a street through which some Trotskyite had passed?  At all events, such voices were heard at this Plenum.  Can such an interpretation of the resolution be regarded as correct?  No, it cannot be regarded as correct.  In this matter, as in all others, an individual, discriminate approach is required.  You cannot measure everybody with the same yardstick.  Such a wholesale approach can only hinder the fight against the real Trotskyite wreckers and spies.

            Among our responsible comrades there are a number of former Trotskyites who abandoned Trotskyism long ago and are fighting Trotskyism not less and perhaps more effectively than some of our respected comrades who have never wavered in the direction of Trotskyism.  It would be foolish to cast a slur upon such comrades now.

            Among our comrades there are some who ideologically were always opposed to Trotskyism, but who, notwithstanding this, maintained personal connections with individual Trotskyites which they did not hesitate to dissolve as soon as the practical features of Trotskyism became clear to them.  Of course, it would have been better had they broken off their personal friendly connections with individual Trotskyites at once, and not only after some delay.  But it would be foolish to lump such comrades with the Trotskyites.

            3)  What does choosing the right people and putting them in the right place mean?

            It means, firstly, choosing workers according to political principle, i.e., whether they are worthy of political confidence, and secondly, according to business principle, i.e., whether they are fit for such and such a definite job

            Can it be said that this Bolshevik rule is adhered to by our Party comrades?  Unfortunately, this cannot be said.  Reference was made to this at this Plenum.  But not everything was said about it.  The point is that this tried and tested rule is frequently violated in our practical work, and violated in the most flagrant manner.  Most often, workers are not chosen for objective reasons, but for casual, subjective, philistine, petty-bourgeois reasons.  Most often, so-called acquaintances, friends, fellow-townsmen, personally devoted people, masters in the art of praising their chiefs are chosen without regard for their political and business fitness.

Stalin, Joseph. Works, Vol. 14, Speech in Reply to Debate, 1 April 1937, Red Star Press, London, Pravda 1978, pp. 279-280

 

            The campaign against the Party opposition continued.  Ezhov drafted the Politburo resolution “On the Attitude to Counterrevolutionary Trotskyist-Zinovievist Elements,” which Stalin signed on 29 September; the “Trotskyist-Zinovievist scoundrels” should from now on be considered “foreign agents, spies, subversives, and wreckers on behalf of the fascist bourgeoisie in Europe,” and one needed to make short work of them all.  Stalin did delete one point from the draft: a demand for the summary execution of several thousand Trotskyists and the exile of thousands of others to Iakutiia.

Jansen, Marc & Petrov, Nikita.  Stalin's Loyal Executioner: Yezhov, Stanford, Calif: Hoover Institution Press, c2002, p. 57

 

STALIN SAYS LEADERS SHOULD JUDGE PEOPLE AS INDIVIDUALS NOT AS PART OF A GROUP

 

            Finally, Stalin touched a longtime sore point: the "formal and heartless bureaucratic attitude of some of our party comrades toward the fate of individual party members" who had been expelled from the party.  Moscow had denounced the practice on several occasions, but this time Stalin took a stronger stand.

            "The fact is that some of our party leaders suffer from lack of attention to people, to party members....  They have, therefore, not an individual approach to party members.  And just because they have not an individual approach when appraising party members, they usually act at random, either praising them wholesale, without measure, or crushing them, also wholesale and without measure, expelling thousands and tens of thousands from the party....

            But only people who in essence are profoundly anti-party can have such an approach to members of the party."

Getty, A. Origins of the Great Purges. Cambridge, N. Y.: Cambridge Univ. Press, 1985, p. 147

 

 

            It was Stalin who called a special plenum of the Central Committee in January 1938, when more than half of the members of the Central Committee had already been arrested, to pass the resolution "On the mistakes of party organizations in expelling Communists, on the bureaucratic handling of the appeals of those expelled, and on measures to eliminate these shortcomings."  Presenting scattered figures on expulsions that had been rescinded by the Control Commission and on "enemy" accusations that had been proved groundless by the NKVD, the resolution attacked the expellers and accusers:

            "All these facts show that many of our party organizations... have not exposed the cleverly massed enemy who hides...  behind shouts for vengeance... and tries to slaughter our Bolshevik cadres and sow distrust and excessive suspiciousness in our ranks."

            Whereupon the Central Committee ordered all party organizations to cease "mass, wholesale expulsions," to decide each case on an individual basis, to get rid of party officials who did not take the individual approach, and to review the appeals of expelled members within the three-month period. 

            ... Only on the eve of the 18th Party Congress, after Yezhov's dismissal, did the press begin to emphasize Stalin's leading role in the assault on "enemies of the people."  The theme was continued by many speakers at the congress itself in March 1939.  Shkiryatov, for example, declared:...

            "Comrade Stalin has directed the work of purging enemies who have wormed their way into the party.  Comrade Stalin taught us how to fight wreckers in a new way; he taught us how to get rid of these hostile elements quickly and decisively."

            ...Many years later, further details were made public.  At first Shkiryatov was given the job of checking Mishakova's accusations.  He supported her, but only to the extent of suggesting that Kosarev be reprimanded for "persecuting" Mishakova.  Shkiryatov sent this proposal to Stalin, with a covering note: "Dear Joseph Vissarionovich: As always, I am sending this memo to you.  If something is not right, you will correct me."  And Stalin did "correct" Shkiryatov.  In his speech to the seventh plenum of the Komsomol Central Committee, Shkiryatov shouted: "You, Kosarev, wanted to kill everything Stalinist and Bolshevik in Mishakova, but you didn't succeed, because Stalin intervened in this matter."

Medvedev, Roy. Let History Judge. New York: Columbia University Press, 1989, p. 528-529

 

            On this question, as on all other questions, there must be an individual, differentiated approach. You must not measure everyone with the same yardstick.  Such a sweeping approach can only harm the cause of struggle against the real Trotskyite wreckers and spies.

            Among our responsible comrades there are a certain number of former Trotskyites who left Trotskyism long ago, and now fight against Trotskyism not worse but better than some of our respected comrades who never chanced to waver toward Trotskyism.  It would be foolish to vilify such comrades now.

            Among our comrades there are also those who always stood against Trotskyism ideologically, but in spite of this kept up personal contacts with individual Trotskyites, which they did not delay in liquidating as soon as the actual visage of Trotskyism became clear to them.  It is, of course, not a good thing that they did not break off their personal friendly connections with individual Trotskyites at once, but belatedly.  But it would be silly to lump such comrades together with the Trotskyites.

Stalin, Joseph. Mastering Bolshevism. San Francisco: Proletarian Publishers, 1972, p. 33

 

            Given the explicit assumption at the February 1937 Plenum that "enemies" were within the gates, Stalin's measured call for an "individual, differentiated approach" to the verification of comrades was overwhelmed by the cacophony of calls for vigilance, for giving the NKVD increased powers, for smashing the enemy.  His cautions may have tempered somewhat the resolution of the Plenum, but such nuances were drowned out by the rallying cries of the advocates of vigilance, comrades who believed that the August 1936 and January 1937 trials and other recent revelations proved that "enemies" threatened the party and national security.  Of course, none of them believed that they themselves were "enemies."                                         

Chase, William J., Enemies Within the Gates?, translated by Vadim A. Staklo, New Haven: Yale University Press, c2001, p. 221.

 

IN 1937 STALIN WARNED AGAINST EXCESSES AGAINST MANAGEMENT AND LEADERS

 

            Although Stalin certainly supported the liquidation of highly placed "spies, wreckers, and enemies" and a promotion of "control from below," there is no reason to believe that he intended for the fusion of the two campaigns to produce the chaos it did.  Almost immediately, Moscow began a series of unsuccessful attempts to limit the chaos while continuing to support investigations of highly placed "enemies."

            Even as the press continued to push anti-bureaucratic and mass criticism themes, Moscow warned against excesses that could lead to chaos....

            In June 1937, the press continued to criticize radical "excesses."  Pravda complained that criticism of leaders had sometimes gone too far.  Production and labor discipline had suffered as rank-and-file activists criticized their leaders and managers.  The press warned that such excesses were dangerously reminiscent of the anti-party activities of Trotskyists....

            Later in October 1937, Stalin made one of his rare 0lympian pronouncements, which esoterically condemned radical excesses.  In a reception for lower-and middle-level leaders of industry from the Donbas, Stalin toasted the leaders of Soviet industry.  Although he did not directly denounce radicalism, he went out of his way to explain that Soviet technicians and economic leaders, unlike their prerevolutionary counterparts, deserved the trust and respect of the Soviet people.  Stressing that members of the Soviet intelligentsia and management cadre were drawn from the proletariat, he defended such leaders and warned that it was wrong to persecute all leaders.  It would have been unnecessary for him to make such remarks had radical specialist baiting not been out of control.

Getty, A. Origins of the Great Purges. Cambridge, N. Y.: Cambridge Univ. Press, 1985, p. 178

 

            Although sources on this period are weak and vague, there are signs that Stalin may not have been entirely satisfied with other events in mid-1937.  He certainly favored an offensive against disobedient, suspicious, and corrupt members of the bureaucracy, but it is by no means certain that he was comfortable with the accompanying excesses.  For whatever reason, he seems to have tried to reduce the cult of the NKVD by putting a certain distance between himself and the radical efforts of the police.

Getty, A. Origins of the Great Purges. Cambridge, N. Y.: Cambridge Univ. Press, 1985, p. 182

 

STALIN AND HIS ALLIES TRIED TO CONTROL EXCESSES AND UNJUST EXPULSIONS

 

            Although Moscow politicians, including Stalin, tried to channel and control political campaigns, the evidence shows that they had great difficulty doing so.  As in the cases of the Shakhty trial, collectivization, and membership screenings, Moscow had to intervene forcefully to limit and defuse movements it had unleashed.  The repeated but unheeded demands to halt expulsions of passives between 1935 and 1939 are examples of Moscow's inability to control events.  "Fulfillment of decisions" remained as elusive as ever.

            In 1937 and 1938, Stalin and company tried to contain radicalism through press articles, speeches, revised electoral plans, and deglorifying the police.  That they had to take such measures shows their lack of tight control over events.

Getty, A. Origins of the Great Purges. Cambridge, N. Y.: Cambridge Univ. Press, 1985, p. 195

 

            But we have still another error in this field.  The fact is that our comrades do not recognize the mean between two extremes.  It is sufficient for a worker, a Party member, to commit some small offense, to be late two or three times at a Party meeting, not to pay membership dues for some reason or other, and in a flash he is thrown out of the Party.

            No interest is taken in the degree of his offense, the cause of his non-appearance at the meeting, the cause of the non--payment of membership dues.  The bureaucracy of this is simply unparalleled.  It is not difficult to understand that, precisely as a result of such a heartless policy, splendid skilled workers, excellent Stakhanovites, have been thrown out of the Party.  And was it impossible, before expelling them from the Party, to give a warning, and if this had no effect, to censure them, or administer a reprimand, and, if this had no effect, to set a period for reformation, or in the extreme case to reduce to the position of a candidate, but not expel them with a sweep of the hand from the Party?

            Of course it was possible.

            But this requires an attentive attitude to people, to the Party members, to the fact of Party membership.  And this is exactly what some of our comrades lack.

            It is high time to put a stop to this outrageous practice.

Stalin, Joseph. Mastering Bolshevism. San Francisco: Proletarian Publishers, 1972, p. 48

 

PURGES DECREASED THROUGH THE 30’S AND DIFFER FROM THE EZHOVSHCHINA

 

            The traditional view of the events of 1933-39--which sees them as related and incremental parts of the same terrorist crescendo--needs revision.  Fainsod and others described the 1933-39 period as an "almost continuous purge" in the Western Region, and his conceptual framework has dominated nearly all views of the period.  It is based on the idea that after 1933 (or 1934) there was a constantly increasing level of "purging" accompanied by a similarly rising curve of fear and panic.  According to this view, the continuous purge began in 1933 with the chistka.  The assassination of Politburo member Kirov in December 1934 "touched off a new round of almost continuous purges," which expanded in "everwidening circles."  In the months after Kirov's murder, "the net was spread wide," leading to a hail storm of indiscriminate denunciations and a "rich haul" of victims....

            This view is weakly supported by the available primary evidence.  Aside from particular errors...this interpretation suffers from grave phenomenological problems. 

            First, in terms of their attrition to the Party the 1933-36 membership screenings were actually a decrescendo, in that each operation expelled fewer members than the previous one.  Indeed, these purges were milder than their direct ancestors of the 1920s.

            Second, most expulsions were for nonideological and nondissident infractions: violations of party discipline, theft, abuse of position.  Simple nonparticipation accounted for more of those expelled than did political crimes.  The screenings were hardly "heresy hunts," and to associate the benign exchange of party documents with the "acts of the purge" is at least inaccurate.

            The chistki were different from the Ezhovshchina, although Yezhov was involved in both.  They had different targets and were conducted by different agencies for different reasons.  In fact, the membership purges ended before the Ezhovshchina began, and readmission upon appeal began before, and continued during, the terror....  All political events of 30s were not simply related parts of the same Great Purges crescendo.

Getty, A. Origins of the Great Purges. Cambridge, N. Y.: Cambridge Univ. Press, 1985, p. 201-202

 

            Given the one-sided nature of discourse in the field, it may perhaps not be gratuitous to point out some of the minor, more technical aspects of the revisionist view of the origins of the terror that are being confirmed by new archival evidence. 

            First, when Stalin said in the fall of 1936 that the NKVD was "four years behind" in uncovering oppositionist plots, he was indeed referring to the 1932 united oppositionist bloc brokered by Trotsky & Smirnov, and not to the Ryutin platform.  The 1932 bloc was, then, the catalytic event in the escalation of Stalinist terror. 

            Second, we also now have confirmation of the fact that party expulsions in the 1935-37 period (that is, after the Kirov assassination and before the onslaught of the terror) were steadily decreasing in number, even after the first show trial in the summer of 1936 and were not especially directed against oppositionists, "wreckers," or "spies." 

            Third, the January 1938 Central Committee resolution criticizing excessive vigilance and unjust persecutions was directed against regional party machines and their leaders who, like Postyshev, expelled rank-and-file members to divert attention from their own people.  It had nothing to do with the NKVD.

            [Footnote: Roughly 264,000 people were expelled in 1935, 51,500 in 1936.  In both years of "chistka" only 5.5% of those expelled were accused of opposition and .9% for being "spies" or having "connections to spies."  Class- alien origins and personal corruption comprised the overwhelming majority.]

Getty and Manning. Stalinist Terror. Cambridge, NY: Cambridge University Press, 1993, p. 60

 

            A resolution on a more general purging of the Party was passed by a plenum of the Central Committee on 12 January 1933.  More than 800,000 members were expelled during the year, and another 340,000 in 1934.

Conquest, Robert. The Great Terror. New York: Oxford University Press, 1990, p. 26

 

 

            Between November 1936 and March 1939, including 1937, when the 'Great Purge' was at its most intense, roughly 160,000 to 180,000 people left the CPSU (for any reason).  This represented about 8% of total Party members, far fewer than those who were expelled in the purge of 1933.

            In 1937, at the height of the Great Purge in Moscow, 33,000 (13.4% of the total Moscow Oblast Party organization) left to the party; this compares with 133,000 in 1933 and 45,500 in 1935.

Szymanski, Albert. Human Rights in the Soviet Union. London: Zed Books, 1984, p. 241

 

THERE IS NO EVIDENCE OF A STALIN MASTER PLAN TO ELIMINATE OPPONENTS IN THE 30’S

 

            Some will feel that this study has taken a naive view of Stalin's role as planner and perpetrator.  There's no doubt that he had chief responsibility for political leadership, but the present account has more than once failed to conclude that the events were part of a coherent plan.  Evidence of high-level confusion, counterproductive initiatives, and lack of control over events has not supported the notion of a grand design.  Careful analysis of archival, documentary, press, and creditable memoir sources neither supports nor disproves the existence of a plan.  It is still possible that the events of 1933-39 were parts of a devilish and devious strategy, but the evidence indicates that a master Stalin plan must remain an a priori assumption, an intuitive guess, or a hypothesis.  It can be suspected but not established on the basis of the presently available classes of evidence.

            Stalin did not initiate or control everything that happened in the party and country.  The number of hours in the day, divided by the number of things for which he was responsible, suggests that his role in many areas could have been little more than occasional intervention, prodding, threatening, or correcting.  In the course of a day, Stalin made decisions on everything from hog breeding to subways to national defense.  He met with scores of experts, heard dozens of reports, and settled various disputes between contending factions for budgetary or personnel allocations.  He was an executive, and reality forced him to delegate most authority to his subordinates, each of whom had his own opinion, client groups, and interests.

Getty, A. Origins of the Great Purges. Cambridge, N. Y.: Cambridge Univ. Press, 1985, p. 203

 

            First, the results of [Getty’s] research show that the political events during the thirties were not “a unified phenomenon (the Great Purges), which can be studied as a process    planned, prepared, and carried out” by Stalin and his most intimate men.

            Second, the research shows that the allegation that “the Old Bolsheviks of Lenin’s (and Stalin’s) generation were the purges’ target” has no relationship with reality.  Further, Getty confirms that it is time to review what has been taught about the Soviet Union of the thirties.

Sousa, Mario.  The Class Struggle During the Thirties in the Soviet Union, 2001.

 

            Some students of the 1930s view the period from December 1934 to 1939 as one in which Stalin orchestrated events according to a preconceived plan.  To date, there is no evidence to prove that argument, which is based on assumptions about Stalin's intentions.

Chase, William J., Enemies Within the Gates?, translated by Vadim A. Staklo, New Haven: Yale University Press, c2001, p. 321.

 

            Everything seems to indicate that Stalin and his lieutenants worked to expand their power at the expense of local leaders, to centralize decision-making power by reducing local authorities use of repression, and to modernize the judicial system by making it more uniform, transparent, and predictable.  The eruption of mass repression in the kulak order of mid-1937 seems therefore not to have been part of any long-term planning or policy.  Stalin had gone out of his way to identify himself with those who opposed mass operations; this would have been poor strategy indeed had he planned to launch one.

Getty, J. Arch.  "Excesses are not permitted, "Russian Review 61 (January 2002) p. 122.

 

SOME PEOPLE ARE OBSESSED WITH WRITING AGAINST STALIN

 

            The book that I am presenting for the readers consideration is the main work of my life.  I have been occupied with it nearly all my adult years.

Medvedev, Roy.  ”Let History Judge. New York: Columbia University Press, 1989, p. xi

 

 

RUMOR, GOSSIP, AND HEARSAY DOMINATE ANTI-STALIN PROPAGANDA WRITINGS

 

            History cannot be written unless the historian can achieve some kind of contact with the mind of those about whom he is writing.  [TOO BAD MANY IGNORED THIS ADVICE]

Viola, Lynne. The Best Sons of the Fatherland. New York: Oxford Univ. Press, 1987, p. 5

 

            Estimates of those who perished under Stalin's rule--based principally on speculations by writers who never reveal how they arrive at such figures--vary widely.

Parenti, Michael.  Blackshirts and Reds, San Francisco: City Light Books, 1997, p. 77

 

            My collaboration with the people I have mentioned was based exclusively on personal initiative and trust.  I did not make use of or have access to any closed archives, "special collections," or any other limited-access depositories and I am not familiar with any.

Medvedev, Roy. Let History Judge. New York: Columbia University Press, 1989, p. xviii

 

            In the nature of things there could not be a published source for much of the information in this book; it was passed on by the victims of repression or their friends or relatives.

Medvedev, Roy. Let History Judge. New York: Columbia University Press, 1989, p. xx

 

            In some western newspapers after Stalin's death as well as in the Russian emigre press of the '20s there were various speculations on the subject of Stalin and women.  One author, hiding under the pseudonym Essad-Bey, claimed that Stalin, like an Oriental sheik, kept his beautiful wife locked up at his Kremlin apartment or at his dacha and forbade her to show herself to other men, so that even his Kremlin colleagues never saw her face.  Others asserted that Stalin married secretly after Alliluyeva's death or that he held orgies at his dachas or in his Kremlin apartment.  All this is the product of unfounded rumor or deliberate fabrication.

Medvedev, Roy. Let History Judge. New York: Columbia University Press, 1989, p. 55

 

            To this very day allegations occasionally appear in the foreign press that Lenin did not die a natural death but was killed by Stalin.  For example, in 1976 the journal Veremya i my ran such an article by Lydia Shatunovskaya entitled "The Secret of One Arrest," in which she repeats a story supposedly told to her by Ivan Gronsky, a former editor of Izvestia and Novy mir, to the effect that Stalin murdered Lenin.  As the story goes, Stalin was visiting at Gronsky's apartment, drank so much that he lost all self-control, and had to stay overnight; during this drinking bout Stalin told his host about the murder.  This is all pure fantasy, though probably Gronsky's rather than Shatunovskaya's.  It is true that Gronsky was a well-known figure in the literary world in the early 30s.  He was the editor in chief of Novy mir and took part in preparations for the First Congress of Soviet Writers, but he was not elected even as a delegate.  Stalin knew Gronsky, but to say that he was "Stalin's most trusted man on literary questions" or that he "can go and see Stalin any time without a report to give"--these assertions were made up by Gronsky.  In 1937 Gronsky was arrested and 16 years later returned from prison with a highly tarnished reputation.  In order to win people's confidence again, or at least to attract their attention, he was capable of making up the most unlikely stories about his life before and after his arrest.

Medvedev, Roy. Let History Judge. New York: Columbia University Press, 1989, p. 77

 

            To this day, in works published outside the Soviet Union, one can still occasionally encounter the allegation that Lenin did not die a natural death but was actually killed by Stalin.  For example, in 1976 Time and We published an article by Lydia Shatunovskaya, entitled "The Secret of One Arrest."  Claiming that Stalin murdered Lenin, she repeats a story said to have been told by Ivan Gronsky, the former editor of Izvestia and Novy Mir.  According to this story, Stalin once visited Gronsky in his apartment in the mid-1930s, got drunk beyond all self-control, and talked about the murder to his host.  All this is pure fantasy, invented either by Shatunovskaya or by Gronsky himself.

Medvedev, Roy. On Stalin and Stalinism. New York: Oxford University Press, 1979, p. 32

 

 

            Trotsky, too, spread similar stories in the last years of his life.  His version was so unbelievable that Life magazine, which had contracted with Trotsky for an article on Lenin, refused to print it.  Several other American magazines rejected the article, and it did not appear until August 10, 1940, in the Hearst publication Liberty.  Trotsky's arguments in support of his version were highly unconvincing.  He recalled that at the end of February 1923 Lenin asked for some strong poison he could take if he felt another stroke coming on.  Trotsky remembers that the Politburo refused to give Lenin any poison, but in Trotsky's opinion Stalin might have done so.

Medvedev, Roy. Let History Judge. New York: Columbia University Press, 1989, p. 78

 

            On Dec. 22, he [Lenin] requested Fotieva to provide him with cyanide in the event he lost the capacity to speak.  He had made a similar request of Stalin as early as May, a fact in which Maria Ulianova saw proof of Lenin's special confidence in Stalin.

            [Footnote]: In 1939, shortly before he was murdered, Trotsky recalled an incident at the Politburo meeting in February 1923, at which Stalin, with a sinister leer, reported that Lenin had asked him for poison to end his hopeless condition.  Trotsky to the end of his life believed it likely that Lenin died from toxin supplied by the General Secretary:  There was something disingenuous about Trotsky's claim, because he was in possession of a cable from Dzerzhinsky, dated February 1, 1924, that advise him that the autopsy had revealed no traces of poison in Lenin's blood: according to Fotieva, Stalin never supplied Lenin with poison.

Pipes, Richard. Russia Under the Bolshevik Regime. New York: A.A. Knopf, 1993, p. 469

 

 

            Volkogonov promised to support my rehabilitation in exchange for my cooperation.  When we met on November 4th, 1989, I suggested that Volkogonov correct his account of the Stamenov episode, which had just appeared in a literary journal.  He claimed in the article that Stalin had personally met Stamenov, which I knew was untrue.  I myself had handled the probe to plant disinformation among Nazi diplomats, feeling out the Germans' desire for a peace settlement in 1941.  When Volkogonov's book appeared, the episode was not corrected.  He sticks to the version that Stalin and Molotov planned a separate Brest-Litovsk type peace treaty with Hitler,...

Sudoplatov, Pavel. Special Tasks. Boston: Little, Brown, c1993, p. 429

 

            For no other period [the Great Purges of the 1930s] or topic have historians been so eager to write and accept history-by-anecdote.  Grand analytical generalizations have come from secondhand bits of overheard corridor gossip.  Prison camp stories ("My friend met Bukharin's wife in a camp and she said...") have become primary sources on central political decision making.  The need to generalize from isolated and unverified particulars has transformed rumors into sources and has equated repetition of stories with confirmation.  Indeed, the leading expert on the Great Purges [Conquest] has written that "truth can thus only percolate in the form of hearsay" and that “basically the best, though not infallible, source is rumor."  [The Great Terror, 754]

[Footnote: Such statements would be astonishing in any other field of history.  Of course, historians do not accept hearsay and rumor as evidence.  Conquest goes on to say that the best way to check rumors is to compare them with one another.  This procedure would be sound only if rumors were not repeated and if memoirists did not read each other's works.]       

            As long as the unexplored classes of sources include archival and press material, it is neither safe nor necessary to rely on rumor and anecdote.

Getty, A. Origins of the Great Purges. Cambridge, N. Y.: Cambridge Univ. Press, 1985, p. 5

 

            1[Footnote on page 265: The basic works on the Great Purges are uniformly based on memoir sources.  Conquest, Terror, Medvedev, History: and Solzhenitsyn, the Gulag Archipelago, all rely almost exclusively on personal accounts.]

 

            Soviet history has no tradition of responsible source criticism.  Scholars have taken few pains to evaluate bias, authenticity, or authorship.  Specialists have accepted "sources" that, for understandable reasons, are anonymously attributed ("Unpublished memoir of"), and treat them as primary.2

            2[Footnote on Page 265: Much of the documentation in Medvedev's and Solzhenitsyn's works is of this form, as is much of the samizdat material.  Such documentation is methodically unacceptable in other fields of history.  One would be dubious about a footnote to the "unpublished memoir of the Duc de" in a work on the French revolutionary terror.

Getty, A. Origins of the Great Purges. Cambridge, N. Y.: Cambridge Univ. Press, 1985, p. 211

 

            Each of the emigre and defector sources represents a variant on the vast pool of such rumors and stories [regarding the Kirov assassination], but clearly none of them was in a position to know anything about their veracity.  The authors seemed to pick the stories that fit together into particular schemes, and subsequent historians followed suit.

            Indeed, in the rush to support a particular scenario, scholars have been strangely selective in their use of emigre memoirs.  They have accepted and used those that supported their preconceptions and ignored those that did not.  Students have embraced the rumors and flawed stories of Orlov, Barmine, and Nicolaevsky while ignoring accounts that call Kirov a "conservative," describe underground oppositionist plots in the '30s, and argue for the existence of a planned military coup against Stalin.  The point is not that these unused memoirs are any more credible than the familiar ones, but that all memoir accounts should be subjected to intense critical attention that takes contradictions into account.  All claims or hypotheses based solely on secondhand gossip or rumor should be rejected according to the elementary rules of evidence.

Getty, A. Origins of the Great Purges. Cambridge, N. Y.: Cambridge Univ. Press, 1985, p. 216

 

            One such work, however, was never published in the Soviet Union--Medvedev's Let History Judge....  It is a completely and uniformly bitter condemnation of Stalin by a former communist.

            Nearly all Medvedev's work is based on the post-1956 recollections of surviving party members.  Many such reminiscences appeared in the press in 1956-64, usually in connection with obituaries or anniversaries, and Medvedev apparently collected such statements and interviews as the basis of his work.  He made virtually no use of central or local press sources, published material, or contemporary documentation.  However, his introduction shows that he was familiar with the vast corpus of Western scholarship about Stalin, and in some places where Old Bolshevik circumstantial testimony is lacking (Stalin's hand in Kirov's death, for example), he seems to rely on Western versions. 

            Medvedev's is probably the most useful account of the fates of various people....  Like the previously cited works, however, its problem is the distance between his sources and central events.  Like all the above sources, none of Medvedev's often anonymous informants was close enough to the center of power to tell why things were happening or indeed exactly what was happening.  Medvedev is able to catalog events better than other writers, but he is not able to chronicle or analyze Moscow's decisions or attitudes with first-hand evidence.  All his informants were on the "outside," and their first-hand experience extended only to themselves and their associates.  Their speculations about why this happened or about Stalin's position are little better than ours.

            A work that deserves passing mention because of its current popularity is the Gulag Archipelago by Solzhenitsyn....  The work is of limited value to the serious student of the 1930s for it provides no important new information or original analytical framework.

            Many of the linchpins of the Western interpretation are based almost solely on an uncritical acceptance of rumors from persons not in a position to know.  This is not to say that these works are worthless lies bearing no relation to the truth.  They are quite valuable descriptions of personal experiments and should be taken as such.  But they are not primary sources that cast light on central decision making, or even on events of a national scale.  Because many of these writers were victims or opponents, they may have known less about high policy than we do.

            One need only scan the footnotes of any standard account of the Great Purges to see how much of the basic material of this view comes from the speculations of these contradictory and self-serving sources, who were in no position to report anything but gossip.  Most Western accounts were written during the post-World War II period, and their authors relied on emigre and defector accounts for the vital underpinnings of their view.  The inaccessibility of Soviet archives on these events compounded this tendency.  Yet if one applies strict rules of evidence and of source criticism to these works, accepting only that which the informant can report firsthand, several aspects of the Western interpretation collapse.

            [Footnote: In Conquest's, Terror, half the notes in the chapters "Stalin Prepares" and "The Kirov Murder" are to emigre and defector raconteurs who were not close to the events they describe.  Two-thirds of the references in the chapter "Architect of Terror" are to such secondhand accounts, which can in no way be tested for an account of the "architect."]

            Although the main weakness of the sources is their removal from the events they so freely judge, the question of political bias is also worth considering, as it is in other areas of historical inquiry.  Orlov, Trotsky, the Mensheviks, and Khrushchev were all self-interested political actors and had little incentive to produce an objective view....

            ...a generation of Cold War attitudes have contributed to what would be considered sloppy and methodically bankrupt scholarship in any other area of inquiry.  Historians of modern Europe would not try to study the politics of World War I by relying on the memoirs of soldiers from the trenches without exhausting the available press, documentary, and archival materials.

Getty, A. Origins of the Great Purges. Cambridge, N. Y.: Cambridge Univ. Press, 1985, p. 218-219

 

            Joel Carmichael writes:

            "One of the principal oddities throughout this strange interval of hesitation [the period from the end of August through the end of October 1917] was that since Lenin was in hiding his place as the most authoritative Bolshevik was occupied by Trotsky, at least as far as the public was concerned.  In effect this turned a man who had been an implacable opponent of the Bolsheviks for 15 years into their most authoritative spokesman...."

            Such assertions are mistaken; they fly in the face of generally known facts.  Trotsky's name certainly did appear side-by-side with Lenin's during the October days, but side-by-side does not mean equal.  Even the broad public understood the different political weight of the two men.  This was no secret to the enemies of the Bolshevik Party either.  As for the "consciousness of the party," there the names of Lenin and Trotsky were not at all equal.  The party had only one leader, Lenin, and he alone was the inspirer and organizer of the October Revolution.  It was not accidental that, while praising Trotsky, Lenin noted that the Mezhraiontsy had "hardly been tested in proletarian work in the spirit of our party."

            Carmichael's assertions are absolutely wrong.

Medvedev, Roy. Let History Judge. New York: Columbia University Press, 1989, p. 101

 

            The question of Frunze's death was not discussed at the party congress after all, but in 1926 the fifth issue of the literary monthly Novy Mir appeared with a story--Pilnyak's "Tale of the Unextinguished Moon"--that clearly implicated Stalin in Frunze's death, although the preface gave the following disclaimer: 

            “The plot of this story may suggest to the reader that Frunze’s death inspired it an provided the material for it.  Personally I hardly knew Frunze, I was barely acquainted with him, maybe met him twice....  I find it necessary to inform the reader of this, so that the reader will not look in this sotry for real persons or events.”

            Pilnyak displayed detailed knowledge of many circumstances surrounding the operation [for Frunze's stomach ulcer] and Frunze's death and stated bluntly that the "order" for the operation came from "Number One, the unbending man," who "headed the triumvirate"....  It is not surprising that the entire printing of the magazine was quickly confiscated....  In the next issue of Novy Mir the editors admitted that publication of Pilnyak's story had been an "obvious and flagrant mistake."

            Antonov-Ovseyenko has no doubt that Frunze's death was a political act of elimination organized by Stalin.  Adam Ulam, the American historian and Sovietologist, in his book on Stalin emphatically rejects this version.  He feels that the whole problem had to do with the poor organization of medical service in the Soviet Union in 1925.  As early as Lenin's time the practice of party intervention in medical affairs had been introduced; obligatory rest or treatment was prescribed for many party leaders.  Thus the Politburo's decision about Frunze's operation was not a rare exception.  Ulam considers Pilnyak's story unquestionable slander and comments:

            "It is probably that Pilnyak was put up to it by somebody who wanted to strike at Stalin.  The remarkable thing is that nothing happened at the time to Pilnyak or to the editor....  Whether out of contempt for the slander or a calculated restraint, or both, Stalin chose not to react to a libel which even in a [bourgeois] democratic society would have provided ample grounds for criminal proceedings against its author and publisher."

Medvedev, Roy. Let History Judge. New York: Columbia University Press, 1989, p. 158

 

            Frunze died in October 1925 at the height of the Stalin versus Zinoviev-Kamenev contest.   He himself had taken no position in the struggle.   His successor as War Commissar was Voroshilov.   And so rumors began to circulate that his death had been more than simply another case of medical malpractice.  The story exploded in the May 1926 issue of Novy Mir (New World), then as now the leading Soviet literary journal, in an all too transparent fiction about an "army commander" whom "Number One, the unbending man," forces to submit to an unnecessary operation, during which he is medically murdered.   The story, "The Tale of the Unextinguished Moon," was by the noted Soviet writer Boris Pilnyak.   The issue was, of course, immediately confiscated, and the substitute number of Novy Mir carried the editorial board's frightened apology for printing anti-party slander....  

            This was slander, and it is probable that Pilnyak was put up to it by somebody who wanted to strike at Stalin.   The remarkable thing is that nothing happened at the time to Pilnyak or to the editor.   In 1937 [11 years later] they were both arrested, but on other charges,...

            Whether out of contempt for the slander or a calculated restraint, or both, Stalin chose not to react to a libel which even in a democratic society would have provided ample grounds for criminal proceedings against its author and publisher.

Ulam, Adam. Stalin; The Man and his Era. New York: Viking Press, 1973, p. 260-261

 

            The opposition leaders were able to speak out as late as the autumn of 1927 through 'discussion sheets' which Pravda carried in preparation for the 15th Party Congress in December, and Trotsky was able to publish a statement in Pravda as late as August 1927.  The boldest attempt of the opposition to use the open press was the publication in the literary journal The New World of 'The Tale of the Unextinguished Moon' by Boris Pilniak in May 1926.  This was a barely disguised version of the death on 31 October 1926 of Trotsky's successor in the post of narkom of defense, Frunze.  He had been operated on for a gastric ailment, began to recover, then died.  Frunze and Stalin were supposed to have been on good terms and the General Secretary made much of his attempt to visit the patient in the hospital shortly after the operation.  The deceased, an old Bolshevik  turned military man, received the fullest possible honors, including an eulogy from Stalin and burial near the Lenin mausoleum.  But there was a rumor that it was a case of medical murder.  Frunze supposedly had been Zinoviev's candidate for narkom, while Stalin backed Voroshilov, who in fact succeeded Frunze in the post.  Allegedly, the General Secretary had arranged a Politburo order to the unwilling Frunze to have the operation, during which he received an overdose of an anesthetic known to be bad for his heart, although he apparently survived the actual operation for several days.

McNeal, Robert, Stalin: Man and Ruler. New York: New York University Press, 1988, p. 102

 

            It is impossible in the nature of the case to exculpate Stalin.  One might even speculate that he did not feel able to oust Zinoviev from Leningrad, while Frunze headed the armed forces.  On the other hand, the evidence against Stalin is not strong, and it seems unlikely that he would have risked murder of such an important personage at this stage in his career.  But the rumors that Stalin had murdered Frunze obviously served the opposition.... It was in any case, a demonstration that the absence of a reign of terror in the Soviet Union in 1926 that a writer, even a brash eccentric like Pilniak, would dream of publishing a novel that virtually accused of murder, the man whom the writer called 'Number One' and 'the unbending man'.  Or that a literary journal would accept it.  In fact, one journal rejected it, and Pilniak cheekily dedicated the story to the rejecting editor when it was published, adding a preposterous denial that the plot was based on Frunze's death.  This was going too far.  The offending issue of the journal was withdrawn, and apologies for such 'error' and 'slander', which could 'play into the hands of the small-minded counter-revolutionary', were forthcoming from both editors who were involved and the author.  But the whole scandal served as much to advertise Pilniak's tale as to suppress it, and the matter was common knowledge.

McNeal, Robert, Stalin: Man and Ruler. New York: New York University Press, 1988, p. 102

 

 (J. Arch Getty)

            Frustrating to historians and journalists, this strange situation has inevitably spawned a heterogeneous collection of purportedly serious writings on Stalin.  In the absence of reliable first-hand testimony or revealing written evidence, and in their desperation to understand the man, writers on Stalin and his period have offered the specialized and general public a diverse but sometimes troubling bill of fare. 

            Although there have been some outright forgeries, the more common tradition has been to infer the details of his personal life and actions.  Novelists (and novelists pretending to be historians) have presented fictitious dialogs and purported soliloquies by the dictator.  Others have made dubious claims of having known him closely and many memorists have reported scenes with Stalin that they did not witness.  We also now have published collections of myths about Stalin.

            Consider for example the famous "Letter of an Old Bolshevik."  First published in a Menshevik journal in 1936, the text reports to be the record of a conversation between Bukharin and Nicolaevsky in Paris and is the original source for several key points about Stalin.  Internal inconsistencies and other problems cast grave doubt on its accuracy and even its authenticity.  Nevertheless, scholars continue to cite it as evidence.  Similarly, Orlov's Secret History of Stalin's Crimes has provided the bedrock evidence for another set of historical assertions.  We learn here the "insiders" account of Stalin's relations with the NKVD chief Yezhov and other nefarious personalities.  Yet, it turns out that Orlov was abroad during the 1930s and picked up his tantalizing tidbits as second and third hand corridor gossip. 

            It may well be that some of what Nicolaevsky & Orlov report is true.  But the dubious origins of the works must cast doubt on their claims.  How does one know what is true and what is not?  Does one accept what one likes and believes and reject the rest?  In most other fields of historical research, such flimsy tales would be rejected as sources out of hand.  Were we to do this here, we would discover that we no longer have evidence of Kirov's moderation or Stalin's conspiracy to kill him....

            In addition to suspicious memoirs and pretended letters, there is a large corpus of historical fiction and fictional history.  The problems with such literary sources have been analyzed in print.  They tend toward fictionalization, are tailored to produce emotional responses, and try to make moral points.  Despite apparent similarities between historical and literary works as texts, they are different genres.  Historians conduct research and handle data differently than do creative writers.  Hypotheses are tested, discrete interpretations are discussed and documented, and evidence is carefully weighed.  For example, Rybakov's Children of the Arbat, which has played a key role in anti-Stalin shock work and is even hailed as a historical source, contains numerous factual errors and flights of literary fancy.  Even Volkogonov's more scholarly Triumph and Tragedy contains invented dialogue between Stalin and his clique.

            Unlike historians, literateurs are generally unconcerned about verifying their sources.  Consider two recent examples.  First, Shatrov in his play Dal'she, Dal'she, Dal'she tells the story of Zinoviev and Kamenev being brought from prison to the Kremlin in order to be persuaded to confess.  His account of this alleged event in fact closely paraphrases the first account of this tale in the spurious Secret History of Stalin's Crimes, published in the West decades after the event.  It is also noteworthy that no evidence to support this tale was found in the Party Central Committee's recent exhaustive archival examination and documentary publication on the interrogation and trial of Zinoviev and Kamenev.

            Second, there is the currently popular story that Lenin's Testament was never discussed at a party congress and that, if it had been, Stalinism could have been prevented.  In fact, the document was considered by the Party Central Committee shortly after Lenin's death and again in a closed session at the congress in 1927.  At that time, Pravda published a Stalin speech which included excerpts from it, including the part in which Lenin criticized Stalin's rudeness and called for his removal from the post of General Secretary.  It was (like Khrushchev's "Secret Speech" to the 20th party congress in 1956) not published until recently.  But the congress delegates who heard the Testament consisted of virtually all key party leaders and even a scattering of common folk from across the country.... 

            The results of historical investigations into the Stalin period have in many cases been colored by two factors inherent in the subject itself.  First, as we have seen, the paucity of reliable and creditable sources on the man (and even on the basic functioning of the system) has given rise to a most diverse and free-wheeling literature that often bears weak allegiance to basic rules of historical investigation.  Secondly, nearly all studies have reflected the moral and political agendas of the authors.  We have sometimes seen the eclipse of detailed scholarship by didactic preaching and political advocacy.

Nove, Alec, Ed. The Stalin Phenomenon. New York: St. Martin's Press, 1993, p. 101-103

 

            The tale wags the dog: the critical use of sources, validity of scientific deduction, and strength of argument--the traditional measures of scholarly worth--take second place to the perceived values of the author.  Reviewers worry more about the intentions of the author than about the sources or methodology involved and scholarship is transformed into a rite of exorcism.  As we shall see below, this attitude is as prevalent in the former Soviet Union as it is in the West.

            Politically, writing about Stalinism has meant taking a stance.  Alec Nove has clearly shown how attitudes toward Stalin flow from the political agendas of the authors.  The overarching importance of the Soviet Union and socialism to twentieth century political history, the strong communist, anti-Communist, and patriotic passions they have inspired, and the tendency of revolutions to create camps of winners and losers have guaranteed a partisan field of study from the beginning.

Nove, Alec, Ed. The Stalin Phenomenon. New York: St. Martin's Press, 1993, p. 105

 

            But without the participation of professional historians, the process of glasnost will remain dangerously inchoate.  Unevaluated and undocumented rumors, contradictory claims, and false information will continue to cloud the historical and literary air in the former USSR as they have in the West for decades.

Nove, Alec, Ed. The Stalin Phenomenon. New York: St. Martin's Press, 1993, p. 110

 

            Although the "shock work" of publicist is important, it does not generally represent serious historical research.  Professional historians in the former Soviet Union privately express dismay at the ability of journalists and publicists to monopolize the discourse, and many of them are appalled at statements emphasizing the primacy of political utility over objective research.  Such unfortunately utilitarian approaches to scholarship sometimes even come from leading scholars.

Nove, Alec, Ed. The Stalin Phenomenon. New York: St. Martin's Press, 1993, p. 111

 

            Finally, I wish I could be as "crystal clear" about what happened in the 1930s as Sergo Mikoyan is, but we still have few sources and a lot of work to do.

Nove, Alec, Ed. The Stalin Phenomenon. New York: St. Martin's Press, 1993, p. 140

 

            Stories about Stalin have circulated at least since the 1920s and include aspects of his genealogy (he was said to be descended from Georgian or Ossetian princes), personal life (secret wives, amorous ballerinas, and illegitimate children in the Kremlin), and the circumstances of his youth and death.  Even at this writing, characterizations of Bolshevism as a Jewish conspiracy are routinely heard even in educated circles in Moscow.

            Given Russian cultural traditions, there is nothing particularly unusual about such folklore.  What should be surprising is that so much of the oral tradition has found its way into the corpus of scholarly literature.  Secondhand personal memoirs, gossip, novels, and lurid accounts by defecting spies eager to earn a living in the West are soberly reviewed in scholarly journals, cited in footnotes, and recommended to graduate students.  Fictionalized "letters of old Bolsheviks," political histories with invented Stalin soliloquies, and even dramatic plays are routinely incorporated into academic treatments in ways that would be laughable in other national historical studies.

Getty and Manning. Stalinist Terror. Cambridge, NY: Cambridge University Press, 1993, p. 40

 

 

            In other words, Rittersporn is saying: “Look, I can prove that most of the current ideas about Stalin are absolutely false.’  But to say this requires a giant hurdle.  If you state, even timidly, certain undeniable truths about the Soviet Union in the thirties, you are immediately labeled `Stalinist'.  Bourgeois propaganda has spread a false but very powerful image of Stalin, an image that is almost impossible to correct, since emotions run so high as soon as the subject is broached.  The books about the purges written by great Western specialists, such as Conquest, Deutscher, Schapiro and Fainsod, are worthless, superficial, and written with the utmost contempt for the most elementary rules learnt by a first-year history student.  In fact, these works are written to give an academic and scientific cover for the anti-Communist policies of the Western leaders.  They present under a scientific cover the defence of capitalist interests and values and the ideological preconceptions of the big bourgeoisie.

Martens, Ludo.  Another View of Stalin. Antwerp, Belgium: EPO, Lange Pastoorstraat 25-27  2600, p. 127 [p. 110 on the NET]

 

            Most of the new material seems presented to make two points long accepted in the West: the terror was widespread and that Stalin had a personal role in it.  Virtually all of the latest historical revelations are aimed at illustrating these points and the documents presented seem chosen for this in mind.

Getty and Manning. Stalinist Terror. Cambridge, NY: Cambridge University Press, 1993, p. 42

 

(Arch Getty)

            It is easier to reject contradictory evidence with the deus ex machina [any unconvincing character or event brought artificially into the plot of a story to settle an involved situation] of Stalin's supposed cleverness: All twists and turns, hesitations and contradictions are thus the result of his incredible deviousness, sadism, or calculating shrewdness.  There is really no counter to such ahistorical assertions, except that they are based on faith: the a priori presumption of a plan and the belief that anomalies were intentionally part of it.  Such elaborate constructs are unnecessary to explain events; the simplest explanation with the fewest assumptions and consistent with the evidence is usually the best.

Getty and Manning. Stalinist Terror. Cambridge, NY: Cambridge University Press, 1993, p. 62

 

(Stephen Wheatcroft)

            Although there is a role for literary and propagandist works to force a process of rethinking upon closed minds, there is also a need for serious historical work to produce an unemotional and accurate portrayal of reality.  So far we have seen relatively few serious historical works on this subject.  Such work will require more than literary creativity; you'll need a professional, objective evaluation of evidence which until recently has not been available for examination.

Getty and Manning. Stalinist Terror. Cambridge, NY: Cambridge University Press, 1993, p. 275

 

            I heard, when I was still in the USSR, all kinds of stories about how my father had "killed people in moments of temporary insanity."  Repeatedly people tried to make me confirm one highly improbable story about Stalin walking at his dacha--this was in winter--and seeing footprints in the snow.  Calling a guard, he asked whose footprints they were.  The guard did not know--he was seeing them for the first time.  Stalin then drew out his revolver and shot the guard on the spot, remarking that the man "wasn't guarding him properly."  No matter how many times I tried to prove that the story was out of keeping with my father's character, people did not believe me and tried to convince me that the story was true.

Alliluyeva, Svetlana. Only One Year. New York: Harper & Row, 1969, p. 364

 

            We have been considering Stalin's psychological attitudes.

Conquest, Robert. Stalin: Breaker of Nations. New York, New York: Viking, 1991, p. 319

 

            [Footnote:] Trotsky suggests that Stalin may have poisoned Lenin.  But this is no more than a vague surmise, as Trotsky himself states; and it sounds unreal in view of the fact that Trotsky never leveled that charge, or even hinted at it, during the many years of his struggle against Stalin up to 1939-40, when he raised it for the first time.  Apparently, Trotsky projected the experience of the great purges of the late 30s back to 1924.  Yet such a projection contradicts Trotsky's own characterization of Stalin.  “If Stalin could have foreseen”, says Trotsky, “at the very beginning where his fight against Trotskyism would lead, he undoubtedly would have stopped short, in spite of the prospect of victory over all his opponents.  But he did not foresee anything”.  Thus even after he had charged Stalin with poisoning Lenin, Trotsky still treated the Stalin of 1924 as an essentially honest but short-sighted man, a characterization that can hardly be squared with the accusation.  There is also the fact that Stalin did not dispose of Trotsky himself in a similar manner, while the latter was in Russia, an act of which he would certainly have been capable if he had been capable of assassinating Lenin.

Deutscher, Isaac. Stalin; A Political Biography. New York: Oxford Univ. Press, 1967, p. 253

 

            Trotsky, relating the foregoing [accusing Stalin of giving him the wrong date for Lenin's funeral], added, "Stalin... might have feared that I would connect Lenin's death with last year's conversation about poison...and demand a special autopsy.  It was, therefore, safer to keep me away until after the body had been embalmed, the viscera cremated and a post mortem inspired by such suspicions no longer feasible."  But if Trotsky thought that at the time, he could have called for a post mortem from Sukhumi.  Once more he mysteriously failed to act on his suspicions.  Perhaps he only firmed up his suspicions in retrospect, when later he wanted to revenge himself on Stalin, for no other competent source thought Stalin might have poisoned Lenin.

Bazhanov, Boris. Bazhanov and the Damnation of Stalin. Athens, Ohio: Ohio University Press, c1990, p. 255

 

            In the intrigues following Lenin's death, he [Trotsky] was by no means straightforward, but at once "devious and faint-hearted," and his own account is "pathetic in its half-truths and attempts to gloss over the facts." [from The Bolsheviks by Adam Ulam, NY, 1965, pp. 573-575]...  But Trotsky had never failed in his duty to suppress or misrepresent facts in the interests of politics.  And his general reliability on the period in question could have been considered in the light of his accusation that Stalin poisoned Lenin.  There is no evidence whatever that this is true, and Trotsky himself only brought it up many years later--in 1939....

Conquest, Robert. The Great Terror. New York: Oxford University Press, 1990, p. 413

 

            ...a few Western Sovietologists began to assert that the Terror had claimed far fewer victims, and that ordinary life was not affected.  The writer of a Western Sovietological textbook concerned to reduce the estimates to, as he put it, a few hundred thousand or even a few tens of thousands, wrote, "Surely we don't want to hypothesize 3 million executions or prison deaths in 1937-1938 or anything like this figure, or we are assuming most improbable percentages of men dying."  The key word here is "improbable."  The Stalin epoch is replete with what appear as improbabilities to minds unfitted to deal with the phenomena.  Similarly the argument that Stalin could not have killed millions of peasants, since that would have been "economically counterproductive."  Following such leads, a new group of Westerners came forward, with singularly bad timing, in the mid-1980s and told us (in the words of one of them) that the terror had only killed "thousands" and imprisoned "many thousands."  Such views could only be formed by ignoring or actively rejecting, the earlier evidence [WHAT EARLIER EVIDENCE].  This was accomplished by saying that those who produced it were opposed to Stalin and Stalinism, and therefore prejudiced, and that some of the material was secondhand.  Thus it was not merely a matter of mistaken assessment of the evidence.  It was, contrary to the duties of a historian, a refusal to face it.

Conquest, Robert. The Great Terror. New York: Oxford University Press, 1990, p. 486

 

            With any of these authors [Western Sovietologists and Russian dissidents], it is not difficult to find many factual errors, in exact formulations, juggling of facts, and outright distortions.  This can be explained on the whole by two reasons.  The first is the limited nature of the historical sources which these authors had at their disposal.  Thus, the basic research for Conquest's The Great Terror consists of an analysis of Soviet newspapers and other official publications, to which are added references to the memoir accounts of several people who managed to escape from the USSR.  The second reason is that the majority of Sovietologists and dissidents served a definite social and political purpose--they used this enormous historical tragedy to show that its fatal premise was the "utopian" communist idea and revolutionary practice of Bolshevism.  This prompted the researchers concerned to ignore those historical sources which contradict their conceptual schemes and paradigms.

            ... Solzhenitsyn's book, Gulag Archipelago, contains no references whatsoever to Trotsky's works.  Solzhenitsyn's work, much like the more objective works of Medvedev, belongs to the genre which the West calls "oral history," i.e., research which is based almost exclusively on eyewitness [actually secondhand--me] accounts of participants in the events being described.  Moreover, using the circumstance that the memoirs from prisoners in Stalin's camps which had been given to him to read had never been published, Solzhenitsyn took plenty of license in outlining their contents and interpreting them.

Rogovin, Vadim. 1937: Year of Terror. Oak Park, Michigan: Labor Publications, 1998, p. xx

 

            However, very soon it became clear that the themes of the Great Terror and Stalinism were being used by many authors and organs of the press in order to compromise or discredit the idea of socialism.  This anti-communist and anti-Bolshevik approach had largely been prepared by the activity of Western Sovietologists and Soviet dissidents from the 1960s through the 1980s, who had put into circulation a whole number of historical myths.

Rogovin, Vadim. 1937: Year of Terror. Oak Park, Michigan: Labor Publications, 1998, p. xxv

 

            Bourgeois historiography, despite its superficial objectivity and respectability, is politicized and tendentious....  This becomes abundantly clear upon reading the most substantive work devoted to the history of the great purge, Robert Conquest's book The Great Terror.  Without touching on the numerous other mistakes and juggling of facts which we have found in this work, let us stop to examine the contents of the three pages (and no more) which the author felt were sufficient to illustrate Trotsky's views and activities.  On these pages, Conquest managed to present no less than ten theses which remain unsupported by citations or by any other evidence, and which do not withstand criticism if they are juxtaposed with actual historical facts.  Let us name several of these theses, after arranging them, so to speak, according to the chronological framework of the falsifications.

 

FROM HERE ON I AGREE WITH CONQUEST AND DISAGREE WITH THE TROT ROGIVIN

            1.  Trotsky "firmly crushed the democratic opposition within the party."

            2.  Trotsky was a "leading figure among the 'Leftist' Old Bolsheviks, that is, those doctrinaires who could not agree with Lenin's concessions to the peasantry.  These people, and Trotsky in particular, preferred a more rigorous regime even before Stalin began to carry out such a line."

            3.  Trotsky "never expressed a word of sympathy for the deaths of millions during collectivization."

            4.  "Even in exile during the 1930s, Trotsky was not by any means a forthright revolutionary out to destroy a tyranny."

            5.  Trotsky did not oppose Stalin ideologically, nor did he expose him as the gravedigger of the revolution, but "simply quarreled with Stalin about which 'phase' of evolution toward socialism had been attained" in the Soviet Union.

            6.  Trotsky "stood, in fact, not for the destruction of the Stalinist system, but for its takeover and patching up by an alternative group of leaders."

            7.  Trotsky's political judgment was "unbelievably inept."

            8.  Trotsky's influence in the USSR during the '30s "was practically nil."

            9.  All these points are logically crowned with "an alternative prognosis" or "a prognosis aided by hindsight": if Trotsky had come to power, then he would have ruled only "less ruthlessly or, to be more precise, less crudely, than Stalin."...

            In turn, Conquest did not think up the argument cited above, which bear the stamp of lightweight journalistic escapades.  Rather he copied them from the works of anti-communist ideologues of the 1930s.

Rogovin, Vadim. 1937: Year of Terror. Oak Park, Michigan: Labor Publications, 1998, p. 310

 

            But in 1950 a book appeared by the French journalist Delbar, The Real Stalin.  I didn't know Delbar, but I recalled that he'd collaborated with Bessedovsky.  I was interested and read the book.  It was full of lies and inventions.  I realized at once that it was Bessedovsky's work.  Things I'd told him earlier about Stalin and other Party leaders figured in the book, but completely distorted, full of lies, and in effect an insult to the reader.  In addition there was frequent mention that such and such a detail (usually false or invented) had been given to the author by a former member of Stalin's secretariat.  This cast a shadow on me, since there were no other former members of Stalin's secretariat in exile.  Reading the book, a specialist in Soviet affairs could be led to believe I was the source of Bessedovsky's documents.

            I requested an explanation.  He didn't deny having written it all and having mocked his readers.  When I threatened to denounce his fabrications in the press, he replied that the book was signed by Delbar, and Bessedovsky was not officially involved: if I attacked him, I could be charged with defamation.

Bazhanov, Boris. Bazhanov and the Damnation of Stalin. Athens, Ohio: Ohio University Press, c1990, p. 207

 

            [At the 28th Party Congress in the summer of 1990] I was a candidate for the program commission of that Congress, but I was voted out by the orthodox Bolsheviks.

Volkogonov, Dmitrii. Autopsy for an Empire. New York: Free Press, c1998, p. 474

 

            I first met Yeltsin in 1989, and had many private conversations with him.  After I was sacked from the Main Political Administration and, in June 1991, from the Institute of Military History, I became one of his advisers....

Volkogonov, Dmitrii. Autopsy for an Empire. New York: Free Press, c1998, p. 503

 

            Not everything written in the Soviet Union about Stalin and Stalinism under glasnost exuded great wisdom.  Some was plainly wrong, and some writers repeated ideas and arguments that had been voiced decades earlier in the West; even the Nazi literature on the Soviet Union found some latter-day emulators.

Laqueur, Walter. Stalin: The Glasnost Revelations. New York: Scribner's, c1990, p. 4

 

            According to the new mythology that made its appearance under glasnost, much of the blame for the terror, the show trials, and the purges has to go to Trotsky because he called for the physical elimination of Stalin.  Thus, Volkogonov: Trotsky's book The Revolution Betrayed, which was handed to Stalin in early 1937, was one of the last straws that broke the camel's back.  An earlier version of this farfetched theory can be found in Roy Medvedev's Let History Judge, published in the Soviet Union in 1988....

            What should one make of assertions of this kind?  To begin with, the chronology does not fit.  The first copies of The Revolution Betrayed appeared in May 1937, and even if the NKVD had worked day and night translating the book, they could not possibly have handed it to Stalin in 1936 at the time of the first trials.  Indeed, in an earlier publication, Volkogonov had written that Stalin had received the translated manuscript only in late 1937.

            We do not know what made him change the chronology; but whatever the reason, Trotsky's book could not possibly had driven Stalin to his "desperate decision."

Laqueur, Walter. Stalin: The Glasnost Revelations. New York: Scribner's, c1990, p. 50

 

            Biographers of Stalin, Trotsky, and other political leaders are frequently tempted to engage in descriptions and explanations beyond what the evidence will bear out.  Doing so is sometimes inevitable in view of the lack of evidence, and a good case can be made for informed guesses, as long as they are not presented as fact and certitude.

Laqueur, Walter. Stalin: The Glasnost Revelations. New York: Scribner's, c1990, p. 52

 

            Stalin might have said in a small circle that it had been a mistake to let Trotsky go in 1929 in the first place, even though there is no evidence to this effect.

            But even now, after all the revelations, we cannot possibly know what Stalin thought when he read Trotsky's books or articles or when he received reports about Trotsky's activities in exile, for there is no evidence.

            ... If Stalin really believed that Trotsky was a deadly threat, there would have been a change in his behavior once Trotsky had been killed.  But that did not transpire; Stalin's behavior in 1950 was essentially the same as it had been in the 1930s.

Laqueur, Walter. Stalin: The Glasnost Revelations. New York: Scribner's, c1990, p. 53

 

            We owe the revelations under glasnost about the arrests, interrogations, and the executions to a small number of indefatigable investigators....  Like Solzhenitsyn, they [Medvedev and Antonov-Ovseenko] relied almost entirely on oral history, that is, the recollections of prominent and not so prominent survivors. 

            The greatest single quantitative contribution to our knowledge was made, however, by a student in his 20s, Dmitri Yurasov....  At the age of 16 (in 1981), he installed himself in the state archives as a "palaeographer, second rank."

Laqueur, Walter. Stalin: The Glasnost Revelations. New York: Scribner's, c1990, p. 127

 

            A retired Kharkov prosecutor named Ivan Shekhovtsov tried 17 times to bring court actions to restore the honor and good name of Joseph Stalin.  The 18th time, he almost succeeded inasmuch the Sverdlovsk regional court in the city of Moscow agreed to deal with Shekhovtsov's action against the well-known White Russian writer Adamovich, who (he claimed in an article in Sovetskaia Kultura) had been guilty of criminal libel.  The line taken by Shekhovtsov during the trial was that because there were no documents proving that Stalin had ever committed a crime, he must not be vilified.  On the other hand, the victims of the Stalinist period from Bukharin to the academician Vavilov, had all admitted their guilt.  According to Shekhovtsov, anti-Stalin hysteria was engulfing the country, and with the help of foreign radio stations, the anti-Stalinists were systematically undermining the prestige of the Soviet system....

            Shekhovtsov was a member of the legal profession, and as far as he was concerned, only documents counted; all the rest was hearsay.

Laqueur, Walter. Stalin: The Glasnost Revelations. New York: Scribner's, c1990, p. 270

 

            Is it possible that this Volkogonov did not know or hear about this speech [complementing Stalin] by Churchill?  It would really be strange.  But his main task was to heap abuse and calumny on Stalin and thus on the USSR, on socialism and on communism.  That was his main task and the task of his backers who paid for his book to be published.  I can say that Volkogonov spent his time without any truth in his diatribe.  His main argument was the "Cult of Personality" and even Stalin's enemies gave him his due.  We would have expected a little more objectivity from our historian.

Rybin, Aleksei. Next to Stalin: Notes of a Bodyguard. Toronto: Northstar Compass Journal, 1996, p. 42

 

            Those who now accuse Stalin of this and that, absolutely did not know him, did not see him personally--only saw him in photographs or in films, or they read about him from writers who also never saw him or met him, and wrote as they liked, made of him a person who was nowhere recognizable by people like me.

Rybin, Aleksei. Next to Stalin: Notes of a Bodyguard. Toronto: Northstar Compass Journal, 1996, p. 53

 

            But today, numerous books are written about this--all historical facts are turned topsy turvy, inside out and upside down.  They describe him [Bukharin] as the theoretician of the party.  Khrushchev, Gorbachev, and Yeltsin all rehabilitated these enemies.

Rybin, Aleksei. Next to Stalin: Notes of a Bodyguard. Toronto: Northstar Compass Journal, 1996, p. 75

 

            In the last 30 years in the press, there were hundreds of articles and many versions of attempts on Stalin's life.  These so-called "truths" are nothing but fairy tales.  I and my comrades who were the bodyguards of Stalin know what happened and this will be history.

Rybin, Aleksei. Next to Stalin: Notes of a Bodyguard. Toronto: Northstar Compass Journal, 1996, p. 93

 

            After the liquidation of the assassins 'corps,' Trotsky then did not constitute any danger to Stalin or the Soviet Government.  But today's press is full of all versions as to the assassination plots against Stalin.  For example, "Pravda" (whose current owner is a Greek millionaire), writes that Kavtaradze tried to place a bomb in the Bolshoi Theatre where Stalin was sitting in the theater box.  I was then the commandant of Bolshoi Theatre security and there was absolutely no such attempt.  Not Rakov, or Tukov, or Krutashev [Stalin's bodyguards] ever heard of such an attempt.

            The newspaper "Niedelia-Sunday," in an article about Beria, wrote that in the Ritsa Lake, there was an attempt on the life of Stalin, that Stalin remained alive only because Beria covered him with his own body.  Tukov, who was there, said: "Beria would place anyone else in front of a bullet, but never himself.  There was no attempt on the life of Stalin there.  This is just yellow journalism by the newspapers.  What really happened there was that Beria pushed me into the water when I caught a fish.  Stalin was very upset with Beria and scolded him as he would a child for this act of stupidity."

Rybin, Aleksei. Next to Stalin: Notes of a Bodyguard. Toronto: Northstar Compass Journal, 1996, p. 96

 

            The novel by Rybakov, "Children of the Arbat," stated that Stalin was afraid of people.  That is why Rybakov states when Stalin was walking on the Arbat, the security closed all the entrances to the street.  This is stupid and impossible to accomplish!  It is physically impossible to close all the entrances since these are thoroughfares.  Stalin's car never exceeded 30 kilometers an hour and often, went as slow as 10 kilometers an hour.  Stalin was never afraid of people or of the dark, as I have already written.

Rybin, Aleksei. Next to Stalin: Notes of a Bodyguard. Toronto: Northstar Compass Journal, 1996, p. 97

 

            The following point is more serious.  The modern "democratic journalists" have a field day with the personal life of Stalin, thinking up all sorts of stories, innuendos, and absolute falsifications.

            The "Komsomolskaya Pravda" newspaper... basing itself on the dossier of J. Edgar Hoover, chief of the FBI in the USA, printed the item that on Oct. 17, 1938, in Lvov, there took place a meeting of Stalin and Hitler.  At that time, I was head of the group that traveled with Stalin in Moscow and other cities or districts in the country.  At that time, my assistants were always assigned to guard Stalin--Kykov, Starostin, Orlov, Krutshev, and Kirilin.  We all state that this is a vile lie that Hitler and Stalin met in Lvov!  In a detailed research of archival documents by the newspaper "Glasnost," it was learned that Stalin was in Moscow all that time and was welcoming workers of the country at an official reception.

Rybin, Aleksei. Next to Stalin: Notes of a Bodyguard. Toronto: Northstar Compass Journal, 1996, p. 98

 

            The magazine "Ogonyok" printed fragments from the book of Alexander Orlov "Secret History of Stalin's Crimes."  Who is this Alexander Orlov?  This is Lev Feldbin, twice in Lubyanka jail.  He came from the Caucasus, where he commanded some border guards.  During the 1930s, this Feldbin ran away across the border of the USSR and there, he wrote this fable.

            He was never close to Stalin.  He only met some of the heads of the OGPU such as Commissar Pauker.  He is simply a complete liar.  Is it at all possible for him to see Stalin meeting Hitler, while we, his personal bodyguards, were sleeping?  Stalin never carried any pistols.  He always wore his army clothes, plain and simple with no braids or medals or other decorations.

            Feldbin states that a bodyguard of Stalin, Evdokimov, was a Trotskyite.  This is an outright fabrication!  From 1930, the personal guards of Stalin were Vlasik, Rumyantsev, and Bogdanov.  Regarding Evdokimov, he was only a secretary in the North Caucasus Party demanding of Stalin that he give him permission to arrest Sholokhov.  Stalin put him in his place.

            This same Feldman writes that Stalin asked Pauker to gather for him pornographic photographs.  We, his personal guards, living with him 24 hours a day, never ever saw any such trash.  In his study, the only photographs that were seen were of Bedny, Sholokov, Gorky, and Mayakovsky.  The other walls were practically bare.  He lived very modestly.

            This Feldbin states that on the road to his Dacha, Stalin had commanded that all house-cottages on the route be demolished.  Anyone who knows the reconstruction of Moscow and the outskirts will laugh at such stupidity since these districts had large apartment houses, industries built along this highway!

            "Stalin was guarded at his Dacha by over 1200 guards"!  This is so ridiculous that anyone with a single brain cell would know that it's a lie.

            I cannot continue to list the lies by this enemy, Feldbin.

            Now, to touch upon the "new sensation" that Stalin always had a "double."  The newspapers "Evening Donetsk" and "Crimean Pravda" went wild with the sensation that Stalin had a double--Evsei Liubitsky.  After that, "Pravda" continued to spread this lie.  Why was it necessary for these newspapers to spread such terrible lies?  I do not understand.  The Chief Editor of these newspapers, before printing such trash, should have looked into the archives of the Central Committee ACP[B], interview former members of the Central Committee CPSU..  But that was not in the interest of the newspaper "Pravda" as we mentioned before, now owned by a foreign millionaire.

            My colleagues and I, being with Stalin practically 24 hours a day, years on end, surely, we would have noticed something if there really was a "double Stalin"!

            For a "Stalin's double" to be in existence, you would need to have another auto, the exact kind Stalin rode in, the same chauffeur, the same bodyguards, the same timetable, the same conference materials, the same answers, and the same mannerisms!  This is absolute rubbish!

            Or how could you fool the top actors of the Bolshoi Theatre, like Reizen, Lisitsian, Golovanov, Samosud, or Barsov who would have immediately noticed a double, since they were in constant contacts and meetings with Stalin?

            Here are the statements of bodyguards such as Starostin who stated: "Stalin never had a double.  Never did I, through 1937-1953, ever see any 'double' or anyone that I did not recognize.  I was with Stalin every day going to and from the Kremlin, his Dacha, Government's Dacha in the Crimea... and in all these years, if there was a double, surely we would have seen him at least once or twice"!

            The same was stated by another bodyguard, Orlov.

            Stalin looked after himself, never asked anyone to shave him and dressed himself and did all the other necessary things that a person does when performing his day to day work.  After the death of Kirov, he was himself always in the steam bath.  Maybe the newspaper "Pravda" thought that Mrs. Butuzova, the housekeeper who washed and pressed the clothes and did the cooking, maybe that was the "double of Stalin"?  He was very courteous to her and even gave an autographed portrait of himself.  No one else ever received such an honor.

            During the Great Patriotic War, Marshal Zhukov was his constant adviser, whom he respected very highly for his bravery, honesty, and forthright nature.  He had members of the Politburo to consult with, he did not have to have any "special consultants" since Stalin was a genius in tactics and had a phenomenal memory....  He was always rational, did not use words that had no meaning or reason to be said.  He could be very funny, but never liked "yes men" and people with no thoughts of their own.

            When discussing things with me, Stalin would think a moment and say: "Maybe you are correct.  I'll think about it."

            The nurse living in the nearest dacha, Valentina Istomina, former Commandant of the guards, Semenov, Captain of the first echelon of bodyguards, Krutashev--they all state that there was absolutely no truth to these lies that enemies of the Soviet Union and Stalin are peddling now about any "double" for Stalin!

            If the late Goebbels would now hear all these tales and lies, he would turn over in his grave from envy!  He, throughout the war, was not able to come up with such a fantastic tale.  But history will surely sweep all the dirt off the grave of Stalin.

Rybin, Aleksei. Next to Stalin: Notes of a Bodyguard. Toronto: Northstar Compass Journal, 1996, p. 99-102

 

            As is known, Khrushchev, at the 20th Congress, from the tribunal, stated that Stalin was always sitting, scared, in his iron cage.  Since that time, the doors of lies have been blown open along with all sorts of fantasies that have been heaped up and said about Stalin.  There is even a version that the Dacha where he worked, had iron bars on the windows, bullet-proof glass--a virtual castle. 

            There is also a version now that Stalin secluded himself in his fortress, that members of the Politburo decided by themselves that they would have to use flame throwers in order to get Stalin out of there!  That they finally got inside this fortress and found Stalin dead!

            I again repeat, there were no iron doors, double doors, all doors were made of wood, his doors were never closed, since he wanted fresh air and needed this circulation of air to help him breathe better.  When they had to be locked, the keys were always in the hands of the Commandant of security of the Dacha.  There were no other keys, no secret doors, no iron doors or other hiding places, as the present falsifiers try to invent today.

            I again and again strongly state this, since Khrushchev tells the world things that he absolutely has no idea about, no way of proving these accusations and outright falsehoods.  Khrushchev said: "I was an eyewitness when Stalin went into the toilet where there were no doors and after that, he came out in order to berate his bodyguard about how he was guarding him, his place was to be near him all the time, etc., etc.!

            This is absolutely absurd that we, his bodyguards, would be requested by Stalin to go right into the toilet to be with him while he was sitting on the toilet!  That Stalin would be afraid to go into the toilet himself--these are thoughts of the very sick mind!

            This is absolutely the thought of a sick mind--yes, of Khrushchev's very sick mind!

Rybin, Aleksei. Next to Stalin: Notes of a Bodyguard. Toronto: Northstar Compass Journal, 1996, p. 102, 104

 

            Let us be truthful, at last!

            This was the task that I placed before myself when I started to write this book.  I did not embellish anything, did not try to color anything--I tried to tell the absolute truth about Stalin, with whom I was for more than 25 years.

            You can judge for yourself the humility of Stalin and the opportunism, lies, sensationalism, and traitorous acts of the present "democrats" and former "Bolsheviks" who now write and write and still cannot dislodge the genius of Stalin, even after 43 years of trying.

            This is why we, people who spent the best years of our lives working together with Stalin, write and struggle against the so-called "learned" who are trying to settle old scores or, if that is not possible, of trying to rewrite history irrespective of the time that was, or write according to the present weather that is blowing an ill wind.  That is why we, together, are demonstrating and fighting against those who believe the thought-up sensationalism.

            Dear readers, please, be vigilant!

Rybin, Aleksei. Next to Stalin: Notes of a Bodyguard. Toronto: Northstar Compass Journal, 1996, p. 108-109

 

            In further discussion of the way that the plans for 1942 came to be formulated, Blumentritt [Chief of the German General Staff on the Western Front and Rundstedt's assistant] made some general observations that are worth inclusion as a sidelight.  "My experience on the higher staffs showed me that the vital issues of war tended to be decided by political rather than by a strategical factors, and by mental tussles in the rear rather than by the fighting on the battlefield.  Moreover, those tussles are not reflected in the operation orders.  Documents are no safe guide for history--the men who sign orders often think quite differently from what they put on paper.  It would be foolish to take documents that historians find in the archives as a reliable indication of what particular officers really thought.

Hart, Liddell. The German Generals Talk. New York: W. Morrow, 1948, p. 197

 

            While the average person might understandably despair at this confusing tangle of documenting evidence, one justifiably expects historians to verify and authenticate source material.

Tottle, Douglas. Fraud, Famine, and Fascism. Toronto: Progress Books,1987, p. 30

 

            American historian Arch Getty has observed that for no other period or subject, except the study of the Soviet Union in the 1930s, have "historians been so eager to write and accept history-by-anecdote."  He states:

            "Grand analytical generalizations have come from second-hand bits of overheard corridor gossip.  Prison camp stories ("My friend met Bukharin's wife in a camp and she said...") have become primary sources on (Soviet) central political decision-making...the need to generalize from isolated and unverified particulars has transformed rumors into sources and has equated repetition of stories with confirmation."

Tottle, Douglas. Fraud, Famine, and Fascism. Toronto: Progress Books,1987, p. 89

 

            It is a revealing characteristic of Conquest's methodology pertaining to the Soviet Union, writes Getty, that he elevates rumor and hearsay to the level of historical fact.  In fact, Conquest himself has stated: "Truth can thus only percolate in the form of hearsay" and, "on political matters basically the best, though not infallible source is rumor."  Getty comments: "Such statements would be astonishing in any other field of history.  Of course historians do not accept hearsay and rumor as evidence."

            Having baptized hearsay and rumor into the realm of historical evidence in The Great Terror (the subject of Getty's criticism), Conquest proceeds to bestow upon them the rights of confirmation in Harvest of Sorrow.

Tottle, Douglas. Fraud, Famine, and Fascism. Toronto: Progress Books,1987, p. 89

 

            A vast lot of nonsense has been written about the GPU.

Gunther, John. Inside Europe. New York, London: Harper & Brothers, c1940, p. 548

 

            Written stories, biographies of people who were close to Stalin in his last days, do not agree with each other.

Lucas and Ukas. Trans. and Ed. Secret Documents. Toronto, Canada: Northstar Compass, 1996, p. 18

 

            Ligachev, a conservative figure in the Politburo until his forced retirement in 1990, told me ruefully that when history was taken out of the hands of the Communist Party, when scholars, journalists, and witnesses began publishing and broadcasting their own version of the past, "it created a gloomy atmosphere in the country.  It affected the emotions of the people, their mood, their work efficiency.  From morning to night, everything negative from the past is being dumped on them.  Patriotic topics have been squeezed out, shunted aside.  People are longing for something positive, something shining, and yet our own cultural figures have published more lies and anti-Soviet things than our Western enemies ever did in the last 70 years combined."

Remnick, David. Lenin's Tomb. New York: Random House, c1993, p. 7

 

            Afanasyev was determined to use his new post to help open up the study of the Soviet past.  Exploiting his new access to at least some Party archives, he reviewed the letters of Olga Shatunovskaya, a woman who had been a member of the Communist Party Control Committee under Khrushchev.  In those letters Shatunovskaya wrote that she had collected 64 folders of documents saying that according to KGB and Party data, between January 1935 and 1941 19,800,000 people have been arrested; and of these, 7 million were executed in prisons.  Her statement was supported by specific data describing how many were shot and where and when.  But the files Shatunovskaya described were declared "missing."

Remnick, David. Lenin's Tomb. New York: Random House, c1993, p. 115

 

            He [Frunze] suffered from a chronic stomach complaint that doctors insisted required surgery, despite his protests.  Stalin visited him in the hospital, where he pressured the surgeon to operate.  Frunze died shortly afterward.  Foul play has never been proved.

Overy, R. J. Russia's War: Blood Upon the Snow. New York: TV Books, c1997, p. 27

 

            Extravagant invention of all kinds can be found in the essay "Flight Out Of the Night" by the 76-year-old Boris Bazhanov....  At present Bazhanov is working on a new book, and from the extracts that have already been published fact seems to be combined with fiction in and extremely whimsical manner.

Medvedev, Roy. On Stalin and Stalinism. New York: Oxford University Press, 1979, p. 33

 

            Towards the end of his [Volkogonov] life, seriously ill but possessing full access to the archives, Volkogonov was hastening to complete biographies of all seven Soviet leaders from Lenin to Gorbachev.  However, his outlook had shifted considerably, and he was now mainly concentrating on the exposure of negative material, without aspiring to objectivity or analysis.

Medvedev, Roy & Zhores Medvedev. The Unknown Stalin. NY, NY: Overlook Press, 2004, p. 74

 

            A more detailed, although one-sided, negative biography of Stalin has been attempted by the well-known Soviet playwright Edward Radzinsky....  In short, the book does not contain any fundamentally new material.

Medvedev, Roy & Zhores Medvedev. The Unknown Stalin. NY, NY: Overlook Press, 2004, p. 74

 

            But some former prisoners began to write memoirs or works of fiction about the camps and the repressions.  The first were Solzhenitsyn in Ryazan, Shalamov in Moscow and Yevgeny Ginsburg in Lvov.

Medvedev, Roy & Zhores Medvedev. The Unknown Stalin. NY, NY: Overlook Press, 2004, p. 118

 

            According to the historian Antonov-Ovseenko, author of, Stalin and his Time, Stalin was coarse and cynical about his mother and gave orders for her to be constantly watched, assigning that task to two trusted female communists.  Although he refers to the testimony of several Georgian Bolsheviks and their relatives, this is nevertheless a perfect example of pure invention.

Medvedev, Roy & Zhores Medvedev. The Unknown Stalin. NY, NY: Overlook Press, 2004, p. 310

 

            The vast majority of books on Russia written during the last years of Stalin are "Cold War" books, in which angry anti-Russian and anti-Soviet propaganda holds an infinitely larger place than any search for historical facts.   Thus, the "historical" value of a classic of the Cold War literature of the time, Victor Kravchenko’s I Chose Freedom, though for several years a tremendously potent weapon of propaganda against Russia, with its clear implication that dropping an atom bomb on Moscow was the only possible solution to "the Russian problem," is precisely nil.   Dozens of other books of the same kind were published in the West between 1945 and 1953, and practically all of them are worthless to the present-day historian as sources of solid information, though they are, of course, significant as manifestations of the war hysteria that existed among many (fortunately not all) people in the West in the immediate post-war years.

Werth, Alexander. Russia; The Post-War Years. New York: Taplinger Pub. Co.,1971, p. x

 

            ... he [Stalin] continually revised the basic elements of the "plot" until he found the right combination of elements to suit his political needs.   [Look who's talking]

Naumov and Brent. Stalin's Last Crime. New York: HarperCollins, c2003, p. 133

 

            Vaksberg has written that the trial of the doctors was planned for March 1953.....   Like Sheinis, Vaksberg has produced no evidence to support the date of the trial, the reported barracks in Birobizhan, or the alleged reallocation of railroad facilities around Moscow.   Any sort of change or movement gave rise instantly to such ideas.   Rumor substantiated rumor and beliefs were taken as facts....   Vaksberg's description of the "reserve tracks around Moscow...filled with freight cars [prepared to deport Jews]," however, is undoubtedly another unnecessary embellishment.

Naumov and Brent. Stalin's Last Crime. New York: HarperCollins, c2003, p. 297

 

            No one knows exactly how Stalin died....

            In this vacuum of information and consistency rumors and myths have abounded for the last 50 years.

Naumov and Brent. Stalin's Last Crime. New York: HarperCollins, c2003, p. 313

 

            Americans have been subjected to widespread propaganda, both red and white.   On no subject in the world has this been so prolific as about communism and the Soviet Union.

Davis, Jerome. The New Russia. New York: The John Day company, c1933, p. 3

 

            It is difficult to escape the impression that close reading and in some cases the taking account of easily available sources do not necessarily characterize the researches of authors who present the "traditional" version....

            This is the "secret report" presented by Khrushchev at the 20th Congress of the CPSU, which has been widely drawn on in the literature.  And yet the possibility has never been taken seriously into account that its contents might have more to do with the political issues at the time it was compiled and the tactical objectives of its authors, rather than the realities of Soviet history....

            All the indications are that it was based on rumors which were current in the USSR, or even on the memoirs of emigres published abroad, and that it was produced for the very purpose of confirming and "canonizing" the best-known version of events and phenomena that had been highly compromising for the regime....

            It would certainly be na•ve to imagine that even the most attentive reading of original source material could bring to light everything that happened during that troubled period of Soviet history, when the most important events took place far from the public eye.  But it would be equally alien to the professional ethic of historians to refrain from examining the available documents and to rely only on those witnesses that are the most accessible, and the most likely to confirm one preconception or another.  For instance we shall see how much precious information can be gleaned from the documentation of the February-March 1937 Plenary Session of the Central Committee and from analyzing how and when it was published.  That being the case, nothing can justify the author of the lengthiest work on the "Great Purge", which is based mainly on sources like the "secret report" and emigres' memoirs, for only quoting the testimony of a Soviet refugee.  All the more so when the refugee was not present at the crucial session and the tale he relates is one he heard in a concentration camp in 1940 from another detainee who was not there either but had been told about it at the time....

            True, it would be unfair to claim that earlier writers have completely failed to analyze original sources.  But it must be noted that when they have done so they have become engrossed in the intentions of the leaders of the Party-State and their supposed prime mover, uncertain and at times downright unfathomable though these may be.  So much so that their tendency to seek irrefutable proof for these intentions has brought them close to arbitrariness and tendentiousness in their choice and interpretation of the documents.  Thus for example one of the favorite sources for historians: a decree in March 1935 forbidding the possession of knives and other edged weapons, which is frequently presented as a harbinger of the intensification of the terror.  The authors seem unaware that other measures were being taken at about the same period to combat brigandage, armed attacks, brawls and “hooliganism," phenomena which were all apparently on the increase at the time.  Nor do they ever point out that the decree in question gave exemption from the ban to ethnic groups whose traditional livelihood or national costume entailed the carrying of knives.  Furthermore one should add that another decree, only a few months afterwards, made it easier for private citizens to acquire small caliber weapons which could be bought without special license until February 1938....

            The need to take into account the historical and documentary context of the sources quotes does not seem to be a strong point with some writers....

            Although very keen to track down documents with which to demonstrate the escalation of terror and Stalin's murderous schemes, the authors of the "traditional" version are far less ready to take account of sources which do not tend to support their theses.  However, when they do do so, the conclusions they draw reveal very clearly the preconceptions that govern their approach....

            In fact it is this burying of heads in the sand which is largely responsible for the tendentious quotation of source material and the ease with which authors have brought practically everything back to one single cause: Stalin.  After all there's nothing easier than to attribute to him the design of virtually everything that happened over 20 years in a country covering a sixth of the earth's land-mass and home to 100 different ethnic groups.  All one has to do is to set aside any possibility of a thorough examination of the social, political, and institutional context within which the regime operated and concentrate solely on the putative prime mover, refusing to touch the quite abundant material which would enable one to see the inner workings of the system.

            This style of approach, instead of casting light on the origins, nature, and consequences of historical phenomena in all their complex variety, tends rather to put forward one-dimensional interpretations and over-simplified explanations which even at best have no more than a superficial documentary basis.  At the same time it raises hypotheses which are really unverified, and at times frankly unverifiable, to the status of articles of faith.  Thus, for example, the victims in high office who were dismissed and cruelly punished during this period: authors never tire of listing them at length and concluding from the mere fact of their fall that Stalin's murderous machinations were at work, without showing the slightest interest in what the people in question were doing, how the organizations they controlled were being run, or what disagreements they might have had with their superiors, colleagues, or subordinates....

            This same very simplistic logic is in many ways what perpetuates the idea that almost all the old guard of Bolsheviks were exterminated during the "Great Purge," an allegation which is hardly borne out by the statistical facts.  Certainly, since a large number of the victims of these turbulent years were officials of the Party and the state, they inevitably included a good many of the old elite who formed the backbone of the apparatus.  But we should be aware that of the 24,000 party members in 1917 and the 430,000 or so militants at the beginning of 1920, there only remained 8000 and 135,000 respectively by 1927; this is but a small minority of the total membership which was estimated at over 1,200,000 by 1927 and at over 2,700,000 in 1934.... Out of more than 700,000 Party activists at the end of the Civil War there remained about 180,000 by 1934 and 125,000 at the beginning of 1939.

            It therefore becomes somewhat difficult to state that the old guard of the Party had been reduced to naught, or that they were even the principal victims of the tumultuous events of 1934-1938,... As for the number of expulsions from the Party, it has been known for more than 20 years that this stood at nearly 279,000 in 1937-38 at the height of the "Great Purge."  In 1933, however, more than 854,000 activists had been expelled, over 342,000 in 1934 and nearly 282,000 in 1935; these figures are all higher than in the years of the "Great Terror."

            ...Essentially he [Conquest] bases this on the memoirs of ex-prisoners who assert that between 4 and 5.5% of the Soviet population were incarcerated or deported during those years.

            It seems improbable that men who are inside penal institutions would be able to form any exact idea either of the proportion of the population which is still at liberty or the numbers recently arrived in all the other camps and prisons, which they are not personally familiar with even though they had come to know a few by being moved around.

Rittersporn, Gabor. Stalinist Simplifications and Soviet Complications, 1933-1953. New York: Harwood Academic Publishers, c1991, p. 7-12

 

            In fact there is scarcely one of the writers of memoirs who can report from first-hand knowledge of affairs in the higher ranks of the Party-State, and yet it is these accounts that historians of the USSR quote most readily.  It does not seem therefore entirely inappropriate to ask whether we are not dealing here with a series of rumors that were widespread as early as the 1930s, which then developed into an oral tradition and put down deep roots into the collective consciousness.  These authors are cadres of the middle and lower levels of the hierarchy, persecuted intellectuals, Party activists with at best minimal responsibility, junior government officials or secret agents who defected after having passed the best part of their time abroad.  They scarcely had access to the political bodies where the important decisions were made and where some of the crucial confrontations took place.

Rittersporn, Gabor. Stalinist Simplifications and Soviet Complications, 1933-1953. New York: Harwood Academic Publishers, c1991, p. 16

 

            In fact even the most cursory reading of the "classic" [anti-Stalin] works makes it hard to avoid the impression that in many respects these are often inspired more by the state of mind prevailing in some circles in the West, than by the reality of Soviet life under Stalin.

Rittersporn, Gabor. Stalinist Simplifications and Soviet Complications, 1933-1953. New York: Harwood Academic Publishers, c1991, p. 23

 

(Solzhenitsyn’s lies)

            We may gain some idea of Solzhenitsyn’s approach by checking how he uses some of the documents he refers to.  He quotes for instance a decree from the Central Executive Committee and the Council of People's Commissars on 7 April 1935 which, he says, "made children criminally responsible for any crime from the age of 12."  It is interesting to note that he is not alone in giving an erroneous interpretation of this law, and that others too have been led to believe that it allowed children to be found guilty of political crimes; this was the general view of writers on the subject even before The Gulag Archipelago was published.  A mere glance at the text in question, however, reveals that the power ofinvoking "all penal sanctions" related only to children guilty of "theft, violence, bodily harm, mutilation, murder, and attempted murder."

            Solzhenitsyn is scarcely any more rigorous when he writes that the amnesty on 7 July 1945 freed "all those who had burgled apartments, stolen the clothes of passers-by, raped girls, corrupted minors, given consumers short weight, played the hoodlum, disfigured the defenseless, plundered forests and waters, committed bigamy, practiced extortion and blackmail, taken bribes, swindled, slandered, filed false  enunciations...pimped or forced women into prostitution, whose carelessness or ignorance resulted in the loss of human life."...  Apart from the fact that the amnesty decree expressly ruled out anyone who had been "convicted on more than one occasion of embezzlement, theft, robbery and

hooliganism" and all those guilty of "counter-revolutionary" crimes, appropriation of public property, organized crime, premeditated murder and armed robbery, in most of the cases listed by the author the clauses cited laid down penalties of more than three years imprisonment,... Similarly the terms of the amnesty of 27 March 1953, which according to Solzhenitsyn "submerged the whole country in a wave of murderers, bandits and thieves," actually did not permit the immediate release of the majority of thieves, and forbade that of almost all gangsters and murderers....

            Solzhenitsyn is notorious for not liking thieves.  It is no doubt this dislike which leads to his indignation at the pardon granted to those who plundered forests--mostly peasants who in certain circumstances could be sentenced to 10 years or more.  This attitude also leads him to say that the penalty for stealing private property was not severe enough, when the minimum sentence from 1947 onwards was five years hard labor.  He habitually contrasts political prisoners with common criminals to the point where he is prepared to state that, whereas the aggravating circumstance of having formed a "counter-revolutionary organization" was often used against "politicals," there were no special penalties for offenses committed by groups of common criminals.  This view does not bear comparison with the penal code.

            One might dwell at length on the inaccuracies discernible in Solzhenitsyn's work, many of which concern the fate of the leading actors in his Gulag.  Thus for instance, the writer is unjust in accusing generals Egorov and Turovskii of being among the judges of the leaders of the Red Army at the famous secret trial in June 1937; their names do not appear on the list of tribunal members published at the time.  But he is even more unjust when he makes people disappear in captivity and we find that, arrested though they may have been and sent to a prison camp, they sometimes did not stay there long.  Thus he cites the arrest of Kuskova, Prokopovich and Kishkin, members of a famine relief committee in 1921.  However, he omits to say that Kuskova and Prokopovich were expelled from the country in 1922 and Kishkin, who had already been tried on charges of conspiracy in 1919 and subsequently pardoned, benefited from a further amnesty and worked from 1923 until his death in the Commissariat of Health of the Russian Federation....

            Our author [Solzhenitsyn] is equally mistaken in asserting that the biologist Lorkh was "dispatched" to Kazakhstan in the "stream" of agronomists in 1931 whose crime was to oppose the "directives" of Lysenko.  We know that Lorkh was not a devoted follower of Lysenko's theories.  But we also know that, before receiving the Stalin prize, he had worked from 1931 to 1941 in a research institute near Moscow.  And in any case, in 1931 Lysenko was in no position to issue directives that could result in a "stream" of agronomists being sent to the camps.  He was already a rising star, but his career did not really take off until 1933.

            Elsewhere Solzhenitsyn talks of five historians arrested in 1929.  Now the biographies of four of them are known, and we find that three of them had been exiled to work in far-away provincial institutions and the two others were free during most of the 1930s.  One of the latter, Gote, was elected to the Academy of Sciences in 1939.  Another, Tarle, was awarded the Stalin Prize three times in the 1940s.  In the same way, we can retrace the lives of eight people whom Solzhenitsyn lists among prisoners "preserved in the memory of the survivors," to find that although they had been imprisoned, with the exception of one who was forced into exile they were all pursuing scientific careers in the 1930s and 1940s.

            ...But we should not forget that all the while attaching little importance to faithfulness to source documents where Solzhenitsyn asserts he has consulted them--or else where he could have done so--the heart of his narrative is based on the evidence, often oral, of 227 people.  Now it is by no means certain that he was more meticulous in checking them than he was in reading easily available material....

            Obviously it is difficult to check the accuracy of the eye-witness accounts from which Solzhenitsyn draws so many details and conclusions.

            It would be clearly unfair to jump to the conclusion that the whole Gulag Archipelago is merely a collection of legends arising from the bitter reality of a national tragedy, and from the collective struggle to resist ruthless efforts to suppress its memory by the very instigators of this catastrophe.  But it would be difficult to avoid the impression that Solzhenitsyn's work is by no means an historical source unarguably exact in its every detail, but rather a mixture--and often an inextricable one--of indisputable facts and of their trace, sometimes very imprecise or distorted, preserved by a collective memory that has been more concerned about elevating a memorial to the martyrdom of its guardians than with the authenticity of its traditions.  It is striking how many of Solzhenitsyn's errors support this hypothesis.  Indeed every inaccuracy that we have traced shows how far he is inclined to give priority to vague reminiscences and hearsay, even when he might have checked his sources, and how far his narrative obeys the rules inherent in all oral tradition, the impulse that collective memory inevitably has towards selective bias.

Rittersporn, Gabor. Stalinist Simplifications and Soviet Complications, 1933-1953. New York: Harwood Academic Publishers, c1991, p. 231-235

 

            Thus even though one might say that the number of detainees committed for political reasons was considerable, Solzhenitsyn's assertion that half of the population of the camps and prisons was made up of people convicted under laws against "counter-revolutionary" crimes does not seem consistent with what we can discover from the development of penal policy and popular reactions.

Rittersporn, Gabor. Stalinist Simplifications and Soviet Complications, 1933-1953. New York: Harwood Academic Publishers, c1991, p. 288

 

            ...the Gulag, while overestimating the number of those arrested as "counter-revolutionaries," retains very little trace of the actual reasons for their arrests or convictions but concentrates on the circumstances of their detention, on police brutality, or on the hardships of life inside the camps.

Rittersporn, Gabor. Stalinist Simplifications and Soviet Complications, 1933-1953. New York: Harwood Academic Publishers, c1991, p. 293

 

            Nicolas Werth, a well-regarded French specialist on the Soviet Union whose sections in the Black Book on the Soviet communists are sober and damning, told Le Monde, "Death camps did not exist in the Soviet  Union."

The Future Did Not Work by J. Arch Getty, Book Review of The Passing of an Illusion by Franois Furet [March 2000 Atlantic Monthly]

 

            ...it is understandable that those who safeguarded the memory of repression concentrated their efforts on compiling a full inventory of affronts and cruelties, down to the finest detail.  But we should not lose sight of the fact that they collected evidence that is often extremely hard to verify....

            It is worth noting that as the witnesses of the camps in the 1930s gradually became fewer, stories began to circulate which are uncorroborated by the known accounts of their experiences, let alone what can be gleaned from consulting other sources.

Rittersporn, Gabor. Stalinist Simplifications and Soviet Complications, 1933-1953. New York: Harwood Academic Publishers, c1991, p. 294

 

            The equation "concentration camps = Gulag = Soviet regime" cannot be accepted therefore as an explanatory model for the highly complex realities of the Soviet Union's past.  The collective memory and the literary work which form its basis cannot be taken as entirely reliable sources for our knowledge of the world of the camps or penal policy, nor apparently can that policy alone provide a sufficient explanation for the historical processes at work within the Soviet Union.

Rittersporn, Gabor. Stalinist Simplifications and Soviet Complications, 1933-1953. New York: Harwood Academic Publishers, c1991, p. 300

 

            What our experiences show is above all the extremely precarious state of almost all our knowledge of the social-political history of these years, as soon as we set it against a systematic and critical study of the original sources which until recent years have been greatly neglected by research.

Rittersporn, Gabor. Stalinist Simplifications and Soviet Complications, 1933-1953. New York: Harwood Academic Publishers, c1991, p. 319

 

(Robert Service’s many unproven accusations)

            He [Stalin] ordered the systematic killing of people on a massive scale

Service, Robert. Stalin. Cambridge, Mass.: Belknap Press of Harvard Univ. Press, 2005, p. 3  

 

            In applying physical and mental torment to his victims, he degraded them in the most humiliating fashion.  He derived a deep satisfaction from this. 

Service, Robert. Stalin. Cambridge, Mass.: Belknap Press of Harvard Univ. Press, 2005, p. 5

 

            Stalin had a gross personality disorder.

Service, Robert. Stalin. Cambridge, Mass.: Belknap Press of Harvard Univ. Press, 2005, p. 10

 

 

            In fact he was very far from being 'normal.'  He had a vast desire to dominate, punish, and butcher.

Service, Robert. Stalin. Cambridge, Mass.: Belknap Press of Harvard Univ. Press, 2005, p. 12

 

            He had killed innumerable innocents in the Civil War.

Service, Robert. Stalin. Cambridge, Mass.: Belknap Press of Harvard Univ. Press, 2005, p. 12

 

            But his sense of traditional honor was non-existent.

Service, Robert.  Stalin. Cambridge, Mass.: Belknap Press of Harvard Univ. Press, 2005, p. 27

 

            The Party General Secretary ordered the arrested individuals [engineers and industrial specialists] to be beaten into confessing to imaginary crimes.

Service, Robert. Stalin. Cambridge, Mass.: Belknap Press of Harvard Univ. Press, 2005, p. 259

 

            A succession of such trials occurred in 1929-30  Outside the RSFSR. there were trials of nationalists  Torture, outlandish charges and learned-by-rote confessions became the norm.  Hundreds of defendants were either shot or sentenced to lengthy terms of imprisonment.

 

            [This is one of those statements which has a source but how do you know the source has any validity]

Service, Robert. Stalin. Cambridge, Mass.: Belknap Press of Harvard Univ. Press, 2005, p. 268

 

            He demanded complete obedience and often interfered in their private lives.

Service, Robert. Stalin. Cambridge, Mass.: Belknap Press of Harvard Univ. Press, 2005, p. 277

 

            His [Vyshinsky] basic proposition that confession (which could be obtained by torture) was the queen of the modalities of judicial proof was music to Stalin’s ears.

Service, Robert. Stalin. Cambridge, Mass.: Belknap Press of Harvard Univ. Press, 2005, p. 281

 

            His memory was extraordinary, and he had his future victims marked down in a very long list.

Service, Robert. Stalin. Cambridge, Mass.: Belknap Press of Harvard Univ. Press, 2005, p. 285

 

            Yet his maladjusted personality was not the only factor at work.

Service, Robert. Stalin. Cambridge, Mass.: Belknap Press of Harvard Univ. Press, 2005, p. 285

 

            Quite possibly Stalin continued to have the odd fling with young communists; and, even if he was faithful to Nadya, she did not always believe him and was driven mad with jealousy.

Service, Robert. Stalin. Cambridge, Mass.: Belknap Press of Harvard Univ. Press, 2005, p. 289

 

            Stalin’s cultural program was an unstable mixture.  He could kill artists at will and yet his policies were incapable of producing great art

Service, Robert. Stalin. Cambridge, Mass.: Belknap Press of Harvard Univ. Press, 2005, p. 305

 

            At a time when peasants in several regions were so desperate that some turn to cannibalism,   

Service, Robert. Stalin. Cambridge, Mass.: Belknap Press of Harvard Univ. Press, 2005, p. 311

 

            They eat berries, fungi, rats and mice; and, when these had been consumed, peasants ate grass and bark.

Service, Robert. Stalin. Cambridge, Mass.: Belknap Press of Harvard Univ. Press, 2005, p. 312

 

            The verdict was execution by shooting.  Zinoviev and Kamenev had been told that, if they confessed to involvement in the Kirov “conspiracy’ in 1934, their sentences would be commuted.  But Stalin had tricked them.

Service, Robert. Stalin. Cambridge, Mass.: Belknap Press of Harvard Univ. Press, 2005, p. 320

 

            He never got over them: the beatings in his childhood,   

Service, Robert. Stalin. Cambridge, Mass.: Belknap Press of Harvard Univ. Press, 2005, p. 344

 

            Solitary again, Stalin had no peace of mind.  He was a human explosion waiting to happen.

Service, Robert. Stalin. Cambridge, Mass.: Belknap Press of Harvard Univ. Press, 2005, p. 345

 

            His was a mind that found terror on a grand scale deeply congenial.

Service, Robert. Stalin. Cambridge, Mass.: Belknap Press of Harvard Univ. Press, 2005, p. 345

 

            Meanwhile Ordjonikidze’s brother had been shot on Stalin’s instructions.

Service, Robert. Stalin. Cambridge, Mass.: Belknap Press of Harvard Univ. Press, 2005, p. 349

 

            Tukhachevsky was shot on 11 June; he had signed a confession with a bloodstained hand after a horrific beating.

Service, Robert. Stalin. Cambridge, Mass.: Belknap Press of Harvard Univ. Press, 2005, p. 349

 

            Nearly all the accused [at the Bukharin trial] had been savagely beaten.

Service, Robert. Stalin. Cambridge, Mass.: Belknap Press of Harvard Univ. Press, 2005, p. 355

 

            Two days later [after the Bukharin trial] Stalin approved a further operation to purge “anti-Soviet elements.’  This time he wanted 57,200 people to be arrested across the USSR.  Of these, he and Yezhov had agreed, fully 48,000 were to be rapidly tried by troiki and executed.

Service, Robert. Stalin. Cambridge, Mass.: Belknap Press of Harvard Univ. Press, 2005, p. 355

 

            He [Stalin] had killed Kaganovich’s brother Moisei

Service, Robert. Stalin. Cambridge, Mass.: Belknap Press of Harvard Univ. Press, 2005, p. 374

 

            Stalin the Leader was multifaceted.  He was a mass killer with psychological obsessions.

Service, Robert. Stalin. Cambridge, Mass.: Belknap Press of Harvard Univ. Press, 2005, p. 379

 

            Stalin had Maria Svanidze arrested in 1939 and sent to a labor camp.  Her husband Alexander Svanidze also fell victim to the NKVD: he had been arrested in 1937 and was shot in 1941.  Alexander behaved with extraordinary courage under torture and refused to confess or beg for mercy.

Service, Robert. Stalin. Cambridge, Mass.: Belknap Press of Harvard Univ. Press, 2005, p. 434

 

            Tortures previously reserved for non-communists were applied to Rajk, Pauker, and Slansky.  The beatings were horrific.

Service, Robert. Stalin. Cambridge, Mass.: Belknap Press of Harvard Univ. Press, 2005, p. 520

 

            An administrative behemoth ran the USSR whose master was the pockmarked little psychopath.

Service, Robert. Stalin. Cambridge, Mass.: Belknap Press of Harvard Univ. Press, 2005, p. 538

 

            Mikhoels was killed in a car crash on Stalin’s orders in 1948.

Service, Robert. Stalin. Cambridge, Mass.: Belknap Press of Harvard Univ. Press, 2005, p. 577

 

            As is not unusual in such a situation, proof is lacking; but circumstantial evidence filled the gap for the gossip-mongers.

Service, Robert. Stalin. Cambridge, Mass.: Belknap Press of Harvard Univ. Press, 2005, p. 17

 

            There is hardly any possibility of verifying that story, which comes, we must not forget, from Stalin's bitterest opponents.

Trotsky, Leon, Stalin. New York: Harper and Brothers Publishers, 1941, p. 29

 

            [Footnote]: In general, the testimony of this police defector [Orlov] should be treated with reserve.  He was out of the Soviet Union during most of the period he wrote about and must have relied mainly on gossip that was making the rounds in the police.  Some of this probably was based on fact, but Orlov does not appear to have been able, or perhaps willing, to make a serious effort to discriminate between the more reliable stories and the less probable.  Although he claimed that he took with him from Russia 'secret data' on Stalin, none of this has ever appeared.  Rarely can his assertions be verified from other sources, but it is reasonably safe to describe as imaginary his assertion that Stalin once explained to foreign 'writers' why there was no documentary evidence in the purge trials.  In fact, Stalin's few press interviews are well established, and none deal with any such thing.

McNeal, Robert, Stalin: Man and Ruler. New York: New York University Press, 1988, p. 360

 

STALIN DENOUNCED OPPOSITIONISTS BUT THEY REMAINED IN HIGH POSITIONS

 

            In this dispute [over collectivization], which Stalin won, he denounced Bukharin and Rykov as leaders of a "right deviation."  But even after their political defeat Bukharin and Rykov continued to hold responsible positions and were still members of the party's Central Committee.

Medvedev, Roy. Let History Judge. New York: Columbia University Press, 1989, p. 14

 

            Nevertheless, until the fall of1936 most of the former oppositionists remained free and even held responsible positions in the commissariats, in publishing, and in educational institutions.  Bukharin, for example, was editor of Izvestia and was allowed to travel abroad to negotiate purchases from the archives of the German Social Democratic Party for the Marx-Engels-Lenin Institute.  Pyatakov was exerting himself intensely as first deputy people's commissar for heavy industry, and articles by Radek appeared almost daily in the central papers and magazines.

Medvedev, Roy. Let History Judge. New York: Columbia University Press, 1989, p. 349

 

            But it is perfectly consistent with the fact that there was a widespread plot, the full extent of which was only gradually discovered.  The people concerned were old revolutionaries who knew how to build an illegal organization and to conceal its workings from the authorities.  They were people who had been in conflict with the Party but had publicly made their peace with it and were given responsible work.  Pyatakov became vice-commissar for Heavy Industry; Zinoviev commenced to write articles for the leading Party organ, the Bolshevik (which incidentally bore the stigmata of his previously incorrect political attitude); Bukharin became active on scientific and cultural questions.  The Party took their adherence to the Party line at its face value, welcomed them back to the ranks and gave them important and congenial work to do.  And therefore when the shooting of Kirov took place and the Party called for increased vigilance it was still far from appreciating the depths of treachery to which the opposition had sunk.  It was only prolonged and careful investigation which led step-by-step to an unmasking of the main lines of the conspiracy.

            The same applies to Bukharin and Rykov.  They were mentioned by defendants in the first trial but denied complicity, and their denial was for the time being believed.

Campbell, J. R. Soviet Policy and Its Critics. London: V. Gollancz, ltd., 1939, p. 246

 

            Trotsky was sent into exile.  At that time [1929], it was unthinkable that anyone should be killed.  Several of Stalin's opponents were given good jobs and were close to the government.

Snow, Charles Percy. Variety of Men. New York: Scribner, 1966, p. 257

 

            Given Bukharin's continuing access to higher circles through his work on the constitutional commission, his post as Izvestia editor, his Central Committee status, Kremlin apartment and many friends, he may have got wind of the coming trial period

Tucker, Robert. Stalin in Power: 1929-1941. New York: Norton, 1990, p. 361

 

            [In the Introduction Stephen Cohen states]: As readers will learn, he [Bukharin] continued to play significant political roles, especially during a short-lived thaw in Stalin's policies from 1934 to mid-1936, as editor of the government newspaper Izvestiya, author of sections of a new Soviet constitution, and advocate of pro-Western alliances against the growing threat of Nazi Germany.

Larina, Anna. This I Cannot Forget. New York: W.W. Norton, 1993, p. 16

 

BREZHNEV SOUGHT TO REHABILITATE STALIN RATHER THAN FORGET OR IGNORE HIM

 

            Not everyone believed these confessions, either in the Soviet Union or in the West.  But the majority believed them. 

            ... As for Brezhnev, during his time in power he was more concerned with trying to rehabilitate--Stalin.  He wished to reverse the decisions of the 20th and 22nd congresses rather than carry them through consistently.

Medvedev, Roy. Let History Judge. New York: Columbia University Press, 1989, p. 15

 

BOLSHEVIKS SUPPORT NATIONAL INDEPENDENCE UP TO COMPLETE SECESSION

 

            The Bolsheviks advocated the self-determination of nations up to and including their complete governmental separation from Russia as independent nation-states.  This did not mean that the Bolsheviks would welcome the separation of the national regions from Russia or help them secede.

Medvedev, Roy. Let History Judge. New York: Columbia University Press, 1989, p. 50

 

            Bukharin dissented from Lenin on crucial points of Marxist theory and politics, among others on nationalities.  While Lenin advocated their right to self-determination and interpreted that right in the sense that Poles, Ukrainians, Letts, and so on were entitled to secede from the Russian empire and constitute themselves as independent nations, Bukharin disputed that view and saw in it a superfluous concession to Polish, Ukrainian, and other nationalisms.  He believed that the revolution would cut across existing national divisions.  Bukharin's argument left no mark on Stalin's essay, which was consistently Leninist.

Deutscher, Isaac. Stalin; A Political Biography. New York: Oxford Univ. Press, 1967, p. 119

 

OPPOSITION PRESS SHUT DOWN IN SUMMER OF 1918 BECAUSE OF RUMOR-MONGERING & LYING

 

            In the spring of 1918 the Bolsheviks were fighting fairly energetically against the entire opposition press.  In May and June alone approximately 60 bourgeois, social revolutionary, and Menshevik publications were shut down,... The main reason for closing Martov's paper, Vperyod, was not so much his polemic against Stalin as a number of false reports it had carried, which under the existing conditions could cause panic.  Sverdlov spoke at a session of the Central Executive Committee on May 9, 1918, demanding that publication of Vperyod be stopped.  On May 11 the Presidium of the Central Executive Committee, on motion by Sverdlov, decreed that "all newspapers printing false rumors and absurdly untrue reports be immediately shut down until this question has been reviewed by a tribunal on the press.

Medvedev, Roy. Let History Judge. New York: Columbia University Press, 1989, p. 53

 

            The Capitalist press was not destroyed until 1918.  The Socialist newspapers and magazines languished until the spring of 1919.

Levine, Isaac Don.  Stalin.  New York: Cosmopolitan Book Corporation, c1931, p. 204

 

LENIN ADMITS HE WAS WRONG AND STALIN WAS RIGHT

 

            ... The main disagreement [between Stalin and Trotsky] was over the use of military specialists in the Red Army.  It can be assumed that Lenin persuaded Stalin not to speak out against Trotsky, and in return Lenin refrained from criticizing Stalin, even approving the executions carried out in Tsaritsyn.  "We have had disagreements and made mistakes," said Lenin.  "No one denies this.  When Stalin had people shot in Tsaritsyn I thought it was a mistake, I thought that the shootings were incorrect, but the documents Voroshilov has quoted revealed our error.  My error was revealed, but still I had telegraphed: Be careful.  I made a mistake.  We're all human."

Medvedev, Roy. Let History Judge. New York: Columbia University Press, 1989, p. 59

 

TROTSKY SAYS LENIN LIKED STALIN’S FIRMNESS & CHARACTER NOT HIS CREATIVITY & IDEAS

 

            As Trotsky wrote later:

            "...What Lenin valued in Stalin was his character, firmness, tenacity, insistence, and partly also his craftiness.  He valued these as indispensable qualities in a fight.  Independent ideas, political initiative, or creative imagination he did not expect or demand of Stalin."

Medvedev, Roy. Let History Judge. New York: Columbia University Press, 1989, p. 64

 

            Undoubtedly he [Lenin] valued certain of Stalin's traits very highly, his firmness of character, his persistence, even his ruthlessness and conniving, attributes indispensable in struggle and consequently at Party Headquarters.

Trotsky, Leon, Stalin. New York: Harper and Brothers Publishers, 1941, p. 373

 

LENIN WAS VERY WORRIED ABOUT STALIN’S HEALTH

 

            Lenin's attitude toward Stalin was so benevolent in the years 1918-1921 that he personally concerned himself with finding a quiet apartment for him in the Kremlin.  He reprimanded Ordjonikidze for disturbing Stalin while the latter was on vacation in the Northern Caucasus.  Lenin asked for a doctor to be found to treat Stalin and asked that he'd be sent the doctor's conclusions about Stalin's health.

Medvedev, Roy. Let History Judge. New York: Columbia University Press, 1989, p. 67

 

SVERDLOV WAS THE ORIGINAL LEADER UNDER LENIN

 

            At plenary sessions of the Central Committee all appointments of personnel are made by open voting, not by secret ballot, and there is no indication that Lenin, or even Trotsky, abstained when the slate of the new Secretariat was submitted for approval....

            Until the spring of 1919 the functions that later were carried out by the Orgburo & Secretariat were actually performed by Sverdlov, who had been assigned to head the Secretariat as early as the Sixth Congress.  It was Sverdlov, and not Trotsky or Stalin, who was second in authority and importance as a leader of the Bolshevik party.  After his death in March 1919 Lenin said:

            "That work he performed as an organizer, in choosing men and appointing them to responsible posts in all the various departments, will be performed in the future only if we appoint whole groups of men to handle the different major departments that he had sole charge of, and if these men, following in his footsteps, come near to doing what this one man did alone."

Medvedev, Roy. Let History Judge. New York: Columbia University Press, 1989, p. 68

 

LENIN PROPOSED THAT STALIN BE TRANSFERRED FROM GEN. SEC. NOT REMOVED

 

            Lenin proposed in his letter that Stalin be removed from his post as general secretary but did not question the possibility and necessity of keeping Stalin in the leadership.  That is why the word "transfer" was used, rather than "remove".  Lenin did not propose any specific person to replace Stalin as general secretary.

Medvedev, Roy. Let History Judge. New York: Columbia University Press, 1989, p. 82

 

TROTSKY WAS A MILITARY BUNGLER AND INCOMPETENT

 

            For example, the old Bolshevik Trifonov, who was assigned to military duties, wrote the following to his friend Solts:

            "In the South, the most shocking outrages have been and are being committed, as well as crimes, about which we should shout from the rooftops and cry out in the city squares at the top of our voice.  Unfortunately, for the time being I can't do that.  Given the customs that have been established here, we will never end this war but will meet our own end very quickly--from exhaustion.  The Southern Front is Trotsky's "favored child," and flesh of the flesh... of this extremely untalented organizer.... It was not Trotsky who built the army but we, the rank-and-file army workers.  Wherever Trotsky has tried to work, the most tremendous confusion has immediately arisen.  There is no place for a muddlehead in an organism that must operate precisely and efficiently, and the military machine is such an organism."

Medvedev, Roy. Let History Judge. New York: Columbia University Press, 1989, p. 104

 

Ordzhonikidze also wrote to Lenin from the Southern Front:

            "Something unbelievable, something bordering on betrayal.... Where in the world is order, discipline, and Trotsky's regular army?  How in the world could he have let things fall apart so badly?  It is absolutely incomprehensible."

Medvedev, Roy. Let History Judge. New York: Columbia University Press, 1989, p. 104

 

            With us, the problem was to make a clean sweep of the remains of the old army, and in its place to build, under fire, a new army, whose plan was not to be discovered in any book.  This explains sufficiently why I felt uncertain about my military work, and consented to take it over only because there was no one else to do it.

             I did not think of myself as in any sense a strategist, and had little patience with the sort of strategist-dilettantism that flooded the Party as a result of the revolution.

Trotsky, Leon. My Life. Gloucester, Massachusetts: P. Smith, 1970, p. 349

 

TROTSKY REFUSES TO TAKE A LEADING ROLE WHILE LENIN IS INCAPACITATED

 

            The 12th Party Congress was to be held at the end of April 1923.  Lenin was recovering with difficulty from the effects of his third stroke, and it was obvious that he would not be able to take part in the work of the congress.  The question arose as to who would give the report in the name of the Central Committee.  The most authoritative figure in the Central Committee was still Trotsky.  Therefore, it was completely natural that at a meeting of the Politburo Stalin proposed that Trotsky prepare the report.  Stalin was supported by Kalinin, Rykov, and even Kamenev.  But Trotsky again declined, falling into confused rationalizations to the effect that "the party will be ill at ease if any one of us should attempt, as it were personally, to take the place of the sick Lenin."  Trotsky proposed instead that the Congress proceed without a main political report.  This was an absurd proposal, and was, of course, voted down.  At one of the next meetings of the Politburo a decision was made-- to assign Zinoviev, who had just returned from vacation, to prepare the political report....

Medvedev, Roy. Let History Judge. New York: Columbia University Press, 1989, p. 113

 

            If Trotsky was so sure that he was Lenin's desired successor; if Trotsky saw that Lenin was not simply ill but paralyzed and unable to speak and write; if Trotsky also saw that Zinoviev and Stalin aspired to Lenin's place in the party and considered this dangerous to the party; then it is quite impossible to consider his conduct in March and April 1923 correct for a political person.

Medvedev, Roy. Let History Judge. New York: Columbia University Press, 1989, p. 115

 

            In the struggle within the Politburo in the spring of 1923 (a struggle imperceptible to the outside observer) Trotsky displayed complete passivity and in so doing condemned himself to defeat.

Medvedev, Roy. Let History Judge. New York: Columbia University Press, 1989, p. 116

 

            And when the last crisis came, when Lenin fell sick and was compelled to withdrawal from the Government, he turned again to Trotsky and asked him to take his place as President of the Soviet of People's Commissars and of the Council of Labor and Defense.  And, moreover, when Trotsky declined, Lenin did not turn to any other strong man; he passed over the heads of those who might conceivably imagine themselves to be rivals of Trotsky, and divided the position among three men who are obviously not leaders [Rykov, Tzuryupov, and Kamenev].

Eastman, Max. Since Lenin Died. Westport, Connecticutt: Hyperion Press. 1973, p. 16

 

            The next Party Congress,the 12th,was scheduled for April 1923.  The Politburo aimed to show that the regime could function effectively in Lenin’s absence.  Trotsky was offered the honor of delivering the political report on behalf of the Central Committee, but refused.

Service, Robert. Stalin. Cambridge, Mass.: Belknap Press of Harvard Univ. Press, 2005, p. 212

 

            [Nevertheless Zinoviev was foolhardy enough to insist on taking Lenin's place at the Twelfth Congress and assumed the role of Lenin's successor by delivering the Political Report at its opening session.  During the preparations for the Congress, with Lenin ill and unable to attend,] the most ticklish question was who should deliver this keynote address, which since the founding of the Party had always been Lenin's prerogative.  When the subject was broached in the Politburo, Stalin was the first to say, "The Political Report will of course be made by Comrade Trotsky." 

            I did not want that, since it seemed to me equivalent to announcing my candidacy for the role of Lenin's successor at a time when Lenin was fighting a grave illness.  I replied approximately as follows: "This is an interim.  Let us hope that Lenin will soon get well.  In the meantime the report should be made, in keeping with his office, by the General Secretary....

            I continued to insist on Stalin making the report.

            "Under no circumstances," he replied with demonstrative modesty.  "The Party will not understand it.  The report must be made by the most popular member of the Central Committee.

Trotsky, Leon, Stalin. New York: Harper and Brothers Publishers, 1941, p. 366

 

TROTSKY REFUSES TO HELP LENIN CRITICIZE STALIN ON THE GEORGIAN QUESTION

 

            I have discussed above the extremely harsh statements and letters in which Lenin condemned Stalin's position on the national question in general and, more specifically, in regard to Georgia.  Lenin wanted to raise these questions at the 12th Party Congress, but, fearing that he would not be able to take part in the congress, asked Trotsky in writing to take on this task.  Lenin sent his request to Trotsky through Fotieva, one of his secretaries in Gorky.

            Trotsky admits, and most historians agree with him, that had he fulfilled Lenin's request and spoken at the congress on the national question, making public all of Lenin's documents and letters, including those which Lenin had planned to give him through Fotieva, then any discussion on this question would have ended in Stalin's political defeat, and Stalin's election as general secretary would have become very difficult.  Nevertheless, Trotsky refused to fulfill Lenin's request, leaving the Georgian delegation without any support.  Lenin's last written document concerned solidarity with this delegation.

            Trotsky called Lenin's secretariat and refused to fulfill Lenin's request, pleading illness.

            Trotsky voluntarily let pass an important and, as later became evident, the most realistic chance to weaken Stalin's position and that of the triumph over it as a whole.  Of course, Kamenev, Zinoviev, and Stalin were satisfied.

Medvedev, Roy. Let History Judge. New York: Columbia University Press, 1989, p. 113-114

 

            When on 5 March 1923 Lenin asked him [Trotsky] to "take on the defense of the Georgian affair at the Central Committee," since he could not rely on the impartiality of Stalin and Dzerzhinsky, Trotsky refused on the grounds of ill health.  Perhaps he wanted to avoid worsening his relations with Stalin, or already regarded Lenin's wishes as whims.  In either case, he would not carry out the last wish of his leader.

Volkogonov, Dmitrii. Lenin: A New Biography. New York: Free Press, 1994, p. 256

 

TROTSKY SAYS THE PARTY IS ALWAYS RIGHT AND MUST ALWAYS BE SUPPORTED

 

            Trotsky did take part in the work of the Thirteenth Congress.  His appearance on the speaker's platform was greeted with applause almost as lengthy as it had been at the Twelfth Congress.  Trotsky's speech was conciliatory rather than aggressive.  He defended himself and the Opposition as a whole rather weakly.  It was in this speech that he uttered his famous remark that "the party is always right," a statement hardly consistent with his actual activity and with the positions he had previously taken.  In particular he said:

            "None of us wants to be or can be right against his own party.  The party in the last analysis is always right, because the party is the only historical instrument given to the proletariat to resolve its fundamental tasks....  I know that it is impossible to be right against the party.  One can be right only with the party and through the party, for history has not created any other way of determining what is right.  The English have a saying: My country, right or wrong.  With much more historical justification we can say: Right or wrong on any particular, specific question at any particular moment, this is still my party."

            This was empty rhetoric, and Trotsky's opponents did not consider it satisfactory.  Even Krupskaya, who had sent Trotsky a warm letter when he was in Sukhumi a short time before, saying that Lenin had remembered him during the last days of his life, said in her speech at the congress that if the party is always right, Trotsky should not have started the discussion.  Zinoviev remarked rather passively that "the party has no need of bitter-sweet compliments."  Stalin rejected Trotsky's rhetoric even more emphatically.  He said that in the given instance Trotsky had once again made an assertion that was incorrect in principle:

            "The party often makes mistakes.  Lenin taught us to teach the party the art of correct leadership on the basis of its own mistakes.  If the party made no mistakes, there would be nothing with which to teach the party.  Our task is to catch these errors, reveal their roots, and show the party and the working class how we erred and how we are going to correct these errors in the future.  Without this, progress would be impossible for the party.  Without this, the forming of party leaders and cadres would be impossible, because they are formed and trained through the struggle against their own errors, by overcoming those errors.  I think that a statement like Trotsky's is somewhat of a compliment with somewhat of an attempt at mockery--an attempt, of course, that failed."

Medvedev, Roy. Let History Judge. New York: Columbia University Press, 1989, p. 127

 

OPPOSITION EXAGGERATED THE POWER OF THE CAPITALISTS UNDER NEP

 

            The opposition accused the majority of a "kulak deviation" and called for more pressure to be applied to the capitalist elements in city and country, in contradiction to the basic principles of NEP.  With obviously demagogic ends in mind, the opposition greatly exaggerated the development of private capital in the USSR.  Volsky, a former Menshevik and functionary of the Supreme Economic Council, who later emigrated from the Soviet Union, tells in his memoirs about the "opposition's anti-NEP way of thinking."  This was expressed "with particular force in its constant outcries about the domination of private merchant capital.  The opposition gave fantastic, inordinately exaggerated figures on the strength and accumulation of this type of private capital.  It pointed to the fact that the overwhelming majority (70-80%) of all commercial operations were private but left unmentioned the fact that most of these businesses were tiny, operated by single merchant or tradesman, who did not own a store but hawked merchandise from a table or stand or simply carried it around with him.  If these peddlers had not existed, there would have been nothing.  A total absence of trade would have prevailed, especially in the rural areas.  The opposition kept insisting on the need to subordinate the economy to direction by a plan, "to gather all enterprises into a single system, subjecting them to a single powerful planning center."  [No source given]  What this meant concretely they did not explain.  The peasant and peasant agriculture were outside the range of vision of the opposition.  In contrast, it spoke a great deal about the "dictatorship of industry" and called for rapid and powerful industrialization, although the country did not have the wherewithal to do that....  All of Lenin's exhortations in his last articles, in particular his warnings against "rushing ahead too rashly and quickly," his appeals for "better fewer, but better"... were completely disregarded by the opposition."

Medvedev, Roy. Let History Judge. New York: Columbia University Press, 1989, p. 130

 

            In the heat of polemics the opposition leaders greatly exaggerated the shortcomings that really existed, thus causing party cadres to protest.  Something that existed as a tendency or trend was portrayed as an already completed process.

            Also untrue was the opposition's assertion that the private sector was accumulating at a faster rate than the public sector.  In general, the opposition, for obviously demagogic reasons, exaggerated the extent and danger of capitalist development in the Soviet Union....

            It is true that the Soviet state was obtaining increased quantities of raw materials and exportable products from the rural areas, but that was beneficial not only to the well-to-do sections in the countryside but to the society as a whole. 

            Another untrue Opposition claim was that representatives of the bourgeois and non-Communist intelligentsia, who had been drawn into the work of Soviet economic management as specialists, controlled industry and finance to a greater degree than the Bolshevik Party.

            ...Needless to say, no such process was underway in 1926.  The upper strata of Nepman bourgeoisie were not growing together with the top echelons of the party and government.  The danger of a transfer of power to the bourgeoisie or kulaks was insignificant.

Medvedev, Roy. Let History Judge. New York: Columbia University Press, 1989, p. 164-166

 

 

TROTSKY WAS UNPOPULAR BUT WAS ALLOWED FREEDOM TO PUBLISH

 

            A heated discussion again erupted in the fall of 1924 in connection with certain questions of party history.  Despite the struggle against "Trotskyism" that had been proclaimed, the State Publishing House was issuing the collected works of Trotsky as well as those of Lenin.  The volume of Trotsky's works being prepared for publication in the fall of 1924 contained his writings and speeches of 1917.

            The Central Committee voted to withdraw Trotsky's pamphlet [Lessons of October] from circulation, although publication of his Works continued [17 volumes of Trotsky's works appeared before publication was discontinued in 1927].  Resolutions against Trotsky and the Left Opposition were adopted by virtually all party organizations.  The Leningrad province committee, headed by Zinoviev, proposed that Trotsky be expelled from the party.  Many party cells, including cells in the army and navy, urged that Trotsky be removed from his position as commissar of war....

Medvedev, Roy. Let History Judge. New York: Columbia University Press, 1989, p. 131-132

 

TROTSKY WAS RELIEVED OF MANY POSITIONS BUT REMAINED ON THE POLITBURO

 

            Without waiting for the plenum, Trotsky sent a long statement to the Central Committee asking to be relieved of his duties as commissar of war and chairman of the Revolutionary Military Council of the Republic....

            Trotsky was allowed to remain on the Politburo, however.  After a short time he was given new assignments as a member of the Presidium of the Supreme Economic Council, chairman of the scientific and technical division of the Supreme Economic Council, head of the electrical engineering board, and chairman of a Chief Concessions Committee.

Medvedev, Roy. Let History Judge. New York: Columbia University Press, 1989, p. 133

 

ZINOVIEV AND KAMENEV BEGIN LEFT OPPOSITION AGAINST STALIN AFTER TROTSKY’S DEFEAT

 

            Almost immediately after the defeat of the Trotskyist Left Opposition there arose a "new," or "Leningrad," Opposition headed by Zinoviev and Kamenev, about whom I shall speak briefly.

Medvedev, Roy. Let History Judge. New York: Columbia University Press, 1989, p. 136

 

LENIN WAS HARSH IN DEBATES WITH OPPONENTS

 

            This is what Yakubovich says about him [Lenin] in his memoirs;

            "Lenin was harsh in his polemics with ideological opponents; he never liked to use a conciliatory tone or to gloss over conflicts; he made a definite point of any disagreements he had with other party figures.

Medvedev, Roy. Let History Judge. New York: Columbia University Press, 1989, p. 137

 

DURING AN EARLY TRIAL KAMENEV DENOUNCED PART OF LENIN’S PROGRAM

 

            In 1914 Kamenev was assigned by the party to return to St. Petersburg to direct Pravda and the work of the Bolshevik Duma group.  A few months after the beginning of World War I, Kamenev was arrested and a year later appeared before the judges of the St. Petersburg judicial chamber together with the Bolshevik deputies to the Duma.  Under wartime regulations the arrested Bolsheviks theoretically were faced with the death penalty.  At the trial, Kamenev behaved in a cowardly fashion, stating that he disagreed with Lenin's slogan favoring "the defeat of one's own imperialist government."  His behavior aroused sharp criticism among the Bolsheviks.  He was sentenced to exile in Siberia.

Medvedev, Roy. Let History Judge. New York: Columbia University Press, 1989, p. 141

 

ZINOVIEV AND KAMENEV TRY TO TAKE OVER THE PARTY AFTER SPLIT WITH STALIN

 

            The majority of the Politburo did not support Zinoviev and Kamenev.  Nevertheless, they continued to argue their views, mainly in the Leningrad press.  The party apparatus of Leningrad and the northern regions was almost entirely handpicked by Zinoviev from among his close supporters; not surprisingly, then, the Leningrad press spoke up strongly in support of his position.  All of Stalin's efforts to penetrate the Leningrad party apparatus with his own supporters were fruitless.  The result was a phenomenon quite unusual in Soviet life: an open polemic between two units of the party, the Moscow committee and the Leningrad committee.

            The Fourteenth Party Congress was held at the end of December 1925.  Before the Congress Stalin proposed a compromise to Zinoviev but on the condition that the Leningrad party organization be under Central Committee control and cease to be under Zinoviev's personal command.  Zinoviev refused.  But he did try to obtain guarantees that after the congress no repressive measures would be taken against members of this so-called "New Opposition" as long as they ceased any open oppositional activity.  Stalin refused to give any such guarantees.  Thus he provoked the New Opposition into presenting its platform directly to the party congress, although it had no chance of success.  Zinoviev was a sufficiently experienced apparatchik to understand the situation; yet he demanded the right to present a minority report at the congress.  The request was granted....

            As was expected, the New Opposition suffered a complete defeat at the congress.  The resolution based on Stalin's report for the Central Committee was adopted by 559 votes to 65.  In 1925 the party rejected Zinoviev and Kamenev's claims to leadership of the Central Committee just as it had rejected similar attempts by Trotsky in 1924.

Medvedev, Roy. Let History Judge. New York: Columbia University Press, 1989, p. 151-154

 

TROTSKY AND ZINOVIEV UNITE AND FORGIVE EACH OTHER

 

            Not surprisingly the unification of these two groups [the Trotskyites and Zinovievites] in the party was accompanied by a mutual pardoning of sins.

Medvedev, Roy. Let History Judge. New York: Columbia University Press, 1989, p. 158

 

            In May 1931 Sedov met in Berlin with Ivan N. Smirnov, a Civil War commander, close friend of Trotsky's, and former leading oppositionist.  At the time of the meeting, he headed the important Gorky auto factory.  According to Broue, negotiations began in June 1932 among dissidents inside the USSR with the object of forming a bloc.  In October, a Soviet official named Holtzman, a former Trotskyist, also conferred with Sedov in Berlin and gave him a secret government memorandum on economic conditions in the USSR.  It appeared the next month in Bulletin of the Opposition, an emigre socialist journal.

            Holtzman also brought Sedov a proposal from Smirnov.  Supposedly Smirnov had broken with Trotsky in the late 1920s, but he now proposed that a united opposition, to include Trotskyites, Zinovievites, and others, be formed inside the Soviet Union.  Trotsky was excited by the prospect but cautious about his followers' participation in the bloc.  It could be only a loose coalition, not a merger of groups against Stalin.

Thurston, Robert. Life and Terror in Stalin's Russia, 1934-1941. New Haven: Yale University Press, c1996, p. 25

 

 

UNITED OPPOSITION IS REJECTED BY THE PARTY’S MAJORITY

 

            It is true that in the spring and early summer of 1926 the opposition leaders campaigned quite energetically, using conspiratorial methods for the most part.  Representatives of the bloc were sent to dozens of cities to acquaint their supporters with the platform of the opposition, while illegal meetings of Opposition supporters were held in many local areas, with new members being recruited to the opposition faction.  One such illegal meeting, at which Lashevich spoke, was held secretly in the woods outside Moscow.

            The first open confrontation between the Opposition and majority of the Central Committee took place at a joint plenum of the Central Committee and the Central Control Commission in July 1926.  Trotsky spoke for the Opposition bloc.  Now the party saw Trotsky, Zinoviev, and Kamenev on the same platform but hardly anyone said "Here is our true Central Committee."  The overwhelming majority of the Central Committee condemned the opposition.  Zinoviev was removed from the Politburo, on which Trotsky remained as the sole oppositionist.

Medvedev, Roy. Let History Judge. New York: Columbia University Press, 1989, p. 163

 

OPPOSITION LIED WHEN IT SAID IT WOULD END FACTIONALISM

 

            Although the opposition statement of October 16, 1926, spoke of an end to all factional activity, the Opposition was unable to refrain from renewed factionalism....

            On June 9, 1927, a gathering to bid farewell to Smilga developed into an Opposition demonstration of sorts....  Stalin and the Politburo judged the demonstration at the Yaroslavl Station to be a factional move and a violation of the promises made in the opposition's statement of October 16, 1926.

Medvedev, Roy. Let History Judge. New York: Columbia University Press, 1989, p. 169-170

 

            It must be admitted, that from the point of view of political morals, the conduct of the majority of the Oppositionists was by no means of high quality....  We are all obliged to lie; it is impossible to manage otherwise.  Nevertheless, there are limits that should not be exceeded even in lying.  Unfortunately, the Oppositionists, and particularly their leaders, often went beyond these limits.

Nicolaevsky, Boris. Power and the Soviet Elite; "The letter of an Old Bolshevik." New York: Praeger, 1965, p. 54

 

            In former times we "politicals" [unknown author representing the Old Bolsheviks] used to observe a definite moral code in our relations with the rulers.  It was regarded as a crime to petition for clemency.  Anyone who did this was finished politically.  When we were in jail or in exile, we refrained from giving the authorities any promise not to attempt to escape.  We always adhered to this rule, even in instances where to have given such a pledge would have meant alleviation of our lot.  We were their prisoners.  It was their business to guard us, ours to try to escape....

            There is quite a different psychology nowadays.  To plead for pardon has become a common phenomenon, on the assumption that since the party in power was "my party," the rules which applied in the Czarist days are no longer valid.  One hears this argument everywhere.  At the same time, it is considered quite proper to consistently deceive "my party,"...  This has given rise to a special type of morality, which allows one to accept any conditions, to sign any undertakings, with the premeditated intention not to observe them.  This morality is particularly widespread among the representatives of the older generation of Party comrades....

            This new morality has had a very demoralizing effect inside the ranks of the Oppositionists.  The borderline between what is and what is not admissible has become completely obliterated, and many have fallen to downright treachery and disloyalty.  At the same time, the new morality has furnished a convincing argument to those opposed to any rapprochement with the former Oppositionists, the argument being that it is impossible to believe them because they recognize in principle the permissibility of telling lies.  How is one to determine when they speak the truth and when they lie?

Nicolaevsky, Boris. Power and the Soviet Elite; "The letter of an Old Bolshevik." New York: Praeger, 1965, p. 55

 

1927 TROTSKY DEMONSTRATIONS FAILED BADLY

 

            In reply to the decision to expel Trotsky, Zinoviev, and Kamenev from the Central Committee, the opposition attempted to organize its own demonstration to mark the 10th anniversary of the October Revolution.  This proved, however, to be not so much a demonstration of strength as of weakness.  There were hardly any workers in this "parallel" demonstration; student youth and office workers from various institutions predominated....

            During this demonstration of the opposition leaders gave speeches from the balcony of a house on the corner of Vozdvizhenka and Mokhovaya streets, but compared with the official demonstration of Moscow workers, the Opposition demonstration was a sorry spectacle.  It was easily dispersed by the workers vigilante groups and militia units quickly organized for this purpose.  The first arrests were made on the streets at that time.  Posters with Opposition slogans and portraits of Trotsky were torn out of demonstrators hands and ripped to pieces.  Many students were beaten up.  The attempt to organize an Opposition demonstration in Leningrad was even less successful.  Zinoviev, who obviously had overestimated his influence in that city, came close to being beaten up during the march celebrating the 10th anniversary of the revolution.

            On November 14 a plenum of the Central Committee and Central Control Commission expelled Trotsky and Zinoviev from the party....

            Yakubovich, an eyewitness to the funeral [of Joffe] describes it in his memoirs:

            "... It must have been obvious for those watching this scene that Trotsky's cause was hopelessly lost.  The new generation of Red Army soldiers did not know him, had not taken part in the civil war, were raised in a new spirit.  The name of Trotsky meant little or nothing to them.  The composition of the funeral demonstration also made one stop and think, for there were no workers in it.  The United Opposition had no proletarian support."

            In December 1927 the 15th Congress confirmed the expulsion of Trotsky and Zinoviev and resolved to expel 75 additional members of the opposition, including Kamenev, Pyatakov, Radek, Rakovsky, Smilga, Lashevich, Safarov, and Smirnov.

Medvedev, Roy. Let History Judge. New York: Columbia University Press, 1989, p. 173-174

 

            Rykov, chairman of the Council of People's Commissars, even said:

            "Despite the situation the opposition has tried to create, there are only a few in prison.  I do not think I can give assurances that the prison population won't have to be increased somewhat in the near future.  (Voices from the floor: "Right!")

Medvedev, Roy. Let History Judge. New York: Columbia University Press, 1989, p. 175

 

            Trotsky gave his last speech as a party figure at the plenum of October 1927.  It was confused but passionate.... he provided no convincing arguments or clear socialist ideas.  His hatred of the Central Committee and of Stalin were plain to see, but this was not echoed among the participants of the plenum, nor among Communists who would read the speech in the documents of the 15th Congress.

            On the occasion of the 10th anniversary of the October Revolution, Trotsky's followers decided they would join the celebrations as a procession, forming their own columns and carrying banners with such unexceptional slogans as 'Down with the kulak, the Nepman, and the bureaucrat!'....  Zinoviev, who had gone to Leningrad for the occasion, and Trotsky, who was touring the streets and squares of Moscow in his car, discovered that they had only minimal support.  Perhaps Trotsky was remembering the occasion of the Second Congress of Soviets, 10 years earlier, when he had dismissed the departing figure of Martov with the words: 'Go to the dustbin of history, where you belong!'   The same words were being cast at him now, as he tried to appeal to the crowds on Revolution Square, making their way into Red Square.  Stones were thrown at him and the windows of his car were smashed.

Volkogonov, Dmitri. Stalin: Triumph and Tragedy. New York: Grove Weidenfeld, 1991, p. 140

 

            The Leningrad demonstration took place in October, 1927.  It was repeated shortly afterwards in Moscow on the occasion of the 10th anniversary of the Bolshevik revolution.  There was rough handling of the crowds.  Trotsky's automobile was shot at.  Someone with an axe jumped on the step of the car and shattered the windshield.  It seemed to Trotsky that a bloody end was being prepared for himself and his sympathizers.  It is possible he was right in his judgment at this point.  Had he decided to lead a militant party of revolt he would have been beaten just the same....  In December, 1927, at the 15th Congress of the Party, Stalin obtained the exclusion of the whole of the Trotsky faction en bloc,...

Graham, Stephen. Stalin. Port Washington, New York: Kennikat Press, 1970, p. 103

 

TROTSKY CONTENDS THE OPPOSITION IS STRONG AND GROWING WHEN IT ISN’T

 

            In 1929 a decision was made to deport Trotsky...  A few months later Trotsky continued to assert that the Left Opposition was growing stronger and increasing its numbers.  He stated,

            "In spite of all the lies of the official press, the Left Opposition is growing and fortifying itself ideologically throughout the world.  Progress has been especially great during this past year."

            These were illusions, and they were very soon dispelled.

Medvedev, Roy. Let History Judge. New York: Columbia University Press, 1989, p. 177

 

RADEK AND OTHERS BREAK WITH TROTSKY IN 1929

 

            In June 1929 Radek was on his way back to Moscow under guard to make his peace with Stalin.  His train stopped at a station in Siberia, where by chance a group of oppositionists met and spoke with him.  Radek urged them to surrender to the Central Committee.  He spoke of the difficult situation in the Soviet Union, the shortage of bread, the discontent of the workers, and the threat of peasant revolts.  In this situation, Radek said, the opposition should admit that it had been wrong and rally to the party.  "We ourselves have driven ourselves into prison and exile," he argued, and declared: "I have definitely broken with Trotsky--we are political enemies now."  Smilga, Serebryakov, and Smirnov soon broke with Trotsky as well....

            Toward the end of 1929 Rakovsky and his group (Sosnovsky, Muralov, Mdivani, etc.) wrote an "Open Letter to the Central Committee," which although it contained criticism of Stalin's policies and demanded the return of Trotsky to the USSR, was very conciliatory in its tone.  Soon the majority of this group capitulated fully and returned to Moscow, where many of them were given posts recently held by members of the Bukharinist opposition....

Medvedev, Roy. Let History Judge. New York: Columbia University Press, 1989, p. 178-179

 

TROTSKY DID NOT UNDERSTAND THE SU OR WHAT WAS GOING ON

 

            ... Trotsky remained in his own mind a revolutionary and not "a counter-revolutionary heading toward fascism," as Stalin declared.  However, because of his inherent dogmatism, his tendentiousness, and his lack of information Trotsky could not understand or properly evaluate the complex processes taking place in the Soviet Union and the world Communist movement in the '30s.  As a result, he was not able to formulate an alternative Marxist program.  He was unable even to understand correctly the reasons for his own defeat.

Medvedev, Roy. Let History Judge. New York: Columbia University Press, 1989, p. 179

 

BUKHARIN GIVES THE MEMORIAL SPEECH ON LENIN’S DEATH

 

            It is true that at the end of January 1929 Bukharin was asked to give the speech at the memorial meeting marking the fifth anniversary of Lenin's death.

Medvedev, Roy. Let History Judge. New York: Columbia University Press, 1989, p. 200

 

IN DIZZY WITH SUCCESS STALIN CRITICIZES THOSE CLOSING CHURCHES

 

            In his article "Dizzy with Success," published in Pravda on March 2, 1930, Stalin wrote:

            "And what about those "revolutionaries," if one may call them that, who begin the job of organizing collective farms by taking the bells from the churches.  To take a bell--just think--how r-r-revolutionary!"

            On March 15, 1930 Soviet newspapers published the decree on "distortions" of the party line in the cooperative movement.  This decree referred to the administrative closing of churches as an error committed by local officials and threatened severe punishment for anyone offending the feelings of believers....  By the end of 1930 roughly 80 percent of the village churches had been closed and among the "dispossessed kulaks" there were a substantial number of clergymen.

Medvedev, Roy. Let History Judge. New York: Columbia University Press, 1989, p. 229

 

KULAKS IN EXILE SETTLEMENTS WERE GIVEN FREEDOM BECAUSE THEY FOUGHT IN THE WAR

 

            Thousands of kulak special supplements were established in these remote regions.  The inhabitants of these exile colonies were denied freedom of movement.  The exiles situation changed in 1942, when young men from the special settlements began to be drafted into the Red Army because of the Soviet army's severe losses in the war.  At the end of the war the commandants' offices for supervising these colonies were closed, and the residents of the former special settlements obtained relative freedom of movement.

Medvedev, Roy. Let History Judge. New York: Columbia University Press, 1989, p. 237

 

POOR LEADERS OF EARLY STATE FARMS WERE FIRED OR BROUGHT TO TRIAL

 

            The newly formed state farms also experienced repression.  A typical example was a decree "On the work of livestock state farms," published in the spring of 1932 and signed by Stalin, Molotov, and Yakovlev, people's commissar of agriculture.  The decree named 34 directors of state farms who had tried "to gloss over shortcomings resulting from their own poor leadership by referring to the fact that livestock state farms are in the early stages of construction."  The decree "proposed" that these 34 be fired and brought to trial; it also listed 92 other directors, who were only to be fired.

Medvedev, Roy. Let History Judge. New York: Columbia University Press, 1989, p. 240

 

BOLSHEVIKS PARDON FORMER ENEMIES AND WORK WITH THEM

 

            It is well known that during the civil war in Russia the Bolsheviks not only arrested but shot Social Revolutionaries, Mensheviks, and Anarchists.  Quite a few Bolsheviks also fell from bullets fired by Social Revolutionaries and Anarchists, especially on territory controlled by Social Revolutionaries, Mensheviks, and Anarchist detachments, armies, or "governments."  Nevertheless, when the White armies of General Denikin were threatening Moscow in 1919, Lenin ordered the release of Social Revolutionaries and Mensheviks from the jails, and they immediately went voluntarily to the battlefront, sometimes as military commissars, to fight for Soviet power.  An alliance was also made with the rebel army of the Anarchist Makhno, which was officially made a unit of the Red Army and went on to smash the best regiments of Denikin's army in the southern Ukraine.

Medvedev, Roy. Let History Judge. New York: Columbia University Press, 1989, p. 311

 

RADEK PRAISES STALIN FOR BEING LENIENT AND NOT TAKING REVENGE

 

            To his former associates in the Opposition Radek offered the following explanation of the praise he had lavished on Stalin: "We should be grateful to Stalin.  If we [the Opposition] had lived at the time of the French Revolution, we would long ago have been shorter by a head."

Medvedev, Roy. Let History Judge. New York: Columbia University Press, 1989, p. 316

 

BUKHARIN MAKES A COMPLETE CAPITULATION AT THE 17TH PARTY CONGRESS

 

            In January 1934 the 17th Party Congress was held in Moscow.  There Bukharin finally capitulated completely to Stalin.  His lengthy speech included the following statements:

            "It is clear that the "Rights," of whom I was one, had a different political line, a line opposed to the all-out socialist offensive, opposed to the attack by storm on the capitalist elements that our party was beginning.  It is clear that this line proposed a different pace of development, that it was in fact opposed to accelerated industrialization, that it was opposed to...the liquidation of the kulaks as a class, that it was opposed to the reorganization of small peasant agriculture...that it was opposed to the entire new stage of a broad socialist offensive, completely failing to understand the historical necessity of that offensive and drawing political conclusions that could not have been interpreted in any way other than as anti-Leninist....  It is clear, further, that the victory of this deviation inevitably would have unleashed a third force and that it would have weakened the position of the working-class....  It would have led to intervention before we were ready...and, consequently, to the restoration of capitalism as the combined result of the aggravated domestic and international situation, with the forces of the proletariat weakened and the unleashing of anti-proletarian, counter-revolutionary forces....  It is clear, further, that Comrade Stalin was completely right when he brilliantly applied Marxist-Leninist dialectics to thoroughly smash a whole series of theoretical postulates advanced by the right deviation and formulated mostly by myself."

            This capitulation did not go unnoticed.  Although Bukharin was chosen at the Congress only as a candidate member of the Central Committee, this demotion was accompanied by a return to active political and journalistic activity.  In February 1934 Bukharin was appointed editor-in-chief of Izvestia, the second most important Soviet newspaper.

Medvedev, Roy. Let History Judge. New York: Columbia University Press, 1989, p. 320

 

TROTSKY SAYS THE TRIAL RESULTS AGAINST A COUPLE OF PARTIES WERE TOO LENIENT

 

            But at the same time Trotsky took at face value the trials against "wreckers" from the bourgeois intelligentsia.  He even criticized the sentences against leaders of the "Industrial Party" as too lenient.

Medvedev, Roy. Let History Judge. New York: Columbia University Press, 1989, p. 321

 

            ...When in 1931 the show trial of the "Union Bureau" was staged in Moscow Trotsky would not credit the convincing arguments of the emigre Menshevik leadership....  Although there was no evidence except confessions by the defendants, Trotsky wrote that the guilt of the defendants had been "irrefutably established."

Medvedev, Roy. Let History Judge. New York: Columbia University Press, 1989, p. 322

 

DEFENDANTS AT THE ZINOVIEV TRIAL IMPLICATED MANY OTHERS NOT YET ARRESTED

 

            Some of the defendants in the trial of the "Trotskyite-Zinovievite Center," unexpectedly adding to their pretrial depositions, began to talk about their "criminal" connections with Bukharin Rykov, and Tomsky., and also with Radek, Pyatakov, Sokolnikov, Serebryakov, Uglanov, Shliapnikov, and other ex-oppositionists who had not yet been arrested.  0n Aug. 21, 1936, the newspapers carried an order from Vyshinsky starting a new investigation into the counter-revolutionary conspiracy of the people mentioned.  In offices and factories throughout the country meetings demanded a full investigation of "the connections of Bukharin, Rykov, Tomsky, and others with the despicable terrorists."  The same issue of Izvestia that included this demand in its lead article listed Bukharin as its editor-in-chief on the last page.

            On September 10, 1936, Vyshinsky published a report: "The investigation has not established a juridical basis for legal proceedings against Bukharin and Rykov, as a result of which the present case is discontinued."  Thus Bukharin, Rykov, and the majority of the former "right" oppositionists remained free.

Medvedev, Roy. Let History Judge. New York: Columbia University Press, 1989, p. 356-357

 

RADEK AND OTHERS INCRIMINATE BUKHARIN AFTER THE ZINOVIEV TRIAL

 

            Explicit accusations were made against Bukharin and Rykov.  Radek, for example, said that friendship had long prevented him from implicating Bukharin.  He had very much wanted to give his friend the chance to disarm himself by volunteering honest testimony.  But now, Radek said, he had decided that he could not enter the court hiding another terrorist organization.  He and others offered detailed stories about their counter-revolutionary "connections" with the Bukharin-Rykov group.  Radek and other members of the "Parallel Center" thus decided the fate of the former right deviation.  On Jan. 17, 1937, Izvestia appeared without the signature of its editor-in-chief, Bukharin.  Rykov, too, was removed from his post.  But Stalin still put off arresting these now universally proclaimed "enemies of the people."

            ...According to Anna Larina, on Nov. 7, 1936, Bukharin decided to celebrate the holiday at Red Square--not, as usual, on the top of Lenin's tomb, but in the stands with his wife.  But Stalin saw him there and had him invited up.

            After the holiday, however, the most painful phase of Bukharin's life began.  He was not summoned to the Lubyanka, but personal confrontations between him and arrested "leftists" and members of the "Bukharin school"--that is, his closest disciples--were arranged in the Kremlin itself.  After a face-to-face encounter with Radek he had another with Sokolnikov and one with Serebryakov, then one with Tseitlin, one of his closest followers.  They all told of their alleged criminal ties with Bukharin, of the existence of another counter-revolutionary terrorist center headed by Bukharin and Yagoda.  For example, in Bukharin's presence Tseitlin alleged that Bukharin had given him a revolver and placed him on the corner of a street down which Stalin was supposed to travel that day but that Stalin's car had taken a different route so that the assassination attempt failed.

Medvedev, Roy. Let History Judge. New York: Columbia University Press, 1989, p. 362

 

STALIN CALLS AND TELLS BUKHARIN TO CHASE THE CHEKISTS OUT OF HIS APARTMENT

 

            At the Red Square celebrations [on Nov. 7, 1936] he [Bukharin] and his wife were on one of the minor stands.  A soldier came over with Stalin's invitation to join him on the Lenin mausoleum.  Soon after, Bukharin was served with an eviction order from his Kremlin apartment.  Stalin telephoned, and on being told of this said angrily that the evictors must get out immediately, and they did so.

Conquest, Robert. The Great Terror. New York: Oxford University Press, 1990, p. 144

 

 

            In early December 1936 a group of chekists came to Bukharin's apartment in the Kremlin and served him notice of his eviction from the apartment.  Bukharin panicked.  He was especially concerned over the fate of his huge library and archive.  Where could they be moved to?  Suddenly the internal Kremlin phone rang.  It was Stalin.

            "How are things with you, Nikolai?"  he asked as though everything were perfectly normal.  Bukharin lost his presence of mind; still, he did manage to say that he was being served an eviction notice.  Without asking anything further, Stalin roared, "Chase them the hell out of there!"  The uninvited guests left immediately.

Medvedev, Roy. Let History Judge. New York: Columbia University Press, 1989, p. 363

 

            Unlike Rykov, who at the end of 1936 had been moved out of the Kremlin, Bukharin and his family continued to live in their Kremlin apartment.  A few days before the plenum was to begin, three Chekists appeared at this apartment with an order to evict Bukharin.  Immediately after they arrived, the telephone rang: for the first time in several months, Stalin was calling Bukharin to find out about how he was feeling.  Bukharin, who was quite distraught, told Stalin that they were getting ready to evict him.  In reply, Stalin advised him to tell his visitors to "go to hell."  Understanding from Bukharin's responses who was on the other end of the line, the Chekists immediately disappeared.  Bukharin unexpectedly received one more ray of hope.

Rogovin, Vadim. 1937: Year of Terror. Oak Park, Michigan: Labor Publications, 1998, p. 184

 

            At the end of November 1936 a group of strangers arrived at his door from the housekeeping department of the Kremlin.  Bukharin was sure that they had come to do a search, which in those months would not have been unusual, even in a Kremlin apartment.  But in fact it was worse; they had brought Bukharin an order to vacate the Kremlin.  He got extremely upset and was at a total loss to know what to do.  He immediately started thinking about his enormous collection of books and personal papers.  How could he transport them and where?  At that moment the internal Kremlin telephone suddenly rang.  It was Stalin.  "So, how are things with you, Nikolai?" as though everything were perfectly normal.  Bukharin did not know how to reply, and after a pause said that he was being served an eviction notice.  Without asking anything further, Stalin exclaimed in a loud voice, "Tell them all to go to the devil."  Hearing that, the uninvited guests beat a hasty retreat.

Medvedev, Roy & Zhores Medvedev. The Unknown Stalin. NY, NY: Overlook Press, 2004, p. 290

 

            Suddenly, while we were sitting together in the study, three men walked in.  We had not heard the doorbell; Ivan Gavrilovich [Bukharin's father] had let them in.  They abruptly informed "Comrade Bukharin" that he was about to be moved out of the Kremlin.  Before Nikolai could react, the telephone rang.  Stalin was on the line.

            "What's with you there, Nikolai?" asked Koba.

            "They've just come to move me out of the Kremlin.  I don't care about the Kremlin, but I do want to ask that a place be found to hold my library."

            "You just send them to the devil’s mother!" said Stalin and hung up.

            Standing beside the telephone, the three unknown men heard the Boss clearly.  They packed off immediately to "the devil’s mother."

Larina, Anna. This I Cannot Forget. New York: W.W. Norton, 1993, p. 325

 

BUKHARIN IS ATTACKED BY ALL AT THE FEB. 1937 PLENUM

 

            No one opposed the overall policy of Stalin and the NKVD; the condemnation and denunciation of Bukharin and Rykov was unanimous.  Everyone demanded that they be called to account.

            The atmosphere at the February 1937 plenum was already quite heated when Bukharin was given the floor.... he declared, "I am not Zinoviev or Kamenev, and I will not tell lies against myself."  To this Molotov replied from the floor: "If you don't confess, that will prove you're a fascist hireling.  Their press is saying that our trials are provocations.  We'll arrest you and you'll confess!"

Medvedev, Roy. Let History Judge. New York: Columbia University Press, 1989, p. 364-365

 

STALIN DID NOT WANT TO SHOOT BUKHARIN WHEN THE OTHERS DID

 

            The commission established to decide Bukharin and Rykov fate met under the chairmanship of Mikoyan....  To reach a decision, the vote was taken by alphabetical order.  One after another the Central Committee members rose-- Andreev, Bubnov, Voroshilov, Kaganovich, Molotov--and uttered three words: "Arrest, try, shoot."  When Stalin's turn came he said: "Let the NKVD handle the case," and several other people then repeated this formula,....

Medvedev, Roy. Let History Judge. New York: Columbia University Press, 1989, p. 367

 

KRESTINSKY IS THE ONLY ONE TO DENY GUILT AND CRIMINAL INVOLVEMENT

 

            But when it was Krestinsky's turn, he unexpectedly answered:

            "I do not admit my guilt.  I am not a Trotskyite.  I never took part in the "Right-Trotskyite Bloc" and wasn't aware of its existence.  I never committed a single one of the crimes imputed to me, and in particular I do not confess myself guilty of contacts with German intelligence."

Medvedev, Roy. Let History Judge. New York: Columbia University Press, 1989, p. 369

 

EHRENBURG SAYS IT WAS NOT BOGUS PEOPLE IN THE DOCK AND THERE WAS NO TORTURE

 

            It has been said that Bukharin, Kamenev, Rakovsky, and the others did not really appear in court; skillfully made-up and specially trained NKVD agents supposedly took their place. But some who attended the trials and who knew many of the defendants well, including Ehrenburg, and others whom I personally interviewed in the '60s denied this supposition.

            Ehrenburg expressed his confidence to me in a conversation that it really was Bukharin, Rykov, Krestinsky, Rosengoltz, and Rakovsky who sat on the defendants' bench.... At the same time they did not give the impression of people who had been recently subjected to prolong torture.

Medvedev, Roy. Let History Judge. New York: Columbia University Press, 1989, p. 381

 

STALIN SAYS ONLY CURRENT TROTS SHOULD BE PUNISHED NOT FORMER ONES

 

            On March 5, 1937, Stalin told the Central Committee that only active Trotskyists still loyal to their exiled leader had to be repressed.  "Among our comrades," he said, "are a certain number of former Trotskyites who abandoned Trotskyism a long time ago and are fighting against it.  It would be stupid to defame these comrades.

Medvedev, Roy. Let History Judge. New York: Columbia University Press, 1989, p. 383

 

ORDJONIKIDZE COULD NOT HAVE BEEN MURDERED BY AN ASSASSIN

 

            His [Ordjonikidze] wife [Gavrilovna] was extremely worried and phoned her sister, asking her to come over.  February days are short, and as it began to grow dark, just after five, Gavrilovna decided to go into her husband's room, but while she was on her way, turning on the light in the living room, a shot exploded in his bedroom.  Running in, she saw her husband lying on the bed, dead, the bedclothes stained with blood.

            According to Gavrilovna, the apartment had a side entrance, which everyone used, and a main entrance that was always closed, with bookshelves against it.  Moreover, the main entrance led into the living room, where Gavrilovna was at the moment the shot was fired; so it could not have been used by an assassin.

Medvedev, Roy. Let History Judge. New York: Columbia University Press, 1989, p. 401

 

            The arrest of various subordinates of Ordjonikidze's before and after his death does not prove that Stalin was conducting a campaign against him, for the same thing occurred around men like Kaganovich and Shvernik, the national trade union leader, whom Stalin continued to trust and employ.  Just before Ordjonikidze killed himself, he had several long conversations with Stalin.  Why the Vozhd would have devoted so much time to someone he planned to destroy is curious; perhaps Stalin recognized his old friend's disturbed state of mind and tried to calm him down.  In any event, the suicide had to be hushed up.  But the available evidence is not convincing that Stalin planned to liquidate someone who had served him loyally, had not been in the opposition, and still held key assignments.

Thurston, Robert. Life and Terror in Stalin's Russia, 1934-1941. New Haven: Yale University Press, c1996, p. 42

 

 

STALIN WANTED CRIMINAL ACTIVITY OF THE INTELLIGENCE AGENCIES INVESTIGATED

 

            On his [Stalin] suggestion the Central Committee unexpectedly appointed a special commission to investigate NKVD activity; it included, among others, Beria & Malenkov.  During the discussion of this matter in the Politburo, Kaganovich suggested that Beria be appointed deputy people's commissar of internal affairs in order to "facilitate his access to all the materials of the NKVD."  This proposal was accepted.

Medvedev, Roy. Let History Judge. New York: Columbia University Press, 1989, p. 456

 

MANY INTELLIGENCE AGENTS WERE KILLED FOR COMMITTING CRIMINAL ACTS

 

            Hardly anyone paid attention to this appointment either within the Soviet Union or outside its borders.  But for Yezhov and his circle it was an alarming signal....  As soon as Yezhov was replaced by Beria, the NKVD was hit by the usual wave of dismissals and arrests.  Almost all of Yezhov's close associates and dozens of leading NKVD officials were arrested and shot.  Among those arrested were Frinovsky and Zakovsky, men left over from Yagoda's days; Maltsev, "chief executioner" of Novosibirsk oblast; Berman, the sadistic head of the Byelorussian NKVD; Lavrushin, head of the Gorky NKVD, and his deputies Kaminsky and Listengurt.  Among others who were arrested and soon shot was Redens, husband of Alliluyeva's sister.  In 1937 he had directed the mass repression in Moscow and then, as NKVD chief in Kazakhstan, had decimated the party and government apparatus of that republic.  The head of the Ukrainian NKVD, Uspensky, was also eliminated.  Most prison wardens got a taste of their own prison discipline, including Popov of Butyrskaya, Vainshtok of Yaroslavl, and the warden of Solovetskaya.  They were all quickly shot, as were most of the heads of the major prison camps and administrative units of the Gulag.  As a rule, these people had occupied their posts in the NKVD for only a short time, from the removal of Yagoda to the removal of Yezhov.

Medvedev, Roy. Let History Judge. New York: Columbia University Press, 1989, p. 457

 

STALIN COMES DOWN HARD ON THE CRIMINAL YEZHOV

 

            In late 1938 and the first part of 1939 Feldman acted as first secretary of the party's Odessa oblast committee.  He was a delegate at the 18th Party Congress,... Feldman left his friends the following memorandum about this gathering:

            "When the Congress was ending, the Council of Elders gathered in one of the halls of the Kremlin.  In front of the elders at a long table, as if on a stage, sat Andreev, Molotov, & Malenkov.  Behind them, far to the rear, in a corner to the left sat Stalin, puffing away at his pipe.  Andreev stated that since the congress was finishing its work, it was necessary to nominate candidates for the Central Committee that was to be newly elected.  The first to be named were members of the previous Central Committee, except of course for those who had fallen.  They came to Yezhov.  Andreev asked, "What do you think?"  After a short silence someone said that Yezhov was one of Stalin's people's commissars, everyone knew him, he should be kept.  "Any objections?"  Everyone was silent.  Then Stalin took the floor.  He got up, walked to the front table, and, still smoking his pipe, called out:

            "Yezhov!  Where are you?  Come up here!"

            From one of the back rows Yezhov came up to the table.

            "Well!  What do you think of yourself?  Are you capable of being a member of the Central Committee?"

            Yezhov turned pale and in a broken voice answered that his whole life had been devoted to the party and to Stalin, that he loved Stalin more than his own life and didn't know anything he had done wrong that could provoke such a question.

            "Is that so?"  Stalin asked ironically.  "And who was Frinovsky?  Did you know him?"

            "Yes, of course I knew him," answered Yezhov.  "Frinovsky was my deputy.  He---"

            Stalin cut Yezhov short, asking who Shapiro was, what Ryzhova had been (Yezhov's secretary), who Fyodorov was, and who others were.  (By this time all these people had been arrested.)

            "Joseph Vissarionovich!  You know it was I--I myself!--who disclosed their conspiracy!  I came to you and reported it...."

            Stalin didn't let him continue.  "Yes, yes, yes!  When you felt you were about to be caught, then you came in a hurry.  But what about before that?  Were you organizing a conspiracy?  Do you want to kill Stalin?  Top officials of the NKVD are plotting, but you, supposedly aren't involved.  You think I don't see anything?!  Do you remember who you sent on a certain date for duty with Stalin?  Who?  With revolvers?  Why revolvers near Stalin?  Why?  To kill Stalin?  And if I hadn't noticed?  What then?!"

            Stalin went on to accuse Yezhov of working too feverishly, arresting many people who were innocent and covering up for others.

            "Well?  Go on, get out of here!  I don't know, comrades, is it possible to keep him as a member of the Central Committee?  I doubt it.  Of course, think about it....  As you wish....  But I doubt it!"

            Yezhov, of course, was unanimously struck from the list; after a recess he did not return to the hall and was not seen again at the Congress....

            Yezhov was not arrested right away, however.  He continued to appear at the offices of the Commissariat of Water Transport.  His behavior showed evidence of severe depression and even psychological disorder.  While attending meetings of the collegium of the Commissariat, Yezhov remained silent and did not intervene in any way.  Sometimes he made doves and airplanes out of paper, sailed them, and went after them, at times even crawling under the tables and chairs.  All this in silence.  A few days after the Congress, when a group of NKVD operatives entered the conference room of the collegium, Yezhov rose and said, with his face almost aglow, "How long I have waited for this!"  He put his gun on the table and they led him away....

            Yezhov's arrest was not reported in the press.  The man whom Pravda had called "the nation's favorite," who possessed "the greatest vigilance, a will of iron, a fine proletarian sensitivity, enormous organizational talent, and exceptional intelligence" was not mentioned again in any newspaper.

            Yezhov was not shot right after his arrest.  A long investigation was conducted in connection with his case.  He was not tortured, since he readily confessed to all charges, changing or correcting them when necessary and, in general, calmly acceeding to all the demands of the investigators.  The old Bolshevik Shabalkin, who died in 1965, gave me the following account of Yezhov's subsequent fate:

            "When they took me from the Solovetskie Islands back to Butyrskaya prison for reinterrogation, I found myself in a cell with Bulatov, a well-known party official.  Bulatov was refusing to testify and demanding interrogation by Yezhov himself.  (A few years earlier Bulatov and Yezhov, when they were in charge of CC departments, had lived next to each other and often visited each other.)  In the fall 1938 Bulatov was taken to interrogation for the fifth time.  Suddenly a door in the wall opened and Yezhov entered the interrogator's office.  "Well," he [Yezhov] said, "is Bulatov testifying?"  Not at all, Comrade General Commissar," replied the investigator.  "Then lay it on him good," said Yezhov, and left by the same door....  After that Bulatov was beaten several times, but then they seemed to forget about him.  A few months later, in 1939, Bulatov was again taken to interrogation and for more than a day did not return to the cell.  When he came back, he fell on his bunk and began to sob.  Two days later Bulatov told Shabalkin that they had taken him to some other prison and into an investigators office, where he saw Yezhov, now arrested and held in confinement.  This was a confrontation.  In a monotonous and indifferent voice Yezhov began to tell how he had been preparing to get rid of Stalin and seize power and how Bulatov had been one of the members of his organization, whom, for "better protection," they had decided to keep in Butyrskaya prison.  Bulatov naturally denied this slander, but Yezhov kept to his story.

Medvedev, Roy. Let History Judge. New York: Columbia University Press, 1989, p. 458-460

 

            The airplane designer Yakovlev recalls the following in his memoirs:

            "In the summer of 1940 Stalin said these precise words in a conversation with me:

            "Yezhov is a rat; in 1938 he killed many innocent people.  We shot him for that."

            I wrote these words down immediately after returning from the Kremlin."

Medvedev, Roy. Let History Judge. New York: Columbia University Press, 1989, p. 529

 

            Here is one such document, read to the 22nd Congress by Serdyuk:

            "Comrade Stalin:

            I am sending for confirmation four lists of people whose cases are before the Military Collegium:

            (1) List No. 1 (general)

            (2) List No. 2 (former military personnel)

            (3) List No. 3 (former NKVD personnel)

            (4) List No. 4 (wives of enemies of the people)

            I request approval for first-degree condemnation of all these people.

            Signed Yezhov

 

            Condemnation in the first-degree meant shooting.

Medvedev, Roy. Let History Judge. New York: Columbia University Press, 1989, p. 530

 

            Over the autumn of 1938 Stalin set up a commission to investigate the NKVD.  It reported adversely, as was no doubt intended.  In December Yezhov was replaced by Beria.  Over the next few months many of Yezhov's men were shot.  But Yezhov still remained in at least one of his various posts--People's Commissar of Water Transport.  And he appeared on the platform at Lenin's birthday celebrations in February 1939. [LENIN’S BIRTHDAY IS IN APRIL STUPID]  At the informal Council of Elders which met before the 18th Party Congress in March to decide on a new Central Committee, he was present as a current member of that body.  When his name was suggested from the chair, there was at first no objection, and in fact speakers noted his loyal service, until Stalin, puffing his pipe, walked from the corner where he was sitting to the front table and called Yezhov forward:

            'Well!  What do you think of yourself?  Are you capable of being a member of the Central Committee?'

            Yezhov turned pale and in a broken voice answered that his whole life had been devoted to the party and to Stalin, that he loved Stalin more than his own life and didn't know anything he had done wrong that could revoke such a question.

            'Is that so?' Stalin asked ironically.  'And who was Frinovsky?  Did you know him?'

            'Yes, of course a do him,' answered Yezhov.  'Frinovsky was my deputy.  He--'

            Stalin cut Yezhov short, asking who Shapiro was, what Ryzhova had been (Yezhov's secretary), who Fyodorov was, and who others were.

            'Joseph Vissarionovich!  You know it was I--I myself!--who disclosed their conspiracy!  I came to you and reported it...'

            Stalin didn't let him continue.  'Yes, yes, yes!  When you felt you were about to be caught, then you came in a hurry.  But what about before that?  Were you organizing a conspiracy?  Did you want to kill Stalin?  Top officials of the NKVD are plotting, but you, supposedly are not involved.  You think I didn't see anything?  Do you remember who you sent on a certain date for duty with Stalin?  Who?  With revolvers?  Why revolvers near Stalin?  Why?  To kill Stalin?  And if I hadn't noticed?  What then?'

            Stalin went on to accuse Yezhov of working too feverishly, arresting many people who were innocent and covering up for others.

            'Well?  Go on, get out of here!  I don't know comrades, is a possible to keep him as a member of the Central Committee?  I doubt it.  Of course, think about it....  As you wish... But I doubt it!'

            and that was the end of Yezhov.  Arrested a few days later, he was shot on 4 February 1940 [approximately a year later].

Conquest, Robert. Stalin: Breaker of Nations. New York, New York: Viking, 1991, p. 208

 

            "It's high time to do something about the NKVD," he [Stalin] said.  "If that madman of a Yezhov keeps on the way he's going, he'll arrest me yet for plotting against Stalin.  It can't go on!  But just now I can't do anything about your engineers.  Beria is coming here the day after tomorrow, and I think I'm going to name him the head of a committee to re-organize the NKVD completely.  I'll ask him to make an investigation into the case of your engineers."

            I left Sochi the following day.  Three months later Beria, now head of the NKVD instead of Yezhov, who later committed suicide in the asylum to which he was sent, freed my engineers.

Svanidze, Budu. My Uncle, Joseph Stalin. New York: Putnam, c1953, p. 151

 

            Although not a delegate to the 18th Party Congress, in March 1939, he [Yezhov] was present as a member of the outgoing Central Committee.  And when the Congress's "Senioren Konvent," or informal Council of Elders, met to consider names for the new Central Committee, Yezhov's went forward.  There were no objections until Stalin said he thought him unsuitable, since he was involved in a plot with Frinovsky and others to use Stalin's own bodyguard to assassinate him.  Yezhov answered that it had been he who had exposed this plot.  But Stalin retorted that this was only to cover himself; moreover, he had arrested many innocent people while protecting the guilty.  Stalin ended by telling those present that in his opinion Yezhov was unfit to serve on the Central Committee, though it was, of course, up to them to decide.

Conquest, Robert. The Great Terror. New York: Oxford University Press, 1990, p. 432

 

            The only epitaph that Stalin left to his faithful servant [Yezhov] was recorded in a private conversation.   Over a luncheon with a young protege Stalin confided, "Yezhov was a scoundrel.   He killed our best people.   The man went to the dogs.   You call him at the Ministry, they say he has gone to the Central Committee.   Call him there, they say he is at work.   You send after him to his house, he is lying in bed dead drunk.   How many innocent people he destroyed!   For that we had him shot."

Ulam, Adam. Stalin; The Man and his Era. New York: Viking Press, 1973, p. 487

 

STALIN SET UP COMMISSION TO INVESTIGATE SECRET POLICE CORRUPTION

 

            The special commission appointed to investigate NKVD activity continued its work, with Andreev as its new chairman.  Andreev himself had been very active during 1937-1938 in the assault on "enemies of people," and this was Stalin's chief consideration in selecting him to head the commission.

Medvedev, Roy. Let History Judge. New York: Columbia University Press, 1989, p. 465

 

            On 11 September 1934, Stalin complained to Zhdanov and Kuibyshev about misguided secret-police coercion: "Find out all the mistakes of the deduction methods of the workers of the GPU....   Free persecuted persons who are innocent if they are innocent and...purge the OGPU of people with specific "deduction methods" and punish them all--whoever they may be."

Montefiore, Sebag. Stalin: The Court of the Red Tsar. New York: Knopf, 2004, p. 141

 

 

THOUSANDS OF ARMY COMMANDERS WERE REHABILITATED AND SERVED IN WWII

 

            In late 1939 and early 1940 several thousand Red Army commanders were rehabilitated because of the extreme shortage of officers and the incompetence demonstrated during the Soviet-Finnish war.  Generally officers up to the level of divisional commanders were rehabilitated.  The rehabilitated included many future heroes of the Great Patriotic War, such as: Rokossovsky, future marshall; Meretskov, future marshall; Gorbatov, future army general; Bogdanov, future commander of the Second Tank Army; Kholostyakov, future vice-admiral; Rudnev, future commissar of partisan units in Ukraine--all of whom were later named Heroes of the Soviet Union.  Also, 0zeryansky, hero of the defense of Leningrad, awarded two Orders of Lenin and three Orders of the Red Banner;...

Medvedev, Roy. Let History Judge. New York: Columbia University Press, 1989, p. 466

 

            A few survivors were released from the camps; serveral had already been freed in 1940-41, such as Gorbatov, Rokossovsky, and Meretskov, who rose to fame during the war.

Laqueur, Walter. Stalin: The Glasnost Revelations. New York: Scribner's, c1990, p. 92

 

 

ONLY A MINORITY OF CHEKISTS USED EXTREME METHODS AND DESERVED TO BE SHOT

 

            One of the memoirs I have is by a former high official in the NKVD, who wrote:

            "We declare, with full responsibility, that only individual, morally unstable, and unprincipled chekists went so far as to apply physical torture and torment, for which they were shot in 1939, following the November [1938] letter to the Politburo on excesses in investigation."

Medvedev, Roy. Let History Judge. New York: Columbia University Press, 1989, p. 486

 

MANY TIMES STALIN SEEMED TO NOT KNOW WHAT SUBVERSION WAS HAPPENING

 

            Moreover, many of his [Stalin] speeches gave the impression that he was not well-informed about the repression.  For example, at the February-March plenum of the Central Committee in 1937 he demanded that there be no arrests of Trotskyists and Zinovievists who had broken all ties with Trotsky and ended oppositional activity.  At that very time thousands of such people were being arrested.  Stalin also rebuked those who considered it a trifle to expel tens of thousands of the party.  At that very time not tens but hundreds of thousands were being expelled and arrested.

            Shortly before the arrest of the civil war hero Serdich, Stalin toasted him at a reception, suggesting that they drink to "Bruderschaft."  Just a few days before Blyukher's destruction, Stalin spoke of him warmly at a meeting.  When an Armenian delegation came to him, Stalin asked about the poet Charents and said that he should not be touched, but a few months later Charents was arrested and killed.  The wife of Serebrovsky, a deputy people's commissar of Ordjonikidze's, tells of an unexpected phone call from Stalin one evening in 1937.  "I hear you are going about on foot," Stalin said.  "That's no good.  People might think what they shouldn't.  I'll send you a car if yours is being repaired."  And the next morning a car from the Kremlin arrived for Mrs. Serebrovsky's use.  But two days later her husband was arrested, taken right from the hospital.

            Alikhanova tells about the case of Broido, one of Stalin's former aides in the Commissariat of Nationalities.  When NKVD men came to his door late at night, rather than let them in he rushed to the internal Kremlin telephone and called Stalin.  "Koba, they've come for me," said Broido.  "Foolishness," Stalin replied.  "Who could bring charges against you?  Go calmly to the NKVD and help them establish the truth."  Still, Broido was lucky.  After only two years in prison he was freed in 1940.

            The famous historian and publicist Steklov, disturbed by all the arrests, phoned Stalin and asked for an appointment.  "Of course, come on over," Stalin said, and reassured him when they met: "What's the matter with you?  The party knows and trusts you; you have nothing to worry about."  Steklov returned to his friends and family, and that very evening the NKVD came for him.  Naturally the first thought of his friends and family was to appeal to Stalin, who seemed unaware of what was going on....

            In 1938 Akulov, onetime procurator of the Soviet Union and later secretary of the Central Executive Committee, fell while skating and suffered an almost fatal concussion.  On Stalin's personal orders outstanding surgeons were brought from abroad to save his life.  After a difficult recovery lasting many months, Akulov returned to work, whereupon he was arrested, and in 1939 he was shot.

            In 1937 Milchakov, who was working in the administration of the gold mining industry, was suddenly removed from his job and expelled from the party.  But a few days later the party organizer of the administration searched him out and said anxiously, "Let's go to the Kremlin; Stalin's asking for you."  In the Kremlin office were Stalin and Kaganovich.  "What have things come to," said Stalin, "if they're expelling people like Milchakov?"  Then he said to Milchakov: "We're appointing you deputy chief of Glavzoloto (the Chief Administration for Gold Mining).  Go and carry out your duties."  Two or three weeks later Milchakov became the head of Glavzoloto, after the arrest of Serebrovsky.  After another two months, however, Milchakov was arrested and did not see Moscow again for 16 years.

Medvedev, Roy. Let History Judge. New York: Columbia University Press, 1989, p. 526-527

 

            Of course Stalin did not and could not know about every instance of lawlessness.

Medvedev, Roy. Let History Judge. New York: Columbia University Press, 1989, p. 533

 

STALIN SOMETIMES PROTECTED PEOPLE AGAINST THE SECRET POLICE

 

            It is also instructive to observe how Stalin frequently limited himself, at first, to shifting a major figure without arresting him, although the NKVD already had fabricated testimony against him.  The man would be transferred to a less important or sometimes a more important post;...

Medvedev, Roy. Let History Judge. New York: Columbia University Press, 1989, p. 544

 

STALIN COMPLIMENTED PEOPLE EXECUTED FOR THEIR CRIMES

 

            Stalin spoke respectfully of some of his victims even after he had destroyed them.  According to Todorsky, at a Politburo meeting in 1938 Stalin unexpectedly began to praise Tukhachevsky, who had already been shot.  Stalin noted Tukhachevsky's unquestioned military talent, his great sense of responsibility when given a job, and his striving to keep abreast of the fast-changing theory, technology, and practice of military affairs.  And after Uborevitch had been shot, Stalin said to Meretskov: "Train our troops the same way you trained them under Uborevitch."

Medvedev, Roy. Let History Judge. New York: Columbia University Press, 1989, p. 586

 

STALIN WAS THOROUGHLY ANTI-CAPITALIST

 

            I am profoundly convinced that Stalin never sought to restore capitalism.

Medvedev, Roy. Let History Judge. New York: Columbia University Press, 1989, p. 599

 

SOME LOCAL LEADERS ABUSED PEOPLE AND BECAME A LAW UNTO THEMSELVES

 

            If many ordinary citizens took advantage of the terror to pursue their own despicable aims, what could be expected from the leaders on all the various levels, including Stalin's closest aides?

            ... The newly appointed people's commissars, directors of major enterprises and institutions, obkom and raikom secretaries, and state security officials were given the right to decide the fate of Soviet citizens.  Each of them was virtually the master of his domain, and many of them abused this power, forming cliques of hangers-on and unprincipled careerists around themselves.  Thus a basis was created for ceaseless mass repression.

Medvedev, Roy. Let History Judge. New York: Columbia University Press, 1989, p. 613

 

            A great deal of work has been done in the West on the relative power and influence of Moscow versus local political organizations.  We now have studies of the local judiciary and of the local process of collectivization.  While Moscow gave the orders, it seems that local party bodies, far removed from the capital, carried out policies independently and frequently at odds with those desired by Moscow.  Campaigns--including purges--could be stalled, sped up, aborted, or implemented in ways which suited local conditions and interests.  Local judicial bodies conducted trials and pronounced sentences wildly at variance with the procedures prescribed in the center but in accord with the political interests of local machines.  Local agents of agricultural collectivization were sometimes genuinely "dizzy with success."  They often jumped the gun in initiating the process, outran central targets, violated and ignored directives which did not suit them.

            Local proizvol (arbitrary misconduct) and disobedience of central directives were endemic, particularly in collectivization and in the purges of the 1930s.

Nove, Alec, Ed. The Stalin Phenomenon. New York: St. Martin's Press, 1993, p. 128

 

...the state played a major role.  At the same time, the vitally important specific and personal decisions of life and death for most of the population were made locally.  How many "kulaks" were to be deported from which villages?  Who had the power to arrest them?  Whose name appeared on the purge list?  Which local faction controlled the NKVD?  If one is interested in either a social history of the common folk or in "total history," one should look less at those at the pinnacle, who tried to push the tides one way or another, and more at the forces that were really important to the fates of most people.

            ... If, for example, implementation of political, judicial, and agricultural policies in the country was so dependent on local conditions and alignments, how can one be certain that the actual results, on the ground, were an accurate reflection of Stalin's wishes?  Even if one assumes Stalin's personality was the only or main factor in the initiation of policies, one must still explain the obvious disparities between central orders and local outcomes: for example the failure of local agencies to adhere to Moscow's collectivization (and later, purge) targets.

            Why was it that during the membership chistki (purges) of 1933-36, local leaders expelled so many more members than Moscow wished?  Why was it that practically no local officials were purged until the power of their "family circles" was broken in 1937?  What were the personal and political interests of those local officials who decided who was to be purged and when?  How much of the... selection of victims, was "just local stuff"?

            The complex political sociology of the system involved kolkhozniki, factory workers, rank-and-file party activists, local party apparatchiki, regional first secretaries, and several factions in Moscow.  Each group had its own interests and agendas and, with varying limits, the means to realize them....  Local actors may not have decided national policies but they certainly determined their results.  R.W. Davies is right to draw our attention to "autonomous or uncontrolled behavior at various levels."

            Consider the party membership purges (chistki) of 1933-6.  At the lowest level, that of party cells, the membership targeted the peasantry's traditional class enemies as well as those with dubious Civil War pasts.  This included former tsarist policeman, wealthy peasants, former noble landowners and their associates, White Army participants, locally known crooks, members of the intelligentsia and generally unpopular types who had entered the party.  As the Smolensk Archive transcripts of these grass-roots chistka meetings show, this process victimized innocent bystanders, relatives and even past associates of the above categories: the "genetic" peasant approach again.  Local party secretaries tried to protect their political machines by defending those of their number who work targets of rank-and-file wrath and by running up the purge score.  These secretaries expelled "passive" (non-participating or non-dues paying) members, those who could be tripped up on ideological questions and particular members who had made trouble for the machine.

            [Footnote]: "Passives were not mentioned or targeted in the instructions for the 1933 Chistka, but were nonetheless the largest single group expelled in the operation itself.--Page 149

            This was not at all what the Stalinist center had in mind, as its subsequent furious reaction showed.

            [Footnote]: From the "outside," though, it was and is easy to mistake this mass purging at the hands of local secretaries for a Stalin plan to terrorize everyone.--Page 149

            Indeed, the Moscow leadership spent a good deal of time trying to clean up the mess that local conduct of the membership screenings had caused.  Beginning in June 1936 and picking up steam after January 1938, the center encouraged those expelled to appeal to higher authorities.  Party committees, local control commissions, the Party Control Commission and the Central Committee itself were all involved in considering appeals for reinstatement.  Hundreds of thousands were readmitted.  Nationally, by June 1, 1938, 51.6% of all purge penalties and expulsions that were appealed were reduced or vacated by higher authorities.

            When the Yezhov vigilance campaign began in mid-1936, local party secretaries were happy to direct the enemy accusation against has-been ex-oppositionists.  When Stalin and the Moscow leadership demanded further vigilance against local machines, the local leaders were still able to protect themselves by turning police attention to helpless and unprotected common folk who were accused of suspicious connections and singing counter-revolutionary songs.  When rank-and-file party members managed against all odds to spontaneously overthrow local leaders, the provincial leadership took in the ranking victims and protected them from police trouble.  When rank-and-file party members were expelled on the other hand, the machine controlled NKVD frequently arrested them.

            In Smolensk, for example, as long as the party obkom controlled the local NKVD (whose chief sat on the Smolensk Party Buro and was part of its nomenklatura, or personal list), no important members of the oblast and raion party leadership were arrested.  Only when the Smolensk machine was attacked by Moscow in June 1937 and a new NKVD chief sent in were party leaders arrested.  Who controlled whom locally was once again the key to understanding the impact of the event on real people.

Nove, Alec, Ed. The Stalin Phenomenon. New York: St. Martin's Press, 1993, p. 128-131

 

            Peasants and rank-and-file party members accused and purged each other, accusing each other of being byvshie liudi (former people) from the old regime, such as kulaks, former gendarmes and White Army soldiers.  Relatives of enemies of the people were also swept away as common folk used familiar genealogical and kin categories as their reference points in defining enemies.  Blind and pitiless peasants and others also lashed out at the local intelligentsia in traditional assertions of cultural and social resentment....  Peasants naturally jumped to the conclusion that "our" dead livestock had been poisoned by "them"--the educated specialists....  In some collective farms, "one half expelled the other half."

            ...Before the mid-1930s, the "enemy," in both official Soviet and customary peasant usages, referred to the traditional social enemy: the kulak, the nobleman, the White Army officer, and so forth.  By 1937, though, Stalin had identified "enemies with party cards," suggesting that the bureaucrat was the class enemy.

            Rank-and-file party members lashed out at their secretarial leaders, accusing them of bureaucratism, corruption, and dictatorial methods.  Factory workers attacked their managers with the same kind of populist anger.  Even the newly prompted Red Specialists came under fire in the pitiless assertion of radicalism.  In response, the threatened official strata fought back by blaming their subordinates.  Party secretaries expelled huge numbers of rank-and-file members in order to protect themselves and display their vigilance.  Collective farm chairmen desperately ejected troublesome peasants from the kolkhozy for the same reasons.  It was a war of all against all and the battle lines reflected social conflicts, some of them decades or even centuries old.

            ...  Party secretaries, anxious to feed their industrial workers, extend their own rural powers and increase their budget allocations truly became "dizzy with success."  For their own reasons, and encouraged by Moscow's irresponsible cheerleading, they routinely exceeded dekulakization and collectivization targets, sponsored intense religious persecution and illlegally arrested vast numbers of recalcitrant peasants.

            Again at the micro level, local peasants and party activists dekulakized unpopular "outsiders": those who had violated communal traditions by getting ahead, members of the rural intelligentsia, and other traditional enemies.  Things were out of control; everyone was arresting everyone.  Of course, Stalin and his clique share ultimate responsibility for these "excesses."  Their strident rhetoric and sloganeering had sparked the fire in the first place and in their attempts to build momentum for dekulakization and collectivization they had (until March 1930) encouraged "energetic" measures.

            As they would do five years later during the chistki, the Stalinist center intervened during collectivization in an attempt to control the process.  Stalin's March 1930 "Dizzy With Success" article was the best known such attempt.  Sending in the supposedly disciplined and tempered proletarian 25,000ers was another and the Stalin-Molotov May 1933 decree limiting arrests and detentions was a third.

            In the collectivization, chistki, and Ezhovshchina phenomena we find the same dynamics at work: the anatomy of a radical Stalinist transformation.  First, the leadership announces the campaign, pressure for which had been developing in the party.  The announcement is vague and confused and the documents show signs of poor planning and internal conflict.  Nevertheless, in order to overcome traditional inertia of local interests, enthusiastic measures are demanded in strident language as the party is shoved to the left.

            Second, the decision percolates down, local officials at all levels variously delay, speed up, re-interpret, or twist the idea to suit both local conditions and their own interests.  Implementation of the campaign, quite regardless of Stalin's presumed intentions, alternatively reflects historical class hatreds, Civil War legacies, zealotry, personal rivalry, and the needs of official "family circle" cliques.

            Third, things rapidly get out of control.  Insofar as anyone is directing events, it is the local party secretary.  But much is beyond his power, not to mention Stalin's.  The Stalinist center intervenes through jawboning speeches, exemplary indictments of particular organizations and individuals, an official decrees.  More often than not, the intervention is on the side of restraining local chaos and enhancing Moscow's control over the territorial apparatchiki: Stalin now shoves them to the right.  Moscow tries to protect favored groups, break local "family circles," and conveniently pose as the friend of the persecuted "little person."

            Finally, the central leadership decides to attenuate the campaign or end it altogether.  Once again, this requires multiple statements and interventions.  Halting a campaign was much more difficult than starting it precisely because of the strong influence of local attitudes, multiple actors, and omnipresent confusion.  The entire process is characterized by zig-zag pushes of the political/social leviathan to the left and right in an attempt to direct it.

            Several times Moscow intervened to restore the party membership of rank-and-file persons expelled by local officials.  Stalin had to intervene personally to stop the anti-specialist zeal of local party members in industrial centers.  A highly publicized January 1938 Central Committee resolution, which Stalin must have approved, condemned the wild orgies of vigilance at lower levels....

Nove, Alec, Ed. The Stalin Phenomenon. New York: St. Martin's Press, 1993, p. 131-134

 

            Collectivization and collective farming were shaped less by Stalin and the central authorities than by the undisciplined and irresponsible activity of rural officials, the experimentation of collective farm leaders left to fend for themselves, and the realities of a backward countryside and a traditional peasantry which defied Bolshevik fortress storming.

            ...The center never managed to exert its control over the countryside as it had intended in the schema of revolution from above.

Viola, Lynne. The Best Sons of the Fatherland. New York: Oxford Univ. Press, 1987, p. 216

 

POSITIVE CHANGES FAR EXCEEDED THE NEGATIVE SIDE EFFECTS OF SOCIAL CHANGE

 

            It was known that party and state leaders were being arrested as "enemies of the people," but at the same time new schools, factories, and palaces of culture were rising everywhere.  Military leaders were being arrested as spies, but the party was building a strong, modern army.  Scientists were being arrested as wreckers, but Soviet science developed rapidly with the party's support.  Writers were being arrested as "Trotskyites and counter-revolutionaries," but some literary works appeared that were real masterpieces.  Leaders in the union republics were being arrested as nationalists, but the formerly oppressed nationalities were improving their lot, and friendship among the peoples of the Soviet Union was growing.  And this obvious progress filled Soviet hearts with pride, engendering confidence in the party that was organizing it and in the man who stood at the head of the party.

Medvedev, Roy. Let History Judge. New York: Columbia University Press,  1989, p. 629

 

            Finally, the whole structure of Russian society has undergone a change so profound and so many sided that it cannot really be reversed.  It is possible to imagine a violent reaction of the Russian people itself against the state of siege in which it has been living so long.  It is even possible to imagine something like a political restoration.  But it is certain that even such a restoration would touch merely the surface of Russian society and that it would demonstrate its impotence vis-a-vis the work done by the revolution even more thoroughly than the Stuart and the Bourbon restorations had done.  For of Stalinist Russia it is even truer than of any other revolutionary nation that '20 years have done the work of 20 generations'.

            For all these reasons Stalin cannot be classed with Hitler, among the tyrants whose record is one of absolute worthlessness and futility.  Hitler was the leader of a sterile counter-revolution, while Stalin has been both the leader and the exploiter of a tragic, self-contradictory but creative revolution.

            The better part of Stalin's work is as certain to outlast Stalin himself as the better parts of the work of Cromwell & Napoleon have outlasted them.

Deutscher, Isaac. Stalin; A Political Biography. New York: Oxford Univ. Press, 1967, p. 569-570

 

            Summing up Stalin's rule in 1948 I said that' Stalin cannot be classed with Hitler, among the tyrants whose record is one of absolute worthlessness and futility.  Hitler was the leader of a sterile counter-revolution, while Stalin has been both the leader and the exploiter of a tragic, self-contradictory, but creative revolution.' This remains true if the whole of Stalin's career is assessed.

Deutscher, Isaac. Stalin; A Political Biography. New York: Oxford Univ. Press, 1967, p. 627

 

 

IN 1918 OTHER PARTIES EXPELLED FROM THE ASSEMBLY BUT REMAIN LEGAL & LATER ALLIES

 

            On June 14, 1918, citing Right Social Revolutionary and Menshevik participation in the fight against the Soviet regime, the Central Executive Committee decreed the expulsion of the Right Social Revolutionaries and Mensheviks from all Soviets.  Earlier, in April 1918, all Anarchist groups had been expelled from the Soviets.  In July 1918, after the rising of the left Socialist-Revolutionaries, the same decree was issued for them.  But even after their expulsion from the Soviets, the Socialist-Revolutionary and Menshevik parties continued to exist as legal, active political organizations.  Moreover, when the Menshevik Central Committee at the end of 1918 opposed foreign intervention and collaboration with the bourgeoisie and rejected the proposal for a Constituent Assembly, the Central Executive Committee rescinded the decree of June 14 with respect to the Mensheviks.  In February 1919 the same was done with respect to those Right Socialist-Revolutionary groups that took a position against foreign intervention.  Some anarcho-syndicalist groups also existed legally.

            In the summer and fall of 1918 the main forces opposing the Bolsheviks in the incipient civil war were the left "petty bourgeois" parties--the Socialist-Revolutionaries, Mensheviks, Anarchists, various nationalist groups--in alliance with the Czech Legion.  By the end of 1918 the monarchist generals supported by armed units from England, France, Japan, the United States, and several other countries had become the main anti-Bolshevik force.  This changed the political situation inside the Soviet republic.  In 1919, for example, the so-called Irkutsk Political Center, led by Socialist-Revolutionaries and Mensheviks, came out against the leader of the Whites in Siberia, Adm. Kolchak.  The Maximalist Socialist-Revolutionaries and Bundists also opposed Kolchak in 1919, and the Bolsheviks did not decline temporary agreements with those groups.  During 1919 the Socialist-Revolutionaries and Mensheviks held legal congresses and other meetings in the Soviet Republic.  Imprisoned Socialist-Revolutionaries and Mensheviks were freed by an amnesty, and in many cases they left immediately for the front lines of the civil war.  Some Socialist-Revolutionaries and Mensheviks even became political commissars in units of the Red Army.  During Denikin's offensive in 1919 the Bolsheviks concluded a very important military-political alliance with Makhno, an anarchist whose army was a major force in the southern Ukraine at that time.  The successful raids in Denikin's rear carried out by Makhno's units, which were formally made part of the Red Army, helped to weaken the White's offensive against Moscow and later to smash the armies of Denikin and Wrangel.

Medvedev, Roy. Let History Judge. New York: Columbia University Press, 1989, p. 641

 

SU INTELLIGENCE MISLED STALIN ON PROSPECTS FOR WAR

 

            Marshall Zhukov, in his Reminiscences and Reflections, confirms the fact that the General Staff and military intelligence were informed of Hitler's plans.  According to Zhukov, General Golikov, chief of the Soviet army's Intelligence Division, presented Stalin with a report on March 20, 1941, containing information of exceptional significance.  Zhukov quotes in part from the report:

            "1.  On the basis of all the aforesaid statements and possible variants of operations this spring I consider that the most probable time operations will begin against the USSR is after the victory over England or the conclusion with her of an honorable peace treaty.

            2.  Rumors and documents to the effect that war against the USSR is inevitable this spring should be regarded as misinformation coming from the English or perhaps even the German intelligence service."

 

            Zhukov reports that Admiral Kuznetsov, people's commissar of the Soviet navy, attached a similar comment to his report.

Medvedev, Roy. Let History Judge. New York: Columbia University Press, 1989, p. 738

 

KHRUSHCHOV LIED WHEN HE SAID STALIN WENT INTO SECLUSION WHEN WWII STARTED

 

            In the attempts to refurbish Stalin's reputation in the years after Khrushchev's removal some authors disputed the very fact of Stalin's shameful desertion during the first days of the war.  For example, Kuznetsov's memoirs assert that on June 23 Stalin "was working energetically" and that on June 24 Kuznetsov saw Stalin holding an important conference in his office at the Kremlin.  Zhukov's memoirs refer to meetings with Stalin on June 26 and 29.  In some other memoirs the authors claim, if not to have met with Stalin, at least to have talked with him on the phone between June 23 and June 30.

Medvedev, Roy. Let History Judge. New York: Columbia University Press, 1989, p. 754

 

            It was Khrushchev in his February 1956 "secret speech" at the 20th Party Congress who first told the story of Stalin's sudden depression during the first days of the war, claiming that he had relinquished the leadership of the country....

            Khrushchev himself was in Kiev at the beginning of the war and could have had little first-hand knowledge of what was actually taking place in the Kremlin....

            This story--that Stalin gave up the leadership during the first days of the war--has been repeated by quite a few reputable authors, citing Khrushchev as their source.  The power crisis in the Kremlin during the first week of the war also became the subject of several works of fiction.  Biographies of Stalin published in the West have repeated the tale, often with additional embellishment.  In the well-illustrated biography of Stalin by Jonathan Lewis and Philip Whitehead, published in Britain and United States in 1990 and used as the basis for a television series, they describe events of 22 June 1941 as established fact without making any reference to Khrushchev or Beria:

            "Stalin himself was prostrate.  For a week he rarely emerged from his villa at Kuntsevo.  His name disappeared from newspapers.  For 10 days the Soviet Union was leaderless....  On 1 July Stalin pulled himself together."

            Alan Bullock, in his dual biography of Hitler and Stalin published in 1991, also asserts as fact the allegation that Stalin "suffered some kind of breakdown" and that there are "no orders or other documents signed by Stalin from 23 to 30 June."  Bullock also repeats the story that members of the Politburo discussed the possibility of arresting Stalin.  Even though the whole episode is a complete fabrication, it nevertheless has appeared in encyclopedias and even in such an authoritative work as the, Oxford Encyclopedia of the Second World War published in 1995.  But one has only to read the memoirs of Marshal Zhukov, where Stalin's activities, orders, and directives during the first days of the war are well documented, in order to become convinced that the story is false....

            At the beginning of the 1990s the visitors' book from Stalin's Kremlin office covering the years 1924-53 was discovered in the Politburo archive.  These records were kept by Stalin's junior secretaries in Stalin's office.  These rather dry documents are of enormous interest to students of Soviet history, and were published in, chronological order with commentaries and explanatory notes by the journal Istorichesky Arkhiv during the years 1994-97....

            The visitors' book makes it clear that on 22 June, the day that the war began, the first to appear in Stalin's office at 5:45 a.m. were Molotov, Beria, Timoshenko, Mekhlis, and Zhukov.  About two hours later the gathering was joined by Malenkov, Mikoyan, Kaganovich, Voroshilov, and Vyshinsky.  In the course of the day a large number of senior military, state and Party figures came and went.  Meetings went on without interruption for 11 hours.  It is known that more than 20 different decrees and orders were issued that day, including the text of the appeal to the Soviet people, drafted collectively and read out on the radio by Molotov.  Stalin, who had not slept the night before, left earlier in the evening to have a short rest at the Kuntsevo dacha, only 15 minutes' drive from the Kremlin.  But he was unable to sleep and returned to the Kremlin at 3 a.m. on 23 June in order to consult with military leaders and members of the Politburo.  Meetings continued in the afternoon.  Voroshilov, Merkulov, Beria, and General Vatutin (deputizing for Zhukov who had flown to the southern front) finally left Stalin's office at 1:45 a.m. on 24 June....

            Activity during the next days was just as strenuous.  On 26th June Stalin worked in the Kremlin from midday to midnight and received 28 visitors, mainly military leaders and members of the government.  The largest number of meetings took place on Friday 27 June with 30 people coming into the office.  The following day, 28 June, was similar, with the final meetings coming to an end after midnight.  Stalin did not go to his Kremlin office on the Sunday; however, the assertion by two biographers, Radzinsky and Volkogonov, that this was the day Stalin fled and shut himself up in the dacha hardly corresponds to what actually happened.  Both authors have rather unreliably based their conclusions on the fact that there are no entries in the Kremlin office visitors' book for 29 and 30 June.  But according to Marshal Zhukov, "on the 29th Stalin came to the Stavka at the Commissariat for Defense twice and on both occasions was scathing about the strategic situation that was unfolding in the west."  On 30 June Stalin convoked a meeting of the Politburo at the dacha at which it was decided to set up the State Defense Committee (GKO)....

            Thus Stalin did not abandon the leadership of the country during the first days of the war, although he did push aside a large number of his Party colleagues, convinced that collective Party leadership would only have been a hindrance in wartime conditions....

            If one looks at all Stalin's actions and the military decisions that were taken during the first days of the war, with hindsight it is perfectly possible to come to the conclusion that given the intensity and the power of the blow inflicted on the USSR by the German army and its allies, whose forces taken together amounted to almost 200 divisions, the tactical decision to keep the main forces of the Soviet army 200-300 kilometers from the border was absolutely correct.  It was this that made it possible to carry out local counterattacks and on 26th June, on Stalin's orders, to create a new reserve front using the 5th Army.  Soon after that a new third defense line was established.  The German army continued to advance but only at the price of very heavy losses.

Medvedev, Roy & Zhores Medvedev. The Unknown Stalin. NY, NY: Overlook Press, 2004, p. 241-245

 

IN 1943 MUCH OF THE ANTI-RELIGION ACTIVITIES WERE ENDED

 

            There is an element of truth in these assertions.  Certainly in 1943 much of the previous persecution of the church was ended, many bishops and other clergy were released from confinement, hundreds of previously closed churches were opened, seminaries and an Orthodox Academy were allowed to open, and a Patriarchate was established.

Medvedev, Roy. Let History Judge. New York: Columbia University Press, 1989, p. 776

 

            On Sept. 4, 1943, Stalin startled the world by his sudden rehabilitation of the Greek Orthodox Church, which, identified with the ancien regime, had been half-suppressed since the revolution.  Stalin received the Metropolitan Sergius, the actual head of the Church, and after a long and friendly interview with him, decreed the restoration of the Holy Synod.  The reason he gave for this act was that the Church had co-operated in the war effort and thereby proved its loyal devotion to the fatherland.

            [Footnote]: 'It is very fortunate for Russia in her agony', this was Churchill's wartime verdict, 'to have this great rugged war chief at her head.  He is a man of massive outstanding personality, suited to the somber and stormy time in which his life has been cast.'

Deutscher, Isaac. Stalin; A Political Biography. New York: Oxford Univ. Press, 1967, p. 490

 

            On 14 September 1943 Stalin met with Metropolitan Sergei and two other hierarchs and granted them permission to convene a sobor (assembly) of the church to elect a patriarch, which had not been allowed since the death of Patriarch Tikhon in 1925.  Following this reconciliation the church was granted a synod for administration, a regular publication, theological academies and religious instruction for children.  The clerics gratefully hailed Stalin as 'the Supreme Leader of the Russian People', among other accolades.  Thus it was appropriate that Stalin invited Metropolitan Nikolai to join him in celebrating the victory over the Germans at a reception in the Kremlin.

McNeal, Robert, Stalin: Man and Ruler. New York: New York University Press, 1988, p. 265

 

 

INCOMPETENCE RATHER THAN WRECKING WAS OFTEN THE PROBLEM

 

            But gradually a real "wrecker" psychosis has grown up amongst the people.  They have come to interpret everything that goes wrong as sabotage, whilst most certainly a great part of the defects are traceable to incompetence pure and simple.

Feuchtwanger, Lion. Moscow, 1937. New York: The Viking Press, 1937, p. 38

 

THE SOVIET PEOPLE WERE UNITED AND OPTIMISTIC FOR SEVERAL REASONS

 

            Closer examination reveals that this notorious "conformism" can be reduced to three main features: uniformity of opinion in regard to the fundamental principles of communism, common love of the Soviet Union, and the confidence shared by all that in the near future the Soviet Union will be the happiest and most powerful country on earth.

Feuchtwanger, Lion. Moscow, 1937. New York: The Viking Press, 1937, p. 39

 

RISING STANDARD OF LIVING GENERATES GREATER PATRIOTISM

 

            One difference there certainly is between the patriotism of the Soviet people and that of other countries.  The patriotism of the Soviet Union has a more rational foundation.  There the individual's standard of living is visibly improving daily.  Not only is he receiving more rubles, but the purchasing power of these rubles is also increasing.  In 1936 the Soviet worker's average wage had increased by 278 percent compared with 1929, and the Soviet citizen enjoys the certainty that this tendency must continue for many years to come (not only because the gold reserves of Germany have fallen to $25 million and those of the Soviet Union risen to $7 million).  It is easier to be patriotic when the patriot gets more guns and more butter too than it is when he gets more guns and no butter.

Feuchtwanger, Lion. Moscow, 1937. New York: The Viking Press, 1937, p. 43

 

INTELLECTUALS, ARTISTS AND WRITERS ARE PAMPERED AND GIVEN FUNDS

 

            Savants, writers, artists, and actors enjoy definite advantages in the Soviet Union.  They are appreciated, encouraged, and even pampered by the state both with prestige and large incomes.  All the means they require are placed at their disposal, and not one of them need suffer any anxiety as to whether what he is doing will pay.  They have, moreover, the most responsive and eager public in the world.

Feuchtwanger, Lion. Moscow, 1937. New York: The Viking Press, 1937, p. 45

 

THE DIFFERENCES BETWEEN SOVIET DICTATORSHIP AND FASCIST DICTATORSHIP

 

            But carping, whining, and alarming are pursuits which many hold almost as dear as life itself.  Every language contains a host of words for them, and I can well imagine that to many the restriction of the right to abuse must seem sheer despotism.  For this reason many people say that the Soviet Union is the very opposite of a democracy, and some, indeed, go so far as to maintain there is no difference between the Union and the Fascist dictatorships.  Their blindness is to be pitied.  At bottom, the Soviet dictatorship is confined to prohibiting the propagation of two opinions in word, deed, or writing: first, that the establishment of socialism in the Union is impossible without a world revolution, and, secondly, that the Soviet Union is bound to lose the coming war.  It seems to me that anyone who deduces from these two prohibitions complete identification with the Fascist dictatorships is overlooking one essential difference: the Soviet Union forbids agitation in support of the principle that twice two is five, whilst the Fascist dictatorships forbid active pursuit of the principle that twice two is four.

Feuchtwanger, Lion. Moscow, 1937. New York: The Viking Press, 1937, p. 66

 

THE PEOPLE PRAISE STALIN WHETHER HE WANTS IT OR NOT BECAUSE THEY ARE THANKFUL

 

            There can be no question that in the great majority of cases this exaggerated veneration [of Stalin] is genuine.  The people feel the need to express their gratitude, their infinite admiration.  They do in truth believe that they owe to Stalin all they are and have, and however incongruous and at times distasteful this idolatry may seem to us of the West, nowhere have I found anything to indicate that it is in the least artificial or ready-made.  Rather it has grown up organically, side-by-side with the results achieved in the economic reconstruction.  The people are grateful to Stalin for their bread and meat, their order, their education, and for the creation of the Red Army to safeguard their new well-being.  They must be able to show gratitude to someone for the manifest improvement in conditions, and no mere abstraction will suffice; they are not grateful to an abstract" Communism," but to a tangible man, which is Stalin.  The Russian is inclined to exuberance in his speech and his gestures, and he is glad to have the opportunity of pouring out his heart.  This excessive homage is perhaps intended not so much for Stalin, the individual, as for the representative of this visibly successful economic construction.  When the people say "Stalin," they have in the back of their minds increasing prosperity and increasing culture.  When the people say: "We love Stalin," it is because this is the simplest and most natural form of expression they can give to their willing acceptance of their economic circumstances, of socialism, and of the regime.

            Moreover, Stalin is flesh of the people's flesh.  He is the son of a peasant cobbler and has preserved his kinship with the workers and peasants.  Of him it can be said, more truly than of any other statesman I know, that he speaks the people's language.  He is definitely not what one would call a great orator.  He speaks hesitatingly, not at all brilliantly, and rather tonelessly, as if he found it difficult.  His arguments come slowly: they appeal to the sound common sense of people who grasp a thing thoroughly, but not quickly.  But above all, Stalin has a sense of humor, a circumstantial, sly, comfortable, often cruel peasants sense of humor.  In his speeches he likes to quote humorous anecdotes from popular Russian writers; he thoroughly enjoys these anecdotes and points out the practical application.  In parts, his speeches read like old-fashioned calendar inscriptions.  When Stalin speaks with his knowing, comfortable smile, pointing with his forefinger, he does not, like other orators, make a breach between himself and his audience; he does not stand commandingly on the platform while they sit below him, but very soon an alliance, an intimacy is established between him and his listeners.  They, being made of the same stuff, are susceptible to the arguments, and both laugh merrily at the same simple stories.

Feuchtwanger, Lion. Moscow, 1937. New York: The Viking Press, 1937, p. 69

 

            He will not allow public celebration of his birthday, and if homage is paid to him in public, he emphasizes that such homage applies exclusively to his policy, not to him personally.  When, for instance, the Congress had carried the acceptance of the constitution proposed and in the end edited by him, and gave him an uproarious ovation, he himself joined in the applause to show that he did not accept this homage as arising from appreciation of him personally, but solely of his policy.

Feuchtwanger, Lion. Moscow, 1937. New York: The Viking Press, 1937, p. 75

 

JEWISH CULTURE AND YIDDISH ARE FOSTERED IN THE SU

 

            Yiddish, like all national languages, is carefully fostered in the Union.  There are Yiddish schools and Yiddish newspapers; there is a Yiddish literature of considerable standing.  Congresses are called for the cultivation of the language, and Yiddish theaters enjoy the highest prestige.  I saw in the Yiddish State Theatre at Moscow an extraordinarily good performance of King Lear with that great actor Michoels in the title part and Suskins giving a splendid Fool.  The sets were fine and original and the whole production excellently staged.

            The establishment of the national Jewish state of Biro-Bidjan at first encountered almost insuperable difficulties,...

Feuchtwanger, Lion. Moscow, 1937. New York: The Viking Press, 1937, p. 85

 

            With the establishment of the Soviet regime [in the Ukraine] there was no discrimination by ethnic origin whatsoever.  On the contrary, the city [Kiev] had Jewish schools, a theater, a synagogue.  A newspaper was published in Yiddish.

Berezhkov, Valentin. At Stalin's Side. Secaucus, New Jersey: Carol Pub. Group, c1994, p. 94

 

            In special places [in the predominantly Jewish neighborhood of Podol in Kiev] the individual buyer could purchase any item in any quantity, such as a tea set, a carpet, a bicycle, or musical instruments.  Weapons were also on sale, both wholesale and retail, including hunting guns, small-caliber rifles, hunting knives, and cartridges.  Even though the Civil War had ended only a short time before, no one seemed worried that arms were freely available.  Hunting rifles were registered with amateur hunters' organizations, and as for small-caliber guns, no one paid any attention to them at all.  My father gave me such a gun as a present.

Berezhkov, Valentin. At Stalin's Side. Secaucus, New Jersey: Carol Pub. Group, c1994, p. 95

 

            In 1919, a Jewish State Theatre was established in Moscow, and by 1934 a further 18 had been established in other cities.  Jewish Theatre, as well as other expressions of Jewish culture, were strongly supported by the Soviet state.  In 1932, 653 Yiddish books were published with a total circulation of more than 2.5 million.  In 1935, there were Yiddish dailies in Moscow, Kharkov, Minsk, and Birobidzhan; in the Ukraine alone 10 Jewish dailies were in circulation.

 

            Many anti-Soviets in the West, especially Zionists, had argued that the 1948-53 campaign against 'cosmopolitanism' and 'Zionism' was really a manifestation of anti-Semitism (analogous to that of Hitler's) but a realistic assessment demonstrates that this argument functioned to serve the interests of Western and Israeli Zionists in their long-term battle with Jewish Marxists for hegemony in the Jewish community, as well as to strengthen Western imperialist support for Israel.

            Professionally and economically the Jewish people have fared extremely well in the period of Soviet power.  They are, for example, far more highly educated than any other nationality in the Soviet Union, and in 1970-71 the ratio of higher education students per 1000 population was 49.2.  This is almost twice as high as the next highest group, the Georgians, who had a ratio of 27.1 per 1000.  (Russians ranked fourth on this indicator with a ratio of 21.1 per 1000).

Szymanski, Albert. Human Rights in the Soviet Union. London: Zed Books, 1984, p. 91

 

SOVIET MASSES COULD SEE WWII COMING

 

            In the Soviet Union, however, everyone reckons with the imminent war as with a hundred percent certainty.  Our very existence, say the Soviet people, flourishing more and more from day-to-day, is so evident a refutation of all Fascist theories that the Fascist states, if they themselves would survive, must destroy us.  Just as those who had been living by carrying on their crafts with primitive tools, feeling themselves threatened by machinery, banded together and senselessly stormed the machines, so will the Fascist states in the end hurl themselves against us.

Feuchtwanger, Lion. Moscow, 1937. New York: The Viking Press, 1937, p. 87

 

            But the Soviet citizens know too that malicious fools are lying in wait outside their frontiers ready to attack them, and that these frontiers must be effectively protected.  Therefore they go about the work of establishing their socialist economy...and they speak of the war, no longer as of a more or less probable event of the distant future, but as a very real imminent thing.

Feuchtwanger, Lion. Moscow, 1937. New York: The Viking Press, 1937, p. 89

 

            To tell the truth, none of us believed that Germany would honor her treaty with the Soviet Union for long and we were sure that sooner or later she would attack us.  However, the treaty gave us the time we needed so much to build up our defenses and foiled the imperialists' hopes of creating a united anti-Soviet front.

Rokossovsky, K., Ed. by Bob Daglish A Soldier's Duty. Moscow: Progress Pub., 1985, p. 8

 

SU TRYING TO POSTPONE THE WAR AS LONG AS POSSIBLE TO BUILD ITS STRENGTH

 

            Nevertheless, everything is, of course, being done to postpone the outbreak of the war as long as possible, or even, contrary to all probability, to avoid it altogether....but it [the Union] knows too that the longer it can postpone the outbreak of the war, the stronger it will be and the smaller will be the sacrifice which the ultimate victory will cost.

            But, having decided that this war is coming in spite of everything, indeed, that it will be there tomorrow, they are adjusting themselves to it, and this war mentality explains, as I have said, many things which would otherwise be incomprehensible.

Feuchtwanger, Lion. Moscow, 1937. New York: The Viking Press, 1937, p. 90

 

            When Churchill visited Moscow in the summer of 1942, Stalin told him: 'I didn't need any warnings [of invasion].  I knew war would come, but I thought I might gain another six months or so.'  Doubtless Russia would have been in a stronger position militarily if Germany had attacked in 1942.

Axell, Albert. Stalin's War: Through the Eyes of His Commanders. London, Arms and Armour Press. 1997, p. 71

 

LACK OF WRITTEN DOCUMENTS DOES NOT SHOW THE DEFENDANTS ARE INNOCENT

 

            I referred again to the harmful effect which the all too simple conduct of the Zinoviev trial had had abroad, even amongst the well-wishers.  Stalin laughed a little at those who demanded many written documents before they could bring themselves to believe in a conspiracy; practiced conspirators, he said, were not in the habit of leaving their documents lying around for all to see.

Feuchtwanger, Lion. Moscow, 1937. New York: The Viking Press, 1937, p. 108

 

STALIN TRIED FOR YEARS TO WIN OVER TROTSKYISTS RATHER THAN ELIMINATE THEM

 

            He [Stalin] is supposed to be ruthless, but for many years he has been striving to win over competent Trotskyists rather than destroy them, and it is in a way affecting to see how doggedly he is endeavoring to use them for his work.

Feuchtwanger, Lion. Moscow, 1937. New York: The Viking Press, 1937, p. 111

 

1937 TRIAL TESTIMONY REGARDING TROTSKY IS BELIEVABLE AND VERY  UNDERSTANDABLE

 

            And to me also, as long as I was in Western Europe, the indictment in the Zinoviev trial seemed utterly incredible.  The hysterical confessions of the accused seemed to have been extorted by some mysterious means and the whole proceedings appeared like a play staged with consummate, strange, and frightful artistry.

            But when I attended the second trial in Moscow, when I saw Pyatakov, Radek, and his friends, and heard what they said and how they said it, I was forced to accept the evidence of my senses, and my doubts melted away as naturally as salt dissolves in water.  If that was lying or prearranged, then I don't know what truth is.

            So I took up the records of the trials, reflected on what I had seen with my own eyes and heard with my own years, and considered once more the pros and cons of the charge.

            Fundamentally, the proceedings were directed above all against the great Trotsky, indicted and absent, and the principal objection is the alleged unauthenticity of the charge brought against him.  "This man Trotsky," opponents cry, "one of the founders of the Soviet State, Lenin's friend, is supposed himself to have given general instructions to sabotage the building up of the state which he had helped to found, to kindle war against it, and to scheme for its defeat in this war?  Is that conceivable?  Is that credible?"

            That may be, but closer examination reveals that the conduct of which the charge accuses Trotsky, far from being incredible, is the only conduct which can be expected from Trotsky's state of mind. 

            Imagine this man Trotsky, condemned as he was to inactivity, compelled to look on idly, whilst the noble experiment which Lenin and he had begun was transformed into a sort of gigantic petty bourgeois allotment.  For to him, who wanted to steep the terrestrial globe in socialism, the "Stalin State," as he says in word and writing, appeared a ridiculous caricature of his original idea.  In addition, there is the deep personal antagonism towards Stalin, the compromiser, who had always bungled his, the creator of the plan's work, and finally expelled him.  Trotsky has given expression time and time again to his unbounded hatred and contempt for Stalin.  Would he not translate into action what he had expressed in word and writing?

            It also seems to me to be conceivable that a man who, blinded by hate, refused to admit to himself the generally acknowledged facts of the accomplished economic construction of the Union and the strength of its army, would be incapable of seeing the uselessness of his expedient and would choose a course which was manifestly wrong.  Trotsky is bold and unhesitating, a great gambler.  His whole life is a chain of adventures, and foolhardy projects had often turned out very successfully for him.  Trotsky, all his life an optimist, had relied on his being able to utilize evil to attain his ends and finally, if it should become necessary, to cut it out and render it harmless.  If Alcibiades went to the Persians, why not Trotsky to the Fascists?

            What, then, must have been Trotsky's principal goal during all the years of exile, and what must be his principal goal today?  To get back into the country at any price and reassume power.

Feuchtwanger, Lion. Moscow, 1937. New York: The Viking Press, 1937, p. 113-116last night of peace was quite different.

            At 3:30 a.m. the Chief of Staff of the Western District reported a German air raid on towns in Byelorussia.  About three minutes later the Chief of Staff of the Kiev District, Purkayev, reported an air strike on Ukrainian towns.  At 3:40 a.m. the Commander of the Baltic District, General Kuznetsov, called to report enemy air raids on Kaunas and other towns.

            The Commissar for Defense ordered me to phone Stalin.  I started calling.  No one answers.  I keep calling.  Finally I hear the sleep-dulled voice of the general on duty of the security section.  I ask him to call Stalin to the phone.

 

1